You are on page 1of 762

VALIDATION GUIDE

2017 R2
Advance Design

Validation Guide

Version: 2017 R2
Tests passed on: 29 August 2016
Number of tests: 610
INTRODUCTION

Before being officially released, each version of GRAITEC software, including


Advance Design, undergoes a series of validation tests. This validation is performed in
parallel and in addition to manual testing and beta testing, in order to obtain the
"operational version" status. This document contains a description of the automatic
tests, highlighting the theoretical background and the results we have obtained using
the current software release.
Usually, a test is made of a reference (independent from the specific software version
tested), a transformation (a calculation or a data processing scenario), a result (given
by the specific software version tested) and a difference usually measured in
percentage as a drift from a set of reference values. Depending on the cases, the
used reference is either a theoretical calculation done manually, a sample taken from
the technical literature, or the result of a previous version considered as good by
experience.
Starting with version 2012, Graitec Advance has made significant steps forward in term of
quality management by extending the scope and automating the testing process.
While in previous versions, the tests were always about the calculation results which
were compared to a reference set, starting with version 2012, tests have been
extended to user interface behavior, import/export procedures, etc.
The next major improvement is the capacity to pass the tests automatically. These
current tests have obviously been passed on the operational version, but they are
actually passed on a daily basis during the development process, which helps improve
the daily quality by solving potential issues, immediately after they have been
introduced in the code.
In the field of structural analysis and design, software users must keep in mind that the
results highly depend on the modeling (especially when dealing with finite elements)
and on the settings of the numerous assumptions and options available in the
software. A software package cannot replace engineers experience and analysis.
Despite all our efforts in term of quality management, we cannot guaranty the correct
behavior and the validity of the results issued by Advance Design in any situation.
With this validation guide, we are providing a set of concrete test cases showing the
behavior of Advance Design in various areas and various conditions. The tests cover
a wide field of expertise: modeling, climatic load generation according to Eurocode 1,
combinations management, meshing, finite element calculation, reinforced concrete
design according to Eurocode 2, steel member design according to Eurocode 3, steel
connection design according to Eurocode 3, timber member design according to
Eurocode 5, seismic analysis according to Eurocode 8, report generation, import /
export procedures and user interface behavior.
We hope that this guide will highly contribute to the knowledge and the confidence you
are placing in Advance Design.

Manuel LIEDOT
Chief Operating Officer
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Table of Contents

1 FINITE ELEMENT METHOD ................................................................................................. 23


1.1 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 15 ) (01-0008SDLSB_FEM) ...................................24

1.2 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 30 ) (01-0009SDLSB_FEM) ...................................27

1.3 Circular plate under uniform load (01-0003SSLSB_FEM) ............................................................................30

1.4 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 2) (01-0012SDLLB_FEM) ..........................................33

1.5 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 3) (01-0013SDLLB_FEM) ..........................................36

1.6 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 0 ) (01-0007SDLSB_FEM) .....................................39

1.7 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 1) (01-0011SDLLB_FEM) ..........................................42

1.8 System of two bars with three hinges (01-0002SSLLB_FEM) ......................................................................45

1.9 Thin circular ring fixed in two points (01-0006SDLLB_FEM) ........................................................................48

1.10 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 45 ) (01-0010SDLSB_FEM) ..................................52

1.11 Double fixed beam (01-0016SDLLB_FEM) .................................................................................................55

1.12 Short beam on simple supports (on the neutral axis) (01-0017SDLLB_FEM) .............................................59

1.13 Rectangular thin plate simply supported on its perimeter (01-0020SDLSB_FEM) ......................................63

1.14 Cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling (01-0021SFLLB_FEM) .....................................................................67

1.15 Double fixed beam with a spring at mid span (01-0015SSLLB_FEM) .........................................................69

1.16 Thin square plate fixed on one side (01-0019SDLSB_FEM) .......................................................................72

1.17 Bending effects of a symmetrical portal frame (01-0023SDLLB_FEM) .......................................................76

1.18 Slender beam on two fixed supports (01-0024SSLLB_FEM) ......................................................................80

1.19 Slender beam on three supports (01-0025SSLLB_FEM) ............................................................................86

1.20 Thin circular ring hanged on an elastic element (01-0014SDLLB_FEM) .....................................................90

1.21 Short beam on simple supports (eccentric) (01-0018SDLLB_FEM) ............................................................94

1.22 Annular thin plate fixed on a hub (repetitive circular structure) (01-0022SDLSB_FEM) ..............................99

1.23 Fixed thin arc in out of plane bending (01-0028SSLLB_FEM) ..................................................................102

1.24 Double hinged thin arc in planar bending (01-0029SSLLB_FEM) .............................................................105

1.25 Beam on elastic soil, free ends (01-0032SSLLB_FEM) ............................................................................108

1.26 EDF Pylon (01-0033SFLLA_FEM) ............................................................................................................112

1.27 Fixed thin arc in planar bending (01-0027SSLLB_FEM) ...........................................................................116

1.28 Truss with hinged bars under a punctual load (01-0031SSLLB_FEM) ......................................................119

1.29 Simply supported square plate (01-0036SSLSB_FEM) ............................................................................122

1.30 Caisson beam in torsion (01-0037SSLSB_FEM) ......................................................................................125

1.31 Thin cylinder under a uniform radial pressure (01-0038SSLSB_FEM) ......................................................128

1.32 Bimetallic: Fixed beams connected to a stiff element (01-0026SSLLB_FEM) ...........................................130

1.33 Portal frame with lateral connections (01-0030SSLLB_FEM)....................................................................133

1.34 Beam on elastic soil, hinged ends (01-0034SSLLB_FEM) ........................................................................137

1.35 Beam on two supports considering the shear force (01-0041SSLLB_FEM) .............................................141
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.36 Thin cylinder under a uniform axial load (01-0042SSLSB_FEM) .............................................................. 144

1.37 Torus with uniform internal pressure (01-0045SSLSB_FEM) ................................................................... 147

1.38 Spherical shell under internal pressure (01-0046SSLSB_FEM) ............................................................... 150

1.39 Stiffen membrane (01-0040SSLSB_FEM) ................................................................................................ 153

1.40 Thin cylinder under its self weight (01-0044SSLSB_MEF) ....................................................................... 156

1.41 Spherical shell with holes (01-0049SSLSB_FEM) .................................................................................... 158

1.42 Spherical dome under a uniform external pressure (01-0050SSLSB_FEM) ............................................. 161

1.43 Simply supported square plate under a uniform load (01-0051SSLSB_FEM) .......................................... 164

1.44 Square plate under planar stresses (01-0039SSLSB_FEM) ..................................................................... 166

1.45 Thin cylinder under a hydrostatic pressure (01-0043SSLSB_FEM) .......................................................... 170

1.46 Pinch cylindrical shell (01-0048SSLSB_FEM) .......................................................................................... 173

1.47 Simply supported rectangular plate loaded with punctual force and moments (01-0054SSLSB_FEM) .... 175

1.48 Shear plate perpendicular to the medium surface (01-0055SSLSB_FEM) ............................................... 177

1.49 A plate (0.01333 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0058SSLSB_FEM) ............ 179

1.50 A plate (0.02 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0059SSLSB_FEM)..... 181

1.51 Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load (01-0053SSLSB_FEM) ................................... 183

1.52 A plate (0.01 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0057SSLSB_FEM)..... 185

1.53 A plate (0.1 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0061SSLSB_FEM)....... 187

1.54 A plate (0.01 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0062SSLSB_FEM) ......... 189

1.55 A plate (0.01333 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0063SSLSB_FEM) ... 191

1.56 Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load (01-0052SSLSB_FEM) ................................... 193

1.57 Triangulated system with hinged bars (01-0056SSLLB_FEM).................................................................. 195

1.58 A plate (0.05 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0060SSLSB_FEM)..... 198

1.59 A plate (0.1 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0066SSLSB_FEM) ........... 201

1.60 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 1) (01-0067SDLLB_FEM) ...................................... 203

1.61 Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Rafters) (01-0077SSLPB_FEM) .... 206

1.62 Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Columns) (01-0078SSLPB_FEM) . 208

1.63 A plate (0.05 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0065SSLSB_FEM) ......... 210

1.64 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 3) (01-0069SDLLB_FEM) ...................................... 212

1.65 Slender beam of variable rectangular section with fixed-free ends (=5) (01-0085SDLLB_FEM) ............ 215

1.66 Slender beam of variable rectangular section (fixed-fixed) (01-0086SDLLB_FEM) .................................. 220

1.67 Plane portal frame with hinged supports (01-0089SSLLB_FEM) .............................................................. 223

1.68 A plate (0.02 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0064SSLSB_FEM) ......... 225

1.69 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 2) (01-0068SDLLB_FEM) ...................................... 228

1.70 Short beam on two hinged supports (01-0084SSLLB_FEM) .................................................................... 231

1.71 A 3D bar structure with elastic support (01-0094SSLLB_FEM) ................................................................ 233

1.72 Fixed/free slender beam with centered mass (01-0095SDLLB_FEM) ...................................................... 240

1.73 Simple supported beam in free vibration (01-0098SDLLB_FEM) ............................................................. 245

8
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.74 Membrane with hot point (01-0099HSLSB_FEM) .....................................................................................248

1.75 Cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling with thermal load (01-0092HFLLB_FEM) .......................................251

1.76 Double cross with hinged ends (01-0097SDLLB_FEM) ............................................................................253

1.77 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k -> infinite) (01-0101SSNLB_FEM) ..........................................................257

1.78 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = -10000 N/m) (01-0102SSNLB_FEM)...................................................260

1.79 Linear system of truss beams (01-0103SSLLB_FEM) ..............................................................................263

1.80 Double fixed beam in Eulerian buckling with a thermal load (01-0091HFLLB_FEM) ................................267

1.81 Fixed/free slender beam with eccentric mass or inertia (01-0096SDLLB_FEM) .......................................270

1.82 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = 0) (01-0100SSNLB_FEM) ...................................................................274

1.83 BAEL 91 (concrete design) - France: Linear element in combined bending/tension - without compressed
reinforcements - Partially tensioned section (02-0158SSLLB_B91) .....................................................................277

1.84 BAEL 91 (concrete design) - France: Linear element in simple bending - without compressed
reinforcement (02-0162SSLLB_B91) ....................................................................................................................282

1.85 BAEL 91 (concrete design) - France: Design of a concrete floor with an opening (03-
0208SSLLG_BAEL91) ..........................................................................................................................................286

1.86 Cantilever rectangular plate (01-0001SSLSB_FEM) .................................................................................294

1.87 Tied (sub-tensioned) beam (01-0005SSLLB_FEM) ..................................................................................297

1.88 Slender beam with variable section (fixed-free) (01-0004SDLLB_FEM) ...................................................302

1.89 PS92 - France: Study of a mast subjected to an earthquake (02-0112SMLLB_P92) ................................305

1.90 CM66 (steel design) - France: Design of a 2D portal frame (03-0207SSLLG_CM66) ...............................311

1.91 Non linear system of truss beams (01-0104SSNLB_FEM) .......................................................................319

1.92 CM66 (steel design) - France: Design of a Steel Structure (03-0206SSLLG_CM66) ................................323

1.93 FEM Results - United Kingdom: Simply supported laterally restrained (from P364 Open Sections Example 2)....333

1.94 Verifying results of a steel beam subjected to dynamic temporal loadings (TTAD #14586) ......................335

1.95 Checks the bending moments in the central node of a steel frame with two beams having a rotational
stiffness of 42590 kN/m. .......................................................................................................................................339

1.96 Verifying a simply supported concrete slab subjected to temperature variation between top and bottom fibers ....339

1.97 Correct use of symetric steel cross-sections (eg. IPE300S) ......................................................................339

1.98 Temperature load: SD frame with elements under tempertature gradient, applied on separate systems .339

1.99 Verifying displacements of a prestressed cable structure with results presented in Tibert, 1999. .............340

1.100 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1 - France: Verifying the level mass center (TTAD #11573, TTAD #12315) .............340

1.101 Verifying Sxx results on beams (TTAD #11599)......................................................................................340

1.102 Verifying forces results on concrete linear elements (TTAD #11647) ......................................................340

1.103 Generating results for Torsors NZ/Group (TTAD #11633) ......................................................................341

1.104 Verifying diagrams for Mf Torsors on divided walls (TTAD #11557) ........................................................341

1.105 Generating planar efforts before and after selecting a saved view (TTAD #11849) ................................341

1.106 Verifying stresses in beam with "extend into wall" property (TTAD #11680) ...........................................341

1.107 Verifying forces for triangular meshing on planar element (TTAD #11723) .............................................341

1.108 Verifying constraints for triangular mesh on planar elements (TTAD #11447) ........................................342

1.109 Verifying the displacement results on linear elements for vertical seism (TTAD #11756) .......................342
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.110 Verifying diagrams after changing the view from standard (top, left,...) to user view (TTAD #11854) ..... 342

1.111 Verifying tension/compression supports on nonlinear analysis (TTAD #11518) ..................................... 342

1.112 Verifying results on punctual supports (TTAD #11489) ........................................................................... 343

1.113 Generating a report with torsors per level (TTAD #11421)...................................................................... 343

1.114 Verifying nonlinear analysis results for frames with semi-rigid joints and rigid joints (TTAD #11495) ..... 343

1.115 Verifying the main axes results on a planar element (TTAD #11725) ..................................................... 343

1.116 Verifying tension/compression supports on nonlinear analysis (TTAD #11518) ..................................... 344

1.117 Verifying the display of the forces results on planar supports (TTAD #11728)........................................ 344

1.118 Calculating torsors using different mesh sizes for a concrete wall subjected to a horizontal force
(TTAD #13175) .......................................................................................................................................................................344

1.119 Verifying torsors on a single story coupled walls subjected to horizontal forces ..................................... 344

1.120 Verifying forces on a linear elastic support which is defined in a user workplane (TTAD #11929).......... 344

1.121 Verifying the internal forces results for a simple supported steel beam .................................................. 345

2 CAD, RENDERING AND VISUALIZATION ........................................................................ 347


2.1 Verifying the annotations dimensions when new analysis is made (TTAD #14825) ................................... 348

2.2 Verifying the default view (TTAD #13248) .................................................................................................. 348

2.3 Verifying the saved view of elements with annotations. (TTAD #13033) .................................................... 348

2.4 Verifying the visualisation of supports with rotational or moving DoFs (TTAD #13891) ............................. 348

2.5 Verifying the annotations of a wind generated load (TTAD #13190) .......................................................... 349

2.6 Verifying the dimensions and position of annotations on selection when new analysis is made (TTAD
#12807) ................................................................................................................................................................ 349

2.7 Verifying the annotation of a variable surface load (TTAD #13618) ........................................................... 349

2.8 Verifying hide/show elements command (TTAD #11753) .......................................................................... 349

2.9 Verifying the grid text position (TTAD #11657) ........................................................................................... 349

2.10 System stability during section cut results verification (TTAD #11752) ..................................................... 349

2.11 Verifying the grid text position (TTAD #11704) ......................................................................................... 350

2.12 Generating combinations (TTAD #11721) ................................................................................................ 350

2.13 Verifying the coordinates system symbol (TTAD #11611) ........................................................................ 350

2.14 Verifying descriptive actors after creating analysis (TTAD #11589) .......................................................... 350

2.15 Creating a camera (TTAD #11526) ........................................................................................................... 350

2.16 Creating a circle (TTAD #11525) .............................................................................................................. 350

2.17 Verifying the local axes of a section cut (TTAD #11681) .......................................................................... 351

2.18 Verifying the snap points behavior during modeling (TTAD #11458) ........................................................ 351

2.19 Verifying the representation of elements with HEA cross section (TTAD #11328).................................... 351

2.20 Verifying the display of elements with compound cross sections (TTAD #11486) .................................... 351

2.21 Verifying holes in horizontal planar elements after changing the level height (TTAD #11490) ................. 351

2.22 Modeling using the tracking snap mode (TTAD #10979) .......................................................................... 351

2.23 Verifying the descriptive model display after post processing results in analysis mode (TTAD #11475) .. 352

2.24 Moving a linear element along with the support (TTAD #12110) .............................................................. 352

10
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

2.25 Verifying the "ghost display on selection" function for saved views (TTAD #12054) .................................352

2.26 Verifying the "ghost" display after changing the display colors (TTAD #12064) ........................................352

2.27 Turning on/off the "ghost" rendering mode (TTAD #11999) ......................................................................352

2.28 Verifying the fixed load scale function (TTAD #12183). .............................................................................352

2.29 Verifying the steel connections modeling (TTAD #11698) .........................................................................353

2.30 Verifying the dividing of planar elements which contain openings (TTAD #12229) ...................................353

2.31 Verifying the display of punctual loads after changing the load case number (TTAD #11958) ..................353

2.32 Verifying the display of a beam with haunches (TTAD #12299) ...............................................................353

2.33 Verifying the program behavior when trying to create lintel (TTAD #12062) .............................................353

2.34 Verifying the program behavior when launching the analysis on a model with overlapped loads (TTAD
#11837) ................................................................................................................................................................353

2.35 Creating base plate connections for non-vertical columns (TTAD #12170) ...............................................354

2.36 Verifying drawing of joints in y-z plan (TTAD #12453) ...............................................................................354

2.37 Verifying rotation for steel beam with joint (TTAD #12592) .......................................................................354

2.38 Verifying annotation on selection (TTAD #12700) .....................................................................................354

2.39 Verifying the saved view of elements by cross-section (TTAD #13197) ....................................................354

3 CLIMATIC GENERATOR .................................................................................................... 355


3.1 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with
different height (TTAD 13159) ..............................................................................................................................356

3.2 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with
different height (TTAD 13158) ..............................................................................................................................356

3.3 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an multibay canopy roof
(DEV2013#4.3) .....................................................................................................................................................356

3.4 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets. (TTAD
#14578) ................................................................................................................................................................356

3.5 EC1 / CSN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Czech Republic: Snow load generation on building with 2 slopes > 60
degrees (TTAD #14235) .......................................................................................................................................357

3.6 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope building (TTAD
#13663) ................................................................................................................................................................357

3.7 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a custom multiple slope building (TTAD
#14285) ................................................................................................................................................................357

3.8 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D snow loads on a 2 slope portal with one lateral parapet
(TTAD #14530) .....................................................................................................................................................357

3.9 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets (TTAD
#14179) ................................................................................................................................................................357

3.10 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on multibay canopies (TTAD #11668) ..........358

3.11 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with parapets. (TTAD
#13671) ................................................................................................................................................................358

3.12 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Snow load generation on compound with a double-roof volume close
to a single-roof volume (TTAD #13559) ................................................................................................................358

3.13 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto (TTAD #12823) .. 358

3.14 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a canopy. (TTAD #13855) .....................358
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.15 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 35m high structure with CsCd min set to
0.7 and Delta to 0.15. (TTAD #11196) ................................................................................................................. 359

3.16 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a single-roof volume compound with
parapets. (TTAD #13672) ..................................................................................................................................... 359

3.17 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a shed with parapets. (TTAD #12494) .. 359

3.18 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a shed with gutters building. (TTAD
#13856) ................................................................................................................................................................ 359

3.19 NV2009 - France: Verifying wind on a protruding canopy. (TTAD #13880) .............................................. 360

3.20 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with
parapets (TTAD #13992)...................................................................................................................................... 360

3.21 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame. (TTAD
#13169) ................................................................................................................................................................ 360

3.22 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds
(TTAD #13286) .................................................................................................................................................... 360

3.23 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with parapets. (TTAD
#13669) ................................................................................................................................................................ 360

3.24 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with increased height.
(TTAD #13759) .................................................................................................................................................... 361

3.25 EC1 / CR 1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Snow load generation on a 3 compound building (TTAD #13930s) ..... 361

3.26 EC1 / CR 1-1-4/2012 - Romania: Wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto (TTAD #13930w) ..... 361

3.27 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with custom pressure
values. (TTAD #14004) ........................................................................................................................................ 361

3.28 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and lateral
parapets (TTAD #14005)...................................................................................................................................... 361

3.29 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. (TTAD
#12808) ................................................................................................................................................................ 362

3.30 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on two side by side buildings with gutters
(TTAD #12806) .................................................................................................................................................... 362

3.31 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. (TTAD
#12835) ................................................................................................................................................................ 362

3.32 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building. (TTAD
#12719) ................................................................................................................................................................ 362

3.33 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. (TTAD
#12841) ................................................................................................................................................................ 362

3.34 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and
parapets. (TTAD #12878) ..................................................................................................................................... 363

3.35 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on a high building with double slope roof using
different parameters defined per directions (DEV2013#4.2) ................................................................................ 363

3.36 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on a high building with a horizontal roof using
different CsCd values for each direction (DEV2013#4.4) ..................................................................................... 363

3.37 EC1 / BS EN 1991-1-4 - United Kingdom: Wind load generation on a high building with horizontal roof
(DEV2013#4.1) (TTAD #12608) ........................................................................................................................... 363

3.38 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof with double
slope (DEV2013#4.3) ........................................................................................................................................... 364

3.39 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof with one
slope (DEV2013#4.3) ........................................................................................................................................... 364

3.40 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a single slope with lateral parapets (TTAD
#12606) ................................................................................................................................................................ 364

12
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.41 NV2009 - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame at 15m height (TTAD #12604) .364

3.42 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building (TTAD
#12716) ................................................................................................................................................................365

3.43 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a square based lattice structure with
compound profiles and automatic calculation of "n" (TTAD #12744) ....................................................................365

3.44 EC1 / BS EN 1991-1-4 - United Kingdom: Generating wind loads on a square based structure (TTAD
#12608) ................................................................................................................................................................365

3.45 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters (TTAD
#12528) ................................................................................................................................................................365

3.46 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters (TTAD
#12528) ................................................................................................................................................................366

3.47 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame with parapets
(TTAD #11111) .....................................................................................................................................................366

3.48 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Verifying the geometry of wind loads on an irregular shed (TTAD
#12233) ................................................................................................................................................................366

3.49 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Verifying the wind loads generated on a building with protruding roof
(TTAD #12071, #12278) .......................................................................................................................................366

3.50 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (VT : 3.4 -
Snow - Example A) ...............................................................................................................................................366

3.51 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (VT : 3.3 - Wind
- Example C) .........................................................................................................................................................367

3.52 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with one slope roof (VT :
3.2 - Wind - Example B)........................................................................................................................................367

3.53 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound
profiles and user defined "n" (TTAD #12276) .......................................................................................................367

3.54 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (VT : 3.1 - Wind
- Example A) .........................................................................................................................................................367

3.55 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with
compound profiles and automatic calculation of "n" (TTAD #12276) ....................................................................367

3.56 NV2009 - France: Verifying wind and snow reports for a protruding roof (TTAD #11318) ........................368

3.57 EC1 / SR EN 1991-1-4/NB - Romania: Generating the description of climatic loads report (TTAD #11688) .... 368

3.58 EC1 / CR 1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11570)368

3.59 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with roof
thickness greater than the parapet height (TTAD #11943) ...................................................................................368

3.60 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with 2 fully
opened windwalls (TTAD #11937) ........................................................................................................................369

3.61 EC1 / CR 1-1-4/2012 - Romania: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11687) 369

3.62 EC1 / CR 1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11569)369

3.63 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11699) .. 369

3.64 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11531) ...370

3.65 NV2009 - France: Generating wind loads and snow loads on a simple structure with planar support (TTAD
#11380) ................................................................................................................................................................370

3.66 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Verifying the snow loads generated on a monopitch frame (TTAD
#11302) ................................................................................................................................................................370

3.67 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating snow loads on two side by side roofs with different
heights (DEV2012 #3.13) .....................................................................................................................................370
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.68 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating wind loads on a 55m high structure (DEV2012 #3.12) .... 371

3.69 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating snow loads on monopitch multispan roofs (DEV2012
#3.13) 371

3.70 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with gutter
(TTAD #11113) .................................................................................................................................................... 371

3.71 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating snow loads on duopitch multispan roofs (DEV2012
#3.13) 371

3.72 EC1 / CSN EN 1991-1-4/NA - Czech Republic: Generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal frame
(DEV2012 #3.18).................................................................................................................................................. 372

3.73 EC1 / CSN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Czech Republic: Generating snow loads on two close roofs with different
heights (DEV2012 #3.18) ..................................................................................................................................... 372

3.74 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Snow on a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and parapet with
height reduction (TTAD #11191) .......................................................................................................................... 372

3.75 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with a roof which has a
small span (< 5m) and a parapet (TTAD #11735) ................................................................................................ 372

3.76 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on simple 3D portal frame with 4 slopes roof (TTAD
#11604) ................................................................................................................................................................ 373

3.77 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal frame with a fully
opened face (DEV2012 #1.6) ............................................................................................................................... 373

3.78 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on duopitch multispan roofs with pitch < 5
degrees (TTAD #11852) ....................................................................................................................................... 373

3.79 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a signboard ....................................................... 373

3.80 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with 2 slopes roof (TTAD
#11932) ................................................................................................................................................................ 374

3.81 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a high building with horizontal roof .................... 374

3.82 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a building with multispan roofs .......................... 374

3.83 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a simple 3D structure with horizontal roof ......... 374

3.84 CR1-1-3/2012 - Romania - 2D Climatic generator on a portal frame with big slopes ................................ 374

3.85 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on an isolated roof with two slopes (TTAD
#11695) ................................................................................................................................................................ 375

3.86 NTC 2008: Wind load generation on a double slope 3D portal frame (DEV2015#6) (TTAD #15660) ....... 375

3.87 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a simple 3D portal frame with 2 slopes roof (TTAD
#11602) ................................................................................................................................................................ 375

3.88 NF EN 1991-1-4/NA: Wind generation on a 2 slope building with one awning (TTAD #13999) ................ 375

3.89 NTC 2008: Wind and snow load generation on a one slope compound next to a higher single slope
compound (DEV2015#6) (TTAD #15425) ............................................................................................................ 375

3.90 CR1-1-3/2012 - Romania - Snow with adjacent roof, big slope................................................................. 376

3.91 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating wind loads on an antenna tower (TTAD #15493) .... 376

3.92 NF EN 1991-1-3/NA: Snow generation on a slope compound next to a higher single slope compound
(TTAD #15923) .................................................................................................................................................... 376

3.93 CR1-1-3/2012 - Romania - Snow accumulation on multiple roofs............................................................. 376

3.94 CR1-1-4/2012 - Romania - Wind on signboards ....................................................................................... 377

3.95 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope portal (TTAD #14531)....... 377

3.96 NTC 2008: Wind load generation on a higher double slope 3D portal frame (DEV2015#6) (TTAD #15698) ....... 377

3.97 CR1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Snow loads values generated on a symetrical duo-pitch roof ......................... 377

14
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.98 CR1-1-4/2012 - Romania - The wind load position for cannopy roofs, one slope (TTAD #16230) ............377

3.99 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a double slope with 5 degrees (TTAD
#15307) ................................................................................................................................................................378

3.100 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a multiple roof portal (TTAD #15140) .... 378

3.101 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 horizontal slopes building one higher
that the other (TTAD #13320) ...............................................................................................................................378

3.102 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D snow loads on a one horizontal slope portal (TTAD
#14975) 378

3.103 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope isolated roof (TTAD #14985).. 378

3.104 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA + NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D wind and snow loads on a 2
opposite slopes portal with Z down axis (TTAD #15094) ......................................................................................379

3.105 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA + NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D wind and snow loads on a 4
slope shed next to a higher one slope compound (TTAD #15047) .......................................................................379

3.106 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 3 compound building (TTAD #12883)379

3.107 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a double slope roof with an opening
(TTAD #15328) .....................................................................................................................................................379

3.108 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a flat roof .............................................380

3.109 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Snow load generation on double compound with gutters and
parapets on all sides (TTAD #13717) ...................................................................................................................383

3.110 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and
gutter (TTAD #11113) ...........................................................................................................................................383

4 COMBINATIONS ................................................................................................................. 385


4.1 EC0 / NF EN 1990 - France: Generating the concomitance matrix after adding a new dead load case
(TTAD #11361) .....................................................................................................................................................386

4.2 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating a set of combinations with seismic group of loads (TTAD #11889) 386

4.3 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Generating load combinations with unfavorable and favorable/unfavorable
predominant action (TTAD #11357) .....................................................................................................................386

4.4 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.10 (DEV2012 #1.7) ...386

4.5 CR 0-2012 - Romania - Automatic combinations check according with the romanian code .......................387

4.6 Verifying the combinations description report (TTAD #11632) ...................................................................387

4.7 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.8 (DEV2012 #1.7) .....387

4.8 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Generating combinations (TTAD #11673).........................................................387

4.9 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Defining concomitance rules for two case families (TTAD #11355) ..................388

4.10 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Generating load combinations after changing the load case number (TTAD
#11359) ................................................................................................................................................................388

4.11 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Generating combinations for NEWEC8.cbn (TTAD #11431) ...........................388

4.12 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating the concomitance matrix after switching back the effect for live load
(TTAD #11806) .....................................................................................................................................................388

4.13 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.9 (DEV2012 #1.7) ...389

4.14 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.7 (DEV2012 #1.7) ... 389

4.15 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.3 (DEV2012 #1.7) ... 390

4.16 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no. 5 (DEV2012 #1.7) .. 390

4.17 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating a set of combinations with different Q "Base" types (TTAD #11806).... 391
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

4.18 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.6 (DEV2012 #1.7) ... 391

4.19 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.2 (DEV2012 #1.7) ... 392

4.20 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.4 (DEV2012 #1.7) .. 392

4.21 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating a set of combinations with Q group of loads (TTAD #11960) ............... 392

4.22 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.1 (DEV2010#1.7) .... 393

4.23 CSN EN 1990/NA - Czech Republic: Verifying combinations for CZ localization (TTAD #12542) ............ 393

5 CONCRETE DESIGN .......................................................................................................... 395


5.1 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear
load - bilinear stress-strain diagram ..................................................................................................................... 396

5.2 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear
load - horizontal level behavior law ...................................................................................................................... 396

5.3 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the transverse reinforcement area for a beam subjected to
linear loads ........................................................................................................................................................... 396

5.4 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear
load - inclined stress strain behavior law .............................................................................................................. 396

5.5 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area for a beam subjected to
point loads ............................................................................................................................................................ 397

5.6 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the minimum reinforcement area for a simply supported beam . 397

5.7 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load397

5.8 Testing the punching verification and punching reinforcement results on loaded analysis model (TTAD
#14332) ................................................................................................................................................................ 397

5.9 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a horizontal concrete bar
with rectangular cross section .............................................................................................................................. 398

5.10 Verifying Aty and Atz for a fixed concrete beam (TTAD #11812) .............................................................. 398

5.11 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying concrete results for linear elements (TTAD #11556)........ 398

5.12 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement bars for a filled circular column (TTAD #11678) ......................... 398

5.13 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for linear elements (TTAD #11636) ............................................ 399

5.14 Verifying the reinforcement of concrete columns (TTAD #11635)............................................................. 399

5.15 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying concrete results for planar elements (TTAD #11583) ...... 399

5.16 Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a fixed beam (TTAD #11836) ............................................... 399

5.17 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a fixed linear element (TTAD #11700) .................................. 400

5.18 Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a structure with 375 load cases combinations (TTAD #11683) .... 400

5.19 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Calculation of a square column in traction (TTAD #11892)............. 400

5.20 Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for an articulated beam (TTAD #11342) ... 401

5.21 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA: Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for articulated
beams (TTAD #11342) ......................................................................................................................................... 401

5.22 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Stresses and cracks verification for a planar element hinged on all
edges 401

5.23 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying the stresses result for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly
distributed load ..................................................................................................................................................... 402

5.24 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Punching verification with imposed reinfrocement on slab ...................................... 402

5.25 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly
distributed load ..................................................................................................................................................... 402

16
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.26 Verifying the bending moments about X and Y axis on a single story concrete core subjected to horizontal
forces and seismic action .....................................................................................................................................402

5.27 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Two field beam with rectangular cross section, calculated as a one span
plate 402

5.28 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying a square concrete column of a multi-storey structure subjected to axial
compression .........................................................................................................................................................403

5.29 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Comparing deflection of a slab hinged supported on 2 edges with the
deflection of the equivalent beam approach .........................................................................................................403

5.30 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Single beam with a plate crosssection ....................................................403

5.31 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Single beam with rectangular cross section ............................................403

5.32 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Two field planar system with two span direction calculation based on the
Baumann Method .................................................................................................................................................404

5.33 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Two field planar system with two span direction calculation based on the
Capra Method .......................................................................................................................................................404

5.34 Verifying the peak smoothing influence over mesh, the punching verification and punching reinforcement
results when Z down axis is selected (TTAD #14963) ..........................................................................................404

5.35 EC2,EC8 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the capacity design results (DEV2013 #8.3).............404

5.36 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Column design with Nominal Stiffness method square section
(TTAD #11625) .....................................................................................................................................................405

5.37 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete
C25/30 to resist simple bending - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 1) 406

5.38 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement -
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 5) ......................................................411

5.39 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement -
Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 10) ...................................................416

5.40 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to uniformly
distributed load, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD3) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 12) .........................................................................................................................422

5.41 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement-
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 15) ....................................................428

5.42 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement-
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 16) ....................................................435

5.43 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly
distributed load, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 11) .........................................................................................................................442

5.44 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly
distributed load, with compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 14) .........................................................................................................................448

5.45 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly
distributed load, with compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 18) .........................................................................................................................455

5.46 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam
subjected to a uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram(Class
XD1)(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref Test19) .............................................................................................460

5.47 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam
subjected to a uniformly distributed load without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram(Class
XD1)(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref.Test 20) ............................................................................................467

5.48 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam with compressed
reinforcement Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 9) ...........................474
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.49 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly
distributed load, with compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 13) ......................................................................................................................... 484

5.50 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly
distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 17) ......................................................................................................................... 490

5.51 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with
vertical transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France -
ref. Test 24) .......................................................................................................................................................... 496

5.52 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with
inclined transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France -
ref. Test 25) .......................................................................................................................................................... 500

5.53 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam - Bilinear stress-
strain diagram (Class X0) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 28) ......................................................... 504

5.54 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with inclined
transversal reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test
29) 508

5.55 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete section -
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 23) ............................... 512

5.56 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with
vertical transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France -
ref. Test 27) .......................................................................................................................................................... 517

5.57 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression and
rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref.
Test 31) ................................................................................................................................................................ 521

5.58 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression and
rotation moment to the top Method based on nominal curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 32) .................................................................................................. 534

5.59 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression by
nominal rigidity method- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test
33) 544

5.60 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with
vertical transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France -
ref. Test 26) .......................................................................................................................................................... 552

5.61 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with inclined
transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test
30) 556

5.62 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the method based on
nominal curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 36) 560

5.63 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column using the simplified method
Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 37) 567

5.64 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small compression
force and significant rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 40) ......................................................................................................................... 571

5.65 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a significant
compression force and small rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated
by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 41) .................................................................................................................... 578

5.66 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete column subjected to compression to
top Based on nominal rigidity method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC
France - ref. Test 35)............................................................................................................................................ 591

5.67 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a circular concrete column using the simplified method
Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 39) 604

18
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.68 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small rotation
moment and significant compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method-Bilinear stress-strain
diagram(Class XC1)(SOCOTEC France-Test 43) ................................................................................................608

5.69 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to eccentric loading
- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 44) ................................618

5.70 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam supporting a balcony - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 45) ............................................624

5.71 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete column subjected to compression on
the top Method based on nominal stiffness - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 34) .........................................................................................................................631

5.72 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the simplified method
Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 38) 639

5.73 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA-France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a significant rotation
moment and small compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method-Bilinear stress-strain
diagram(Class XC1)(SOCOTEC France-Test 42) ................................................................................................642

5.74 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal force of
traction - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 46 II) ................651

5.75 NTC 2008 - Italy: Longitudinal reinforcement on a simply supported beam ..............................................655

5.76 EC2 / CSN EN 1992-1-1 - Czech Republic: Main reinforcement design for simple supported beam ........657

5.77 EC2 / NF EN1992-1-1 - France: Verifying a T concrete section - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XC3).. 660

5.78 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot B efforts
Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 4 II) ..................................................662

5.79 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to tension load -
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD2) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 47I) ..............................667

5.80 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a tension
distributed load - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD2) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 47 II) .673

5.81 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1 - France: Reinforcement calculation for a simple bending beam ..........................676

5.82 A23.3-04 - Canada: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement value on a one-way reinforced concrete slab ..... 680

5.83 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly
distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC
France - ref. Test 2) ..............................................................................................................................................683

5.84 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement-
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 6) ......................................................690

5.85 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement-
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 7) ......................................................694

5.86 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam without compressed
reinforcement Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 8) ...........................698

5.87 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal force of
traction - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class X0) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 46 I) .................705

5.88 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to uniformly
distributed load, with compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France -
ref. Test 3) ............................................................................................................................................................708

5.89 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot A efforts
Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 4 I) ...................................................718

5.90 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1 - France: Reinforcement calculation on intermediate support on a continuous beam.. 724

5.91 EC3 / CSN EN 1992-1-1 - Czech Republic: Verification of stresses in steel and concrete on simply
supported beam ....................................................................................................................................................726

5.92 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1 - France: Tie reinforcement ..................................................................................731


ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.93 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with vertical transversal
reinforcement ....................................................................................................................................................... 735

5.94 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load ......... 738

5.95 EC2 / CSN EN 1992-1-1 - Czech Republic: Stresses and cracks verification for simple supported beam 742

6 GENERAL APPLICATIONS ................................................................................................ 749


6.1 Verifying element creation using commas for coordinates (TTAD #11141) ................................................ 750

6.2 Modifying the "Design experts" properties for concrete linear elements (TTAD #12498) ........................... 750

6.3 Verifying the precision of linear and planar concrete covers (TTAD #12525) ............................................. 750

6.4 Defining the reinforced concrete design assumptions (TTAD #12354) ...................................................... 750

6.5 Verifying 2 joined vertical elements with the clipping option enabled (TTAD #12238)................................ 750

6.6 Creating system trees using the copy/paste commands (DEV2012 #1.5) .................................................. 750

6.7 Generating liquid pressure on horizontal and vertical surfaces (TTAD #10724) ........................................ 751

6.8 Changing the default material (TTAD #11870) ........................................................................................... 751

6.9 Creating and updating model views and post-processing views (TTAD #11552) ....................................... 751

6.10 Importing a cross section from the Advance Steel profiles library (TTAD #11487) ................................... 751

6.11 Verifying the synthetic table by type of connection (TTAD #11422) .......................................................... 751

6.12 Verifying mesh, CAD and climatic forces - LPM meeting .......................................................................... 752

6.13 Verifying the appearance of the local x orientation legend (TTAD #11737) .............................................. 752

6.14 Creating system trees using the copy/paste commands (DEV2012 #1.5) ................................................ 752

6.15 Verifying the objects rename function (TTAD #12162) ............................................................................. 752

6.16 Launching the verification of a model containing steel connections (TTAD #12100) ................................ 752

6.17 Creating a new Advance Design file using the "New" command from the "Standard" toolbar (TTAD
#12102) ................................................................................................................................................................ 753

6.18 Verifying geometry properties of elements with compound cross sections (TTAD #11601) ..................... 753

6.19 Verifying material properties for C25/30 (TTAD #11617) .......................................................................... 753

6.20 Verifying the overlapping when a planar element is built in a hole (TTAD #13772) .................................. 753

7 IMPORT / EXPORT ............................................................................................................. 755


7.1 Verifying the export of a linear element to GTC (TTAD #10932, TTAD #11952) ........................................ 756

7.2 Exporting an Advance Design model to DO4 format (DEV2012 #1.10) ..................................................... 756

7.3 Importing GTC files containing elements with haunches from SuperSTRESS (TTAD #12172) ................. 756

7.4 Exporting an analysis model to ADA (through GTC) (DEV2012 #1.3) ........................................................ 756

7.5 Exporting an analysis model to ADA (through GTC) (DEV2012 #1.3) ........................................................ 756

7.6 Importing GTC files containing elements with circular hollow sections, from SuperSTRESS (TTAD #12197) ... 757

7.7 System stability when importing AE files with invalid geometry (TTAD #12232) ........................................ 757

7.8 Importing GTC files containing elements with circular hollow sections, from SuperSTRESS (TTAD #12197) ... 757

7.9 Verifying the GTC files exchange between Advance Design and SuperSTRESS (DEV2012 #1.9) ........... 757

7.10 Exporting linear elements to IFC format (TTAD #10561) .......................................................................... 757

7.11 Verifying the load case properties from models imported as GTC files (TTAD #12306) ........................... 758

20
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

7.12 Importing IFC files containing continuous foundations (TTAD #12410) .....................................................758

7.13 Verifying the releases option of the planar elements edges after the model was exported and imported via
GTC format (TTAD #12137) .................................................................................................................................758

7.14 Importing GTC files containing "PH.RDC" system (TTAD #12055) ...........................................................758

7.15 Exporting a meshed model to GTC (TTAD #12550) ..................................................................................758

8 JOINT DESIGN .................................................................................................................... 759


8.1 Deleting a welded tube connection - 1 gusset bar (TTAD #12630).............................................................760

8.2 Creating connections groups (TTAD #11797) ............................................................................................760


1 Finite element method
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.1 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 15 ) (01-0008SDLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2440


Test status: Passed

1.1.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes frequencies for a 10 mm thick lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side, subjected to its own
weight only.

1.1.2 Background

1.1.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLS 02/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: planar.
Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side Scale =1/10
01-0008SDLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Thickness: t = 0.01 m,
Side: a = 1 m,
= 15
Points coordinates:
A(0;0;0)
B(a;0;0)
C ( 0.259a ; 0.966a ; 0 )
D ( 1.259a ; 0.966a ; 0 )

24
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions
Outer: AB side fixed,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.

1.1.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies function by angle

Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a lozenge of side "a" leads to the frequencies:

1 Et 2
fj = 2
i2 where i = 1,2, or i2 = g().
2 a 12(1 2 )

= 15
12 3.601
22 8.872
M. V. Barton noted the sensitivity of the result relative to the mode and the angle. He acknowledged that the i
values were determined with a limited development of an insufficient order, which led to consider a reference value
that is based on an experimental result, verified by an average of seven software that use the finite elements
calculation method.

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,
961 nodes,
900 surface quadrangles.

Eigen mode shapes

25
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.1.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 8.999
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 22.1714

1.1.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 8.95 Hz -0.54%
Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 21.69 Hz -2.17%

26
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.2 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 30 ) (01-0009SDLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2441


Test status: Passed

1.2.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes frequencies for a 10 mm thick lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side, subjected to its own
weight only.

1.2.2 Background

1.2.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLS 02/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: planar.
Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side Scale =1/10
01-0009SDLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Thickness: t = 0.01 m,
Side: a = 1 m,
= 30
Points coordinates:
A(0;0;0)
B(a;0;0)
3
C ( 0.5a ; 2 a ; 0 )
A A

EA E A

3
D ( 1.5a ; 2 a ; 0 )
A A

EA E A

27
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions
Outer: AB side fixed,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.

1.2.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies relative to the angle

Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a lozenge of side "a" leads to the frequencies:

1 Et 2
fj = 2
i2 where i = 1,2, or i2 = g().
2 a 12(1 2 )

= 30
12 3.961
22 10.19
M. V. Barton noted the sensitivity of the result relative to the mode and the angle. He acknowledged that the i
values were determined with a limited development of an insufficient order, which led to consider a reference value
that is based on an experimental result, verified by an average of seven software that use the finite elements
calculation method.

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,
961 nodes,
900 surface quadrangles.

Eigen mode shapes

28
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.2.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 9.8987
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 25.4651

1.2.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 9.82 Hz -0.80%
Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 23.44 Hz -7.95%

29
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.3 Circular plate under uniform load (01-0003SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2435


Test status: Passed

1.3.1 Description
On a circular plate of 5 mm thickness and 2 m diameter, an uniform load, perpendicular on the plan of the plate, is
applied. The vertical displacement on the plate center is verified.

1.3.2 Background

1.3.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 03/89;
Analysis type: linear static;
Element type: planar.
Circular plate under uniform load Scale =1/10
01-0003SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Circular plate radius: r = 1m,
Circular plate thickness: h = 0.005 m.

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

30
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Outer: Plate fixed on the side (in all points of its perimeter),
For the modeling, we consider only a quarter of the plate and we impose symmetry conditions on some nodes
(see the following model; yz plane symmetry condition):translation restrained nodes along x and rotation
restrained nodes along y and z: translation restrained nodes along x and rotation restrained nodes along y and
z:
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Uniform loads perpendicular on the plate: pZ = -1000 Pa,
Internal: None.

1.3.2.2 Vertical displacement of the model at the center of the plate

Reference solution
Circular plates form:
pr4 -1000 x 14
u = 64D = 64 x 2404 = - 6.50 x 10-3 m
A E A A E A

Eh3 2.1 x 1011 x 0.0053


with the plate radius coefficient: D = 2 =
12(1-0.32)
12(1- )
A E A A E

D = 2404

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,
70 nodes,
58 planar elements.

Circular plate under uniform load Scale =1.5


Meshing 01-0003SSLSB_FEM

31
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Deformed shape

Circular plate under uniform load Scale =1.5


Deformed 01-0003SSLSB_FEM

1.3.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement on the plate center [mm] -6.50

1.3.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


DZ Vertical displacement on the plate center [mm] -6.47032 mm 0.46%

32
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.4 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 2) (01-0012SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2444


Test status: Passed

1.4.1 Description
Verifies the vibration modes of a thin piping elbow (1 m radius) extended by two straight elements of length L,
subjected to its self weight only.

1.4.2 Background

1.4.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 14/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow Scale = 1/11
Case 2 01-0012SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,
L = 0.6 m,
Straight circular hollow section:
Outer diameter de = 0.020 m,
Inner diameter di = 0.016 m,
Section: A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,
-9 4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9 4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10 m ,

33
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10-9 m4.


Points coordinates (in m):
O(0;0;0)
A(0;R;0)
B(R;0;0)
C ( -L ; R ; 0 )
D ( R ; -L ; 0 )

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed at points C and D
At A: translation restraint along y and z,
At B: translation restraint along x and z,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.

1.4.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies

Reference solution
The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:
in plane bending:
2
i EI z
fj = where i = 1,2,
2 R 2
A

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
23 nodes,
22 linear elements.

34
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Eigen mode shapes

1.4.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz] 94
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode frequency in plane 2 [Hz] 180

1.4.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz] 94.62 Hz 0.66%
Eigen mode frequency in plane 2 [Hz] 184.68 Hz 2.60%

35
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.5 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 3) (01-0013SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2445


Test status: Passed

1.5.1 Description
Verifies the vibration modes of a thin piping elbow (1 m radius) extended by two straight elements of length L,
subjected to its self weight only.

1.5.2 Background

1.5.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 14/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow Scale = 1/12
Case 3 01-0013SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,
Straight circular hollow section:
Outer diameter: de = 0.020 m,
Inner diameter: di = 0.016 m,
-4 2
Section: A = 1.131 x 10 m ,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,
-9 4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9 4
Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10 m .
Points coordinates (in m):
O(0;0;0)

36
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

A(0;R;0)
B(R;0;0)
C ( -L ; R ; 0 )
D ( R ; -L ; 0 )

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed at points C and Ds,
At A: translation restraint along y and z,
At B: translation restraint along x and z,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.

1.5.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies

Reference solution
The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:
in plane bending:
2
i EI z
fj = where i = 1,2,
2 R 2
A

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
41 nodes,
40 linear elements.

37
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Eigen mode shapes

1.5.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz] 25.300
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode frequency in plane 2 [Hz] 27.000

1.5.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz] 24.96 Hz -1.34%
Eigen mode frequency in plane 2 [Hz] 26.71 Hz -1.07%

38
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.6 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 0 ) (01-0007SDLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2439


Test status: Passed

1.6.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes frequencies for a 10 mm thick lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side, subjected to its own
weight only.

1.6.2 Background

1.6.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLS 02/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: planar.
Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side Scale =1/10
01-0007SDLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Thickness: t = 0.01 m,
Side: a = 1 m,
= 0
Points coordinates:
A(0;0;0)
B(a;0;0)
C(0;a;0)
D(a;a;0)

39
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions
Outer: AB side fixed,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.

1.6.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies relative to the angle

Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a side "a" lozenge, leads to the frequencies:

1 Et 2
fj = 2
i2 where i = 1,2, and i2 = g().
2 a 12(1 2 )

=0
12 3.492
22 8.525
M.V. Barton noted the sensitivity of the result relative to the mode and the angle. He acknowledged that the i
values were determined with a limited development of an insufficient order, which led to consider a reference value
that is based on an experimental result, verified by an average of seven software that use the finite elements
calculation method.

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,
61 nodes,
900 surface quadrangles.

Eigen mode shapes

40
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.6.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 8.7266
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 21.3042

1.6.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 8.67 Hz -0.65%
Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 21.21 Hz -0.44%

41
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.7 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 1) (01-0011SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2443


Test status: Passed

1.7.1 Description
Verifies the vibration modes of a thin piping elbow (1 m radius) with fixed ends and subjected to its self weight only.

1.7.2 Background

1.7.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 14/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane Scale = 1/7
Case 1 01-0011SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,
Straight circular hollow section:
Outer diameter: de = 0.020 m,
Inner diameter: di = 0.016 m,
Section: A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,
-9 4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9 4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9 4
Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10 m .

42
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Points coordinates (in m):


O(0;0;0)
A(0;R;0)
B(R;0;0)

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at points A and B ,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.

1.7.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies

Reference solution
The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:
in plane bending:
2
i EI z
fj = where i = 1,2,
2 R 2
A

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
11 nodes,
10 linear elements.

Eigen mode shapes

43
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.7.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz] 119
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode frequency in plane 2 [Hz] 227

1.7.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz] 120.09 Hz 0.92%
Eigen mode frequency in plane 2 [Hz] 227.1 Hz 0.04%

44
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.8 System of two bars with three hinges (01-0002SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2434


Test status: Passed

1.8.1 Description
On a system of two bars (AC and BC) with three hinges, a punctual load in applied in point C. The vertical
displacement in point C and the tensile stress on the bars are verified.

1.8.2 Background

1.8.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 09/89;
Analysis type: linear static;
Element type: linear.
System of two bars with three hinges Scale =1/33
0002SSLLB_FEM

A B
30

30
F
4.5
00 0 m
m
4 .50

C
Y

Z X

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Bars angle relative to horizontal: = 30,
Bars length: l = 4.5 m,
-4 2
Bar section: A = 3 x 10 m .

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa.

45
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Outer: Hinged in A and B,
Inner: Hinge on C

Loading
External: Punctual load in C: F = -21 x 103 N.
Internal: None.

1.8.2.2 Displacement of the model in C

Reference solution
uc = -3 x 10-3 m

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,
21 nodes,
20 linear elements.

Displacement shape

System of two bars with three hinges Scale =1/33


Displacement in C 0002SSLLB_FEM

1.8.2.3 Bars stresses

Reference solutions
AC bar = 70 MPa
BC bar = 70 MPa

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,
21 nodes,
20 linear elements.

46
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.8.2.4 Shape of the stress diagram


System of two bars with three hinges Scale =1/34
Bars stresses 0002SSLLB_FEM

1.8.2.5 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -0.30
CM2 Sxx Tensile stress on AC bar [MPa] 70
CM2 Sxx Tensile stress on BC bar [MPa] 70

1.8.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


DZ Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -0.299954 cm 0.02%
Sxx Tensile stress on AC bar [MPa] 69.9998 MPa 0.00%
Sxx Tensile stress on BC bar [MPa] 69.9998 MPa 0.00%

47
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.9 Thin circular ring fixed in two points (01-0006SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2438


Test status: Passed

1.9.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen modes frequencies for a thin circular ring fixed in two points, subjected to its own weight only.

1.9.2 Background

1.9.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 12/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis, plane problem;
Element type: linear.
Thin circular ring fixed in two points Scale =1/2
01-0006SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Average radius of curvature: OA = OB = R = 0.1 m,
Angular spacing between points A and B: 120 ;
Rectangular straight section:
Thickness: h = 0.005 m,
Width: b = 0.010 m,
Section: A = 5 x 10-5 m2,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the vertical axis: I = 1.042 x 10-10 m4,
Point coordinates:
O (0 ;0),

48
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

A (-0.05 3 ; -0.05),

B (0.05 3 ; -0.05).

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 7.2 x 1010 Pa
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 2700 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at A and B,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.

1.9.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies

Reference solutions
The deformation of the fixed ring is calculated from the deformations of the free-free thin ring
Symmetrical mode:
ui = i cos(i)
vi = sin (i)
1-i2
i = Error! Bookmark not defined. R sin (i)
A A E A

Antisymmetrical mode:
ui = i sin(i)
vi = -cos (i)
1-i2
i = Error! Bookmark not defined. R cos (i)
A A E A

From Greens method results:

1 h E
fj = j with a support angle of 120.
2 R 2 12

i 1 2 3 4
Symmetrical mode 4.8497 14.7614 23.6157
Antisymmetrical mode 1.9832 9.3204 11.8490 21.5545

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam, without meshing,
32 nodes,
32 linear elements.

49
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Eigen mode shapes

50
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.9.2.3 Theoretic results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency - 1 antisymmetric 1 [Hz] 235.3
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 frequency - 2 symmetric 1 [Hz] 575.3
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 3 frequency - 3 antisymmetric 2 [Hz] 1105.7
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 4 frequency - 4 antisymmetric 3 [Hz] 1405.6
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 5 frequency - 5 symmetric 2 [Hz] 1751.1
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 6 frequency - 6 antisymmetric 4 [Hz] 2557
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 7 frequency - 7 symmetric 3 [Hz] 2801.5

1.9.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Eigen mode 1 frequency - 1 antisymmetric 1 [Hz] 236.32 Hz 0.43%
Eigen mode 2 frequency - 2 symmetric 1 [Hz] 578.52 Hz 0.56%
Eigen mode 3 frequency - 3 antisymmetric 2 [Hz] 1112.54 Hz 0.62%
Eigen mode 4 frequency - 4 antisymmetric 3 [Hz] 1414.22 Hz 0.61%
Eigen mode 5 frequency - 5 symmetric 2 [Hz] 1760 Hz 0.51%
Eigen mode 6 frequency - 6 antisymmetric 4 [Hz] 2569.97 Hz 0.51%
Eigen mode 7 frequency - 7 symmetric 3 [Hz] 2777.43 Hz -0.86%

51
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.10 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 45 ) (01-0010SDLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2442


Test status: Passed

1.10.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes frequencies for a 10 mm thick lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side, subjected to its own
weight only.

1.10.2 Background

1.10.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLS 02/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: planar.
Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side Scale =1/10
01-0010SDLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Thickness: t = 0.01 m,
Side: a = 1 m,
= 45
Points coordinates:
A(0;0;0)
B(a;0;0)
2 2
C( a; a;0)
2 2

52
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

2+ 2 2
D( a; a;0)
2 2

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions
Outer: AB side fixed,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.

1.10.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies relative to the angle

Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a lozenge of side "a" leads to the frequencies:

1 Et 2
fj = i2 where i = 1,2, or i2 = g().
2 a 2 12(1 2 )

= 45
2
1 4.4502
22 10.56
M. V. Barton noted the sensitivity of the result relative to the mode and the angle. He acknowledged that the i
values were determined with a limited development of an insufficient order, which led to consider a reference value
that is based on an experimental result, verified by an average of seven software that use the finite elements
calculation method.

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,
961 nodes,
900 surface quadrangles.

53
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Eigen mode shapes

1.10.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 11.1212
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 26.3897

1.10.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 11.28 Hz 1.43%
Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 28.08 Hz 6.41%

54
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.11 Double fixed beam (01-0016SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2448


Test status: Passed

1.11.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes frequencies and the vertical displacement on the middle of a beam consisting of eight
elements of length "l", having identical characteristics. A punctual load of -50000 N is applied.

1.11.2 Background

1.11.2.1 Model description


Reference: internal GRAITEC test (beams theory);
Analysis type: static linear, modal analysis;
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Length: l = 16 m,
2
Axial section: S=0.06 m
4
Inertia I = 0.0001 m

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7850 kg/m3

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at both ends x = 0 and x = 8 m,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Punctual load P = -50000 N at x = 4m,
Internal: None.

55
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.11.2.2 Displacement of the model in the linear elastic range

Reference solution
The reference vertical displacement v5, is calculated at the middle of the beam at x = 2 m.

Pl 3 50000 16 3
v5 = = = 0.05079 m
192EI 192 2.1E11 0.0001

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,
9 nodes,
8 elements.

Deformed shape

Double fixed beam


Deformed

1.11.2.3 Eigen mode frequencies of the model in the linear elastic range

Reference solution
Knowing that the first four eigen mode frequencies of a double fixed beam are given by the following formula:

12 = 22.37 f1 = 2.937 Hz
2
2
n E.I 2 = 61.67 f 2 = 8.095 Hz
fn = where for the first 4 eigen modes frequencies 2
2. .L2 .S 3 = 120.9 f 3 = 15.871 Hz
2
4 = 199.8 f 4 = 26.228 Hz

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,
9 nodes,
8 elements.

56
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Modal deformations

Double fixed beam


Mode 1

Double fixed beam


Mode 2

Double fixed beam


Mode 3

Double fixed beam


Mode 4

57
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.11.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement on the middle of the beam [m] -0.05079
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 2.937
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 8.095
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 15.870
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 26.228

1.11.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Dz Vertical displacement on the middle of the beam [m] -0.0507937 -0.01%
m
Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 2.94 Hz 0.10%
Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 8.09 Hz -0.06%
Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 15.79 Hz -0.50%
Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 25.76 Hz -1.78%

58
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.12 Short beam on simple supports (on the neutral axis) (01-0017SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2449


Test status: Passed

1.12.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a short beam on simple supports (the supports are located on the neutral
axis), subjected to its own weight only.

1.12.2 Background
Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 01/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Short beam on simple supports on the neutral axis Scale = 1/6
01-0017SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Height: h = 0.2 m,
Length: l = 1 m,
Width: b = 0.1 m,
-2 4
Section: A = 2 x 10 m ,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 6.667 x 10-5 m4.

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

59
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Hinged at A (null horizontal and vertical displacements),
Simple support in B.
Inner: None.

Loading
External: None.
Internal: None.

1.12.2.1 Eigen modes frequencies

Reference solution
The bending beams equation gives, when superimposing, the effects of simple bending, shear force deformations
and rotation inertia, Timoshenko formula.
The reference eigen modes frequencies are determined by a numerical simulation of this equation, independent of
any software.
The eigen frequencies in tension-compression are given by:

i E (2i 1)
fi = where i =
2l 2

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam, imposed mesh,
10 nodes,
9 linear elements.

60
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Eigen mode shapes

1.12.2.2 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 431.555
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 1265.924
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 1498.295
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 2870.661
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 3797.773
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 6 frequency [Hz] 4377.837

61
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.12.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 437.12 Hz 1.29%
Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 1264.32 Hz -0.13%
Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 1537.16 Hz 2.59%
Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 2911.46 Hz 1.42%
Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 3754.54 Hz -1.14%
Eigen mode 6 frequency [Hz] 4281.23 Hz -2.21%

62
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.13 Rectangular thin plate simply supported on its perimeter (01-0020SDLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2452


Test status: Passed

1.13.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a thin rectangular plate simply supported on its perimeter.

1.13.2 Background

1.13.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLS 03/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: planar.
Rectangular thin plate simply supported on its perimeter Scale = 1/8
01-0020SDLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Length: a = 1.5 m,
Width: b = 1 m,
Thickness: t = 0.01 m,
Points coordinates in m:
A (0 ;0 ;0)
B (0 ;1.5 ;0)
C (1 ;1.5 ;0)
D (1 ;0 ;0)

63
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Simple support on all sides,
For the modeling: hinged at A, B and D.
Inner: None.

Loading
External: None.
Internal: None.

1.13.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies

Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a rectangular plate with supports on all four sides, leads to:

i 2 j 2 Et 2
fij = [( ) +( )]
2 a b 12(1 2 )
where:
i = number of half-length of wave along y ( dimension a)
j = number of half-length of wave along x ( dimension b)

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: shell,
496 nodes,
450 planar elements.

64
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Eigen mode shapes

1.13.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 1; j = 1. [Hz] 35.63
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 2; j = 1. [Hz] 68.51
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 1; j = 2. [Hz] 109.62
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 3; j = 1. [Hz] 123.32
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 2; j = 2. [Hz] 142.51
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 3; j = 2. [Hz] 197.32

65
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.13.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 1; j = 1 (Mode 1) [Hz] 35.58 Hz -0.14%
Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 2; j = 1 (Mode 2) [Hz] 68.29 Hz -0.32%
Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 1; j = 2 (Mode 3) [Hz] 109.98 Hz 0.33%
Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 3; j = 1 (Mode 4) [Hz] 123.02 Hz -0.24%
Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 2; j = 2 (Mode 5) [Hz] 141.98 Hz -0.37%
Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 3; j = 2 (Mode 6) [Hz] 195.55 Hz -0.90%

66
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.14 Cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling (01-0021SFLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2453


Test status: Passed

1.14.1 Description
Verifies the critical load result on node 5 of a cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling. A punctual load of -100000 is
applied.

1.14.2 Background

1.14.2.1 Model description


Reference: internal GRAITEC test (Euler theory);
Analysis type: Eulerian buckling;
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.

Geometry
L = 10 m
2
S=0.01 m
I = 0.0002 m4

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.0 x 1010 N/m2,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.1.

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at end x = 0,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Punctual load P = -100000 N at x = L,
Internal: None.

67
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.14.2.2 Critical load on node 5

Reference solution
The reference critical load established by Euler is:

2EI 98696
Pcritique = = 98696 N = = 0.98696
4L 2
100000

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: beam, imposed mesh,
5 nodes,
4 elements.

Deformed shape

1.14.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Fx Critical load on node 5. [N] -98696

1.14.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Fx Critical load on node 5 (mode 1) [N] -100000 N -1.32%

68
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.15 Double fixed beam with a spring at mid span (01-0015SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2447


Test status: Passed

1.15.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement on the middle of a beam consisting of four elements of length "l", having identical
characteristics. A punctual load of -10000 N is applied.

1.15.2 Background

1.15.2.1 Model description


Reference: internal GRAITEC test;
Analysis type: linear static;
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.

Geometry
=1m
2
S = 0.01 m
4
I = 0.0001 m

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed at ends x = 0 and x = 4 m,
Elastic support with k = EI/ rigidity
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Punctual load P = -10000 N at x = 2m,
Internal: None.

69
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.15.2.2 Displacement of the model in the linear elastic range

Reference solution
The reference vertical displacement v3, is calculated at the middle of the beam at x = 2 m.
Rigidity matrix of a plane beam:

ES ES
0 0 - 0 0

12EI 6EI 12EI 6EI
0 0
3 2 3 2
6EI 4EI 6EI 2EI
0 0 2
[K e ] = ES 2
ES

0 0 0 0
l
12EI 6EI 12EI 6EI
0 0 2
3 2 3
0 6EI 2EI 6EI 4EI
0 2
2
Given the symmetry / X and load of the structure, it is unnecessary to consider the degrees of freedom associated
with normal work (u2, u3, u4).
The same symmetry allows the deduction of:
v2 = v4
2 = -4
3 = 0
12 6 12 6
3
2 3 2
6 4 6 2
2 2

12 6 24 12 6 v1 R1
3 2 0 M
6 3 3 2 1 1
2 2 8 6 2 v 2 0 (1)
0 2

12 6 24 1 12 6 2 0 (2)
2 3 + 0 v 3 P (3 )
EI 3 3 2 =
6 2
0
8
2
6 2 3 0 (4 )
2 v 0 (5 )
12 6 24 12 6
4

2 0 4 0 (6 )

3 3 3 2

6 2 8 6 2 v 5 R5
0 2
2 5 M5
12 6 12 6
2 2
3 3
6 2 6 4
2
2

70
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

EI 1 1 (U 3 )
The elementary rigidity matrix of the spring in its local axis system, [k 5 ] = , must be expressed in
1 1 (U 6 )
the global axis system by means of the rotation matrix (90 rotation):

0 0 0 0 0 0 (u 3 )

0 1 0 0 1 0 (v 3 )
0 ( 3 )
[K 5 ] = EI 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 (u 6 )
0 1 0 0 1 0 (v 6 )

0 0 0 0 0 0 ( 6 )

6 2 8 3
v3 + 3 + 4 = 0 4 = v3
2
4
12 6 24
3
v 3 2 3 + 3 v 4 = 0 2v 4 = v 3

6 2 8 6 2
v + 2 + 3 2 v 4 + 4 = 0 v 4 = v 2 (usually unnecessary)
2 2

3
(3) 12 v 2 6 2 + 24 + 1 v 3 12 v 4 6 4 = P v 3 = P = 0.11905 10 03 m
3
2

3
3
2
EI ( )2
3 + l EI

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,
6 nodes,
4 linear elements + 1 spring,

Deformed shape

Double fixed beam with a spring at mid span


Deformed

Note: the displacement is expressed here in m

1.15.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement on the middle of the beam [mm] -0.11905

1.15.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Dz Vertical displacement on the middle of the beam [mm] -0.119048 0.00%
mm

71
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.16 Thin square plate fixed on one side (01-0019SDLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2451


Test status: Passed

1.16.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen modes frequencies of a thin square plate fixed on one side.

1.16.2 Background

1.16.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLS 01/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: planar.
Thin square plate fixed on one side Scale = 1/6
01-0019SDLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: t = 1 m,
Points coordinates in m:
A (0 ;0 ;0)
B (1 ;0 ;0)
C (1 ;1 ;0)
D (0 ;1 ;0)

72
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions
Outer: Edge AD fixed.
Inner: None.

Loading
External: None.
Internal: None.

1.16.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies

Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a square plate with side "a", leads to:

1 Et 2
fj = i2 where i = 1,2, . . .
2 a 2 12(1 2 )

i 1 2 3 4 5 6
i 3.492 8.525 21.43 27.33 31.11 54.44

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: shell,
959 nodes,
900 planar elements.

73
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Eigen mode shapes

Thin square plate fixed on one side


Mode 1

Thin square plate fixed on one side


Mode 2

Thin square plate fixed on one side


Mode 3

74
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.16.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 8.7266
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 21.3042
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 53.5542
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 68.2984
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 77.7448
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 6 frequency [Hz] 136.0471

1.16.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 8.67 Hz -0.65%
Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 21.22 Hz -0.40%
Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 53.13 Hz -0.79%
Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 67.74 Hz -0.82%
Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 77.15 Hz -0.77%
Eigen mode 6 frequency [Hz] 134.65 Hz -1.03%

75
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.17 Bending effects of a symmetrical portal frame (01-0023SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2455


Test status: Passed

1.17.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a symmetrical portal frame with fixed supports.

1.17.2 Background

1.17.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 01/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: linear.
Bending effects of a symmetrical portal frame Scale = 1/5
01-0023SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Straight rectangular sections for beams and columns:
Thickness: h = 0.0048 m,
Width: b = 0.029 m,
-4 2
Section: A = 1.392 x 10 m ,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 2.673 x 10-10 m4,
Points coordinates in m:
A B C D E F
x -0.30 0.30 -0.30 0.30 -0.30 0.30
y 0 0 0.36 0.36 0.81 0.81

76
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at A and B,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: None.
Internal: None.

1.17.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies

Reference solution
Dynamic radius method (slender beams theory).

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
60 nodes,
60 linear elements.

77
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Deformed shape

Bending effects of a symmetrical portal frame Scale = 1/7


Mode 13

1.17.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 8.8
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 29.4
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 3 symmetric frequency [Hz] 43.8
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 4 symmetric frequency [Hz] 56.3
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 5 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 96.2
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 6 symmetric frequency [Hz] 102.6
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 7 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 147.1
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 8 symmetric frequency [Hz] 174.8
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 9 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 178.8
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 10 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 206
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 11 symmetric frequency [Hz] 266.4
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 12 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 320
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 13 symmetric frequency [Hz] 335

78
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.17.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Eigen mode 1 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 8.78 Hz -0.23%
Eigen mode 2 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 29.43 Hz 0.10%
Eigen mode 3 symmetric frequency [Hz] 43.85 Hz 0.11%
Eigen mode 4 symmetric frequency [Hz] 56.3 Hz 0.00%
Eigen mode 5 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 96.05 Hz -0.16%
Eigen mode 6 symmetric frequency [Hz] 102.7 Hz 0.10%
Eigen mode 7 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 147.08 Hz -0.01%
Eigen mode 8 symmetric frequency [Hz] 174.96 Hz 0.09%
Eigen mode 9 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 178.92 Hz 0.07%
Eigen mode 10 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 206.23 Hz 0.11%
Eigen mode 11 symmetric frequency [Hz] 266.62 Hz 0.08%
Eigen mode 12 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 319.95 Hz -0.02%
Eigen mode 13 symmetric frequency [Hz] 334.96 Hz -0.01%

79
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.18 Slender beam on two fixed supports (01-0024SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2456


Test status: Passed

1.18.1 Description
A straight slender beam with fixed ends is loaded with a uniform load, several punctual loads and a torque. The shear
force, bending moment, vertical displacement and horizontal reaction are verified.

1.18.2 Background

1.18.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 01/89;
Analysis type: linear static;
Element type: linear.
Slender beam on two fixed supports Scale = 1/4
01-0024SSLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Length: L = 1 m,
Beam inertia: I = 1.7 x 10-8 m4.

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa.

80
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at A and B,
Inner: None.

Loading
External:
Uniformly distributed load from A to B: py = p = -24000 N/m,
Punctual load at D: Fx = F1 = 30000 N,
Torque at D: Cz = C = -3000 Nm,
Punctual load at E: Fx = F2 = 10000 N,
Punctual load at E: Fy = F = -20000 N.
Internal: None.

1.18.2.2 Shear force at G

Reference solution
Analytical solution:
Shear force at G: VG
C
VG = 0.216F 1.26
L

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
5 nodes,
4 linear elements.

81
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Results shape

Slender beam on two fixed supports Scale = 1/5


Shear force

1.18.2.3 Bending moment in G

Reference solution
Analytical solution:
Bending moment at G: MG
2
pL
MG = 24 - 0.045LF 0.3C
A E A

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
5 nodes,
4 linear elements.

82
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Results shape

Slender beam on two fixed supports Scale = 1/5


Bending moment

1.18.2.4 Vertical displacement at G

Reference solution
Analytical solution:
Vertical displacement at G: vG
pl4 0.003375FL3 0.015CL2
vG = 384EI +
A E A

EI
A +E A

EI A E

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
5 nodes,
4 linear elements.

83
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Results shape

Slender beam on two fixed supports Scale = 1/4


Deformed

1.18.2.5 Horizontal reaction at A

Reference solution
Analytical solution:
Horizontal reaction at A: HA
HA = -0.7F1 0.3F2

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
5 nodes,
4 linear elements.

1.18.2.6 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Fz Shear force in point G. [N] -540
CM2 My Bending moment in point G. [Nm] -2800
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point G. [cm] -4.90
CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction in point A. [N] 24000

84
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.18.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Fz Shear force in point G [N] -540 N 0.00%
My Bending moment in point G [Nm] -2800 N*m 0.00%
DZ Vertical displacement in point G [cm] -4.90485 cm -0.10%
Fx Horizontal reaction in point A [N] 24000 N 0.00%

85
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.19 Slender beam on three supports (01-0025SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2457


Test status: Passed

1.19.1 Description
A straight slender beam on three supports is loaded with two punctual loads. The bending moment, vertical
displacement and reaction on the center are verified.

1.19.2 Background

1.19.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 03/89;
Analysis type: static (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Slender beam on three supports Scale = 1/49
01-0025SSLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Length: L = 3 m,
Beam inertia: I = 6.3 x 10-4 m4.

86
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Hinged at A,
Elastic support at B (Ky = 2.1 x 106 N/m),
Simple support at C.
Inner: None.

Loading
External: 2 punctual loads F = Fy = -42000N.
Internal: None.

1.19.2.2 Bending moment at B

Reference solution
The resolution of the hyperstatic system of the slender beam leads to:

6EI
k=
L3Ky
Bending moment at B: MB
L ( 6 + 2k )F
MB =
2 (8 + k )

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
5 nodes,
4 linear elements.

87
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Results shape

Slender beam on three supports Scale = 1/49


Bending moment

1.19.2.3 Reaction in B

Reference solution
Compression force in the spring: VB
-11F
VB = 8 + kA E

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
5 nodes,
4 linear elements.

1.19.2.4 Vertical displacement at B

Reference solution
Deflection at the spring location: vB
11F
vB = Ky(8 + k)
A E A

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
5 nodes,
4 linear elements.

88
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Results shape

Slender beam on three supports


Deformed

1.19.2.5 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 My Bending moment in point B. [Nm] -63000
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point B. [cm] -1.00
CM2 Fz Reaction in point B. [N] -21000

1.19.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My Bending moment in point B [Nm] -63000 N*m 0.00%
DZ Vertical displacement in point B [cm] -1 cm 0.00%
Fz Reaction in point B [N] -21000 N 0.00%

89
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.20 Thin circular ring hanged on an elastic element (01-0014SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2446


Test status: Passed

1.20.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen modes frequencies of a circular ring hanged on an elastic element, subjected to its self weight
only.

1.20.2 Background

1.20.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 13/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis, plane problem;
Element type: linear.
Thin circular ring hang from an elastic element Scale = 1/1
01-0014SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

90
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry
Average radius of curvature: OB = R = 0.1 m,
Length of elastic element: AB = 0.0275 m ;
Straight rectangular section:
Ring
Thickness: h = 0.005 m,
Width: b = 0.010 m,
Section: A = 5 x 10-5 m2,
Flexure moment of relative to the vertical axis: I = 1.042 x 10-10 m4,
Elastic element
Thickness: h = 0.003 m,
Width: b = 0.010 m,
Section: A = 3 x 10-5 m2,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the vertical axis: I = 2.25 x 10-11 m4,
Points coordinates:
O ( 0 ; 0 ),
A ( 0 ; -0.0725 ),
B ( 0 ; -0.1 ).

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 7.2 x 1010 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 2700 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed in A,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.

1.20.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies

Reference solutions
The reference solution was established from experimental results of a mass manufactured aluminum ring.

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
43 nodes,
43 linear elements.

91
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Eigen mode shapes

1.20.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz] 28.80
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 Symmetrical frequency [Hz] 189.30
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 3 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz] 268.80
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 4 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz] 641.00
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 5 Symmetrical frequency [Hz] 682.00
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 6 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz] 1063.00

92
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.20.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Eigen mode 1 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz] 28.81 Hz 0.03%
Eigen mode 2 Symmetrical frequency [Hz] 189.69 Hz 0.21%
Eigen mode 3 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz] 269.38 Hz 0.22%
Eigen mode 4 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz] 642.15 Hz 0.18%
Eigen mode 5 Symmetrical frequency [Hz] 683.9 Hz 0.28%
Eigen mode 6 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz] 1065.73 Hz 0.26%

93
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.21 Short beam on simple supports (eccentric) (01-0018SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2450


Test status: Passed

1.21.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a short beam on simple supports (the supports are eccentric relative to
the neutral axis).

1.21.2 Background

1.21.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 01/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis, (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Short beam on simple supports (eccentric) Scale = 1/5
01-0018SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Height: h = 0.2m,
Length: l = 1 m,
Width: b = 0.1 m,
-2 4
Section: A = 2 x 10 m ,
-5 4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 6.667 x 10 m .

94
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Hinged at A (null horizontal and vertical displacements),
Simple support at B.
Inner: None.

Loading
External: None.
Internal: None.

1.21.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies

Reference solution
The problem has no analytical solution, the solution is determined by averaging several software: Timoshenko model
with shear force deformation effects and rotation inertia. The bending modes and the traction-compression are
coupled.

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam, imposed mesh,
10 nodes,
9 linear elements.

95
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Eigen modes shape

Short beam on simple supports (eccentric)


Mode 1

Short beam on simple supports (eccentric)


Mode 2

Short beam on simple supports (eccentric)


Mode 3

96
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Short beam on simple supports (eccentric)


Mode 4

Short beam on simple supports (eccentric)


Mode 5

97
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.21.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 392.8
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 902.2
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 1591.9
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 2629.2
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 3126.2

1.21.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 393.7 Hz 0.23%
Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 945.35 Hz 4.78%
Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 1595.94 Hz 0.25%
Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 2526.22 Hz -3.92%
Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 3118.91 Hz -0.23%

98
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.22 Annular thin plate fixed on a hub (repetitive circular structure) (01-0022SDLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2454


Test status: Passed

1.22.1 Description
Verifies the eigen mode frequencies of a thin annular plate fixed on a hub.

1.22.2 Background

1.22.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLS 04/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: planar element.
Annular thin plate fixed on a hub (repetitive circular structure) Scale = 1/3
01-0022SDLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Inner radius: Ri = 0.1 m,
Outer radius: Re = 0.2 m,
Thickness: t = 0.001 m.

Material properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

99
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed on a hub at any point r = Ri.
Inner: None.

Loading
External: None.
Internal: None.

1.22.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies

Reference solution
The solution of determining the frequency based on Bessel functions leads to the following formula:

1 Et2
fij = 2
2Re2 ij 12(1-2)
A E A EA A AE A

where:
i = the number of nodal diameters
j = the number of nodal circles
and ij2 such as:
j \ i 0 1 2 3
0 13.0 13.3 14.7 18.5
1 85.1 86.7 91.7 100

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: plate,
360 nodes,
288 planar elements.

1.22.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 0; j = 0. [Hz] 79.26
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 0; j = 1. [Hz] 518.85
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 1; j = 0. [Hz] 81.09
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 1; j = 1. [Hz] 528.61
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 2; j = 0. [Hz] 89.63
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 2; j = 1. [Hz] 559.09
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 3; j = 0. [Hz] 112.79
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 3; j = 1. [Hz] 609.70

100
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.22.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 0; j = 0 (Mode 1) [Hz] 79.05 Hz -0.26%
Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 0; j = 1 (Mode 18) 521.84 Hz 0.58%
[Hz]
Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 1; j = 0 (Mode 2) [Hz] 80.52 Hz -0.70%
Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 1; j = 1 (Mode 20) 529.49 Hz 0.17%
[Hz]
Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 2; j = 0 (Mode 4) [Hz] 88.43 Hz -1.34%
Eigen mode i" - j frequency, for i = 2; j = 1 (Mode 22) 552.43 Hz -1.19%
[Hz]
Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 3; j = 0 (Mode 7) [Hz] 110.27 Hz -2.23%
Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 3; j = 1 (Mode 25) 593.83 Hz -2.60%
[Hz]

101
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.23 Fixed thin arc in out of plane bending (01-0028SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2460


Test status: Passed

1.23.1 Description
An arc of a circle fixed at one end is loaded with a punctual force at its free end, perpendicular to the plane. The out
of plane displacement, torsion moment and bending moment are verified.

1.23.2 Background

1.23.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 07/89;
Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: linear.
Fixed thin arc in out of plane bending Scale = 1/6
01-0028SSLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Medium radius: R = 1 m ,
Circular hollow section:
de = 0.02 m,
di = 0.016 m,
A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,
Ix = 4.637 x 10-9 m4.

102
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at A.
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Punctual force in B perpendicular on the plane: Fz = F = 100 N.
Internal: None.

1.23.2.2 Displacements at B

Reference solution
Displacement out of plane at point B:
FR3 EIx 3
uB = EI [ 4 + K ( 4 - 2)]
x T
A E A A E A A E A A E A

where KT is the torsional rigidity for a circular section (torsion constant is 2Ix).
EIx FR3 3
KT = 2GIx = uB = EI [ 4 + (1 + ) ( 4 - 2)]
1+ x
A E A A E A A E A A E A

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
46 nodes,
45 linear elements.

1.23.2.3 Moments at = 15

Reference solution
Torsion moment: Mx = Mt = FR(1 - sin)
Bending moment: Mz = Mf = -FRcos

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
46 nodes,
45 linear elements.

103
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.23.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 D Displacement out of plane in point B [m] 0.13462
CM2 Mx Torsion moment in = 15 [Nm] 74.1180
CM2 Mz Bending moment in = 15 [Nm] -96.5925

1.23.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


D Displacement out of plane in point B [m] 0.135156 m 0.40%
Mx Torsion moment in Theta = 15 [Nm] 74.103 N*m -0.02%
Mz Bending moment in Theta = 15 [Nm] 96.5925 N*m 0.00%

104
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.24 Double hinged thin arc in planar bending (01-0029SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2461


Test status: Passed

1.24.1 Description
Verifies the rotation about Z-axis, the vertical displacement and the horizontal displacement on several points of a
double hinged thin arc in planar bending.

1.24.2 Background

1.24.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 08/89;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Double hinged thin arc in planar bending Scale = 1/8
01-0029SSLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Medium radius: R = 1 m ,
Circular hollow section:
de = 0.02 m,
di = 0.016 m,
A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,
Ix = 4.637 x 10-9 m4.

105
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Hinge at A,
At B: allowed rotation along z, vertical displacement restrained along y.
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Punctual load at C: Fy = F = - 100 N.
Internal: None.

1.24.2.2 Displacements at A, B and C

Reference solution
Rotation about z-axis
FR2
A = - B = ( 2 - 1) 2EI
A E A A E

Displacement;
FR 3 FR3
Vertical at C: vC = 8 EA + ( 4 - 2) 2EI
A E A A E A A E A A E

FR FR3
Horizontal at B: uB = 2EA - 2EI A E A A E

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
37 nodes,
36 linear elements.

106
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Displacements shape

Fixed thin arc in planar bending Scale = 1/11


Deformed

1.24.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 RY Rotation about Z-axis in point A [rad] 0.030774
CM2 RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] -0.030774
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -1.9206
CM2 DX Horizontal displacement in point B [cm] 5.3912

1.24.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


RY Rotation about Z-axis in point A [rad] 0.0307785 0.01%
Rad
RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] -0.0307785 -0.01%
Rad
DZ Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -1.92019 cm 0.02%
DX Horizontal displacement in point B [cm] 5.386 cm -0.10%

107
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.25 Beam on elastic soil, free ends (01-0032SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2464


Test status: Passed

1.25.1 Description
A beam under 3 punctual loads lays on a soil of constant linear stiffness. The bending moment, vertical displacement
and rotation about z-axis on several points of the beam are verified.

1.25.2 Background

1.25.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 15/89;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Beam on elastic soil, free ends Scale = 1/21
01-0032SSLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry

L = ( 10 )/2,
A E A

I = 10-4 m4.

108
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Free A and B extremities,
Constant linear stiffness of soil ky = K = 840000 N/m2.
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Punctual load at A, C and B: Fy = F = - 10000 N.
Internal: None.

1.25.2.2 Bending moment and displacement at C

Reference solution

4
= A K/(4EI) E

= L/2
= sh (2) + sin (2)
Bending moment:
MC = (F/(4))(ch(2) - cos (2) 8sh()sin())/
Vertical displacement:
vC = - (F/(2K))( ch(2) + cos (2) + 8ch()cos() + 2)/

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
72 nodes,
71 linear elements.

109
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Bending moment diagram

Beam on elastic soil, free ends Scale = 1/20


Bending moment

1.25.2.3 Displacements at A

Reference solution
Vertical displacement:
vA = (2F/K)( ch()cos() + ch(2) + cos(2))/
Rotation about z-axis
A = (-2F2/K)( sh()cos() - sin()ch() + sh(2) - sin(2))/

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
72 nodes,
71 linear elements

1.25.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 My Bending moment in point C [Nm] 5759
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.006844
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point A [m] -0.007854
CM2 RY Rotation about z-axis in point A [rad] -0.000706

110
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.25.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My Bending moment in point C [Nm] 5779.54 N*m 0.36%
Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.00684369 m 0.00%
Dz Vertical displacement in point A [m] -0.00786073 m -0.09%
RY Rotation Theta about z-axis in point A [rad] -0.000707427 Rad -0.20%

111
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.26 EDF Pylon (01-0033SFLLA_FEM)

Test ID: 2465


Test status: Passed

1.26.1 Description
Verifies the displacement at the top of an EDF Pylon and the dominating buckling results. Three punctual loads
corresponding to wind loads are applied on the main arms, on the upper arm and on the lower horizontal frames of
the pylon.

1.26.2 Background

1.26.2.1 Model description


Reference: Internal GRAITEC test;
Analysis type: static linear, Eulerian buckling;
Element type: linear

Units
I. S.

Geometry

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Hinged support,
For the modeling, a fixed restraint and 4 beams were added at the pylon supports level.
Inner: None.

112
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
External:
Punctual loads corresponding to a wind load.
FX = 165550 N, FY = - 1240 N, FZ = - 58720 N on the main arms,
FX = 50250 N, FY = - 1080 N, FZ = - 12780 N on the upper arm,
FX = 11760 N, FY = 0 N, FZ = 0 N on the lower horizontal frames
Internal: None.

1.26.2.2 Displacement of the model in the linear elastic range

Reference solution

113
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Software ANSYS 5.3 NE/NASTRAN 7.0


Max deflection (m) 0.714 0.714
dominating mode 2.77 2.77

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,
402 nodes,
1034 elements.

Deformed shape

114
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Buckling modal deformation (dominating mode)

1.26.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 D Displacement at the top of the pylon [m] 0.714
CM2 Dominating buckling - critical , mode 4 [Hz] 2.77

1.26.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


D Displacement at the top of the pylon [m] 0.71254 m -0.20%
Dominating buckling - critical Lambda - mode 4 [Hz] 2.83 Hz 2.17%

115
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.27 Fixed thin arc in planar bending (01-0027SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2459


Test status: Passed

1.27.1 Description
Arc of a circle fixed at one end, subjected to two punctual loads and a torque at its free end. The horizontal
displacement, vertical displacement and rotation about Z-axis are verified.

1.27.2 Background

1.27.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 06/89;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Fixed thin arc in planar bending Scale = 1/24
01-0027SSLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Medium radius: R = 3 m ,
Circular hollow section:
de = 0.02 m,
di = 0.016 m,
A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,
Ix = 4.637 x 10-9 m4.

116
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa.

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed in A.
Inner: None.

Loading
External:
At B:
punctual load F1 = Fx = 10 N,
punctual load F2 = Fy = 5 N,
bending moment about Oz, Mz = 8 Nm.
Internal: None.

1.27.2.2 Displacements at B

Reference solution
At point B:
R2
displacement parallel to Ox: u = 4EI [F1R + 2F2R + 4Mz]
A E A

2
R
displacement parallel to Oy: v = 4EI [2F1R + (3 - 8)F2R + 2( - 2)Mz]
A E A

R
rotation around Oz: = 4EI [4F1R + 2( - 2)F2R + 2Mz]
A E A

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
31 nodes,
30 linear elements.

117
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Results shape

Fixed thin arc in planar bending Scale = 1/19


Deformed

1.27.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 DX Horizontal displacement in point B [m] 0.3791
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point B [m] 0.2417
CM2 RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] -0.1654

1.27.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


DX Horizontal displacement in point B [m] 0.378914 m -0.05%
DZ Vertical displacement in point B [m] 0.241738 m 0.02%
RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] -0.165362 0.02%
Rad

118
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.28 Truss with hinged bars under a punctual load (01-0031SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2463


Test status: Passed

1.28.1 Description
Verifies the horizontal and the vertical displacement in several points of a truss with hinged bars, subjected to a
punctual load.

1.28.2 Background
Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 11/89;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.

1.28.2.1 Model description


Truss with hinged bars under a punctual load Scale = 1/10
01-0031SSLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Elements Length (m) Area (m2)
AC 0.5 2 A E
2 x 10-4
CB 0.5 2 A E
2 x 10-4
CD A 2.5 E
1 x 10-4
BD 2A E
1 x 10-4

119
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.962 x 1011 Pa.

Boundary conditions
Outer: Hinge at A and B,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Punctual force at D: Fy = F = - 9.81 x 103 N.
Internal: None.

1.28.2.2 Displacements at C and D

Reference solution
Displacement method.

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
4 nodes,
4 linear elements.

Displacements shape
Truss with hinged bars under a punctual load Scale = 1/9
Deformed

120
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.28.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 DX Horizontal displacement in point C [mm] 0.26517
CM2 DX Horizontal displacement in point D [mm] 3.47902
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [mm] 0.08839
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point D [mm] -5.60084

1.28.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


DX Horizontal displacement in point C [mm] 0.264693 -0.18%
mm
DX Horizontal displacement in point D [mm] 3.47531 mm -0.11%
DZ Vertical displacement in point C [mm] 0.0881705 -0.25%
mm
DZ Vertical displacement in point D [mm] -5.595 mm 0.10%

121
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.29 Simply supported square plate (01-0036SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2467


Test status: Passed

1.29.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement in the center of a simply supported square plate.

1.29.2 Background

1.29.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 02/89;
Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: planar.
Simply supported square plate Scale = 1/9
01-0036SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Side = 1 m,
Thickness h = 0.01m.

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7950 kg/m3.

122
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Simple support on the plate perimeter,
For the modeling, we add a fixed support at B.
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Self weight (gravity = 9.81 m/s2).
Internal: None.

1.29.2.2 Vertical displacement at O

Reference solution
According to Love- Kirchhoff hypothesis, the displacement w at a point (x,y):
w(x,y) = wmnsinmxsinny
192g(1 - 2)
where wmn =
mn(m2 + n2)6Eh2
AE A E A

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: shell,
441 nodes,
400 planar elements.

Deformed shape
Simply supported square plate Scale = 1/6
Deformed

123
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.29.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point O [m] -0.158

1.29.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Dz Vertical displacement in point O [m] -0.164901 m -4.37%

124
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.30 Caisson beam in torsion (01-0037SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2468


Test status: Passed

1.30.1 Description
A torsion moment is applied on the free end of a caisson beam fixed on one end. For both ends, the displacement,
the rotation about Z-axis and the stress are verified.

1.30.2 Background

1.30.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 05/89;
Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: planar.
Caisson beam in torsion Scale = 1/4
01-0037SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Length; L = 1m,
Square section of side: b = 0.1 m,
Thickness = 0.005 m.

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

125
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Outer: Beam fixed at end x = 0;
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Torsion moment M = 10N.m applied to the free end (for modeling, 4 forces of 50 N).
Internal: None.

1.30.2.2 Displacement and stress at two points

Reference solution
The reference solution is determined by averaging the results of several calculation software with implemented finite
elements method.
Points coordinates:
A (0,0.05,0.5)
B (-0.05,0,0.8)
Note: point O is the origin of the coordinate system (x,y,z).

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: shell,
90 nodes,
88 planar elements.

Deformed shape
Caisson beam in torsion Scale = 1/4
Deformed

126
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.30.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 D Displacement in point A [m] -0.617 x 10-6
CM2 D Displacement in point B [m] -0.987 x 10-6
CM2 RY Rotation about Z-axis in point A [rad] 0.123 x 10-4
CM2 RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] 0.197 x 10-4
CM2 sxy_mid xy stress in point A [MPa] -0.11
CM2 sxy_mid xy stress in point B [MPa] -0.11

1.30.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


D Displacement in point A [m] 0.615909 m -0.18%
D Displacement in point B [m] 0.986806 m -0.02%
RY Rotation about Z-axis in point A [rad] -1.23211e-005 Rad -0.17%
RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] -1.97172e-005 Rad -0.09%
sxy_mid Sigma xy stress in point A [MPa] -0.100037 MPa -0.04%
sxy_mid Sigma xy stress in point B [MPa] -0.100212 MPa -0.21%

127
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.31 Thin cylinder under a uniform radial pressure (01-0038SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2469


Test status: Passed

1.31.1 Description
Verifies the stress, the radial deformation and the longitudinal deformation of a cylinder loaded with a uniform internal
pressure.

1.31.2 Background

1.31.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 06/89;
Analysis type: static elastic;
Element type: planar.
Thin cylinder under a uniform radial pressure Scale = 1/18
01-0038SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Length: L = 4 m,
Radius: R = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.02 m.

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

128
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Free conditions
For the modeling, only of the cylinder is considered and the symmetry conditions are applied. On the
other side, we restrained the displacements at a few nodes in order to make the model stable.
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Uniform internal pressure: p = 10000 Pa,
Internal: None.

1.31.2.2 Stresses in all points

Reference solution
Stresses in the planar elements coordinate system (x axis is parallel with the length of the cylinder):
xx = 0
pR
yy = h A E

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: shell,
209 nodes,
180 planar elements.

1.31.2.3 Cylinder deformation in all points


Radial deformation:
pR2
R = Eh A E

Longitudinal deformation:
-pRL
L = A

Eh E

1.31.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 syy_mid yy stress in all points [Pa] 500000.000000
CM2 Dz L radial deformation of the cylinder in all points [m] 2.380000
CM2 DY L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder in all points [m] -2.860000

1.31.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


syy_mid Sigma yy stress in all points [Pa] 499521 Pa -0.10%
Dz Delta R radial deformation of the cylinder in all points [m] 2.39213 m 0.51%
DY Delta L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder in all points -2.85445 m 0.19%
[m]

129
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.32 Bimetallic: Fixed beams connected to a stiff element (01-0026SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2458


Test status: Passed

1.32.1 Description
Two beams fixed at one end and rigidly connected to an undeformable beam is loaded with a punctual load. The
deflection, vertical reaction and bending moment are verified in several points.

1.32.2 Background

1.32.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 05/89;
Analysis type: linear static;
Element type: linear.
Fixed beams connected to a stiff element Scale = 1/10
01-0026SSLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Lengths:
L = 2 m,
l = 0.2 m,
Beams inertia moment: I = (4/3) x 10-8 m4,
-2
The beam sections are squared, of side: 2 x 10 m.

130
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa.

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed in A and C,
Inner: The tangents to the deflection of beams AB and CD at B and D remain horizontal; practically, we
restraint translations along x and z at nodes B and D.

Loading
External: In D: punctual load F = Fy = -1000N.
Internal: None.

1.32.2.2 Deflection at B and D

Reference solution
The theory of slender beams bending (Euler-Bernouilli formula) leads to a deflection at B and D:
The resolution of the hyperstatic system of the slender beam leads to:
FL3
vB = vD = 24EI
A E

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
4 nodes,
3 linear elements.

Results shape
Fixed beams connected to a stiff element Scale = 1/10
Deformed

131
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.32.2.3 Vertical reaction at A and C

Reference solution
Analytical solution.

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
4 nodes,
3 linear elements.

1.32.2.4 Bending moment at A and C

Reference solution
Analytical solution.

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
4 nodes,
3 linear elements

1.32.2.5 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 D Deflection in point B [m] 0.125
CM2 D Deflection in point D [m] 0.125
CM2 Fz Vertical reaction in point A [N] -500
CM2 Fz Vertical reaction in point C [N] -500
CM2 My Bending moment in point A [Nm] 500
CM2 My Bending moment in point C [Nm] 500

1.32.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


D Deflection in point B [m] 0.125376 m 0.30%
D Deflection in point D [m] 0.125376 m 0.30%
Fz Vertical reaction in point A [N] -500 N 0.00%
Fz Vertical reaction in point C [N] -500 N 0.00%
My Bending moment in point A [Nm] 500.083 N*m 0.02%
My Bending moment in point C [Nm] 500.083 N*m 0.02%

132
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.33 Portal frame with lateral connections (01-0030SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2462


Test status: Passed

1.33.1 Description
Verifies the rotation about z-axis and the bending moment on a portal frame with lateral connections.

1.33.2 Background

1.33.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 10/89;
Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: linear.
Portal frame with lateral connections Scale = 1/21
01-0030SSLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Beam Length Moment of inertia
AB lAB = 4 m 64
IAB = 3 x 10-8 m4
A E A

AC lAC = 1 m 1
IAC = 12 x 10-8 m4
A E A

AD lAD = 1 m 1
IAD = 12 x 10-8 m4
A E A

AE lAE = 2 m 4
IAE = 3 x 10-8 m4
A E A

G is in the middle of DA.

133
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The beams have square sections:


AAB = 16 x 10-4 m
AAD = 1 x 10-4 m
AAC = 1 x 10-4 m
AAE = 4 x 10-4 m

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed at B, D and E,
Hinge at C,
Inner: None.

Loading
External:
Punctual force at G: Fy = F = - 105 N,
Distributed load on beam AD: p = - 103 N/m.
Internal: None.

1.33.2.2 Displacements at A

Reference solution
Rotation at A about z-axis:
EIAn
We say: kAn = l where n = B, C, D or E
An
A E A

3
K = kAB + kAD + kAE + 4 kAC A E

kAn
rAn = K

FlAD plAB2
C1 = 8 - 12

C1
= 4K

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
6 nodes,
5 linear elements.

134
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Displacements shape

Portal frame with lateral connections


Deformed

1.33.2.3 Moments in A

Reference solution
plAB2
MAB = 12 + rAB x C1

FlAD
MAD = - 8 + rAD x C1

MAE = rAE x C1
MAC = rAC x C1

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
6 nodes,
5 linear elements

135
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.33.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 RY Rotation about z-axis in point A [rad] -0.227118
CM2 My Bending moment in point A (MAB) [Nm] 11023.72
CM2 My Bending moment in point A (MAC) [Nm] 113.559
CM2 My Bending moment in point A (MAD) [Nm] 12348.588
CM2 My Bending moment in point A (MAE) [Nm] 1211.2994

1.33.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


RY Rotation Theta about z-axis in point A [rad] -0.227401 -0.12%
Rad
My Bending moment in point A (Moment AB) [Nm] 11021 N*m -0.02%
My Bending moment in point A (Moment AC) [Nm] 113.704 N*m 0.13%
My Bending moment in point A (Moment AD) [Nm] 12347.5 N*m -0.01%
My Bending moment in point A (Moment AE) [Nm] 1212.77 N*m 0.12%

136
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.34 Beam on elastic soil, hinged ends (01-0034SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2466


Test status: Passed

1.34.1 Description
A beam under a punctual load, a distributed load and two torques lays on a soil of constant linear stiffness. The
rotation around z-axis, the vertical reaction, the vertical displacement and the bending moment are verified in several
points.

1.34.2 Background

1.34.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 16/89;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Beam on elastic soil, hinged ends Scale = 1/27
01-0034SSLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry

L = ( 10 )/2,
-4 4
I = 10 m .

137
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Free A and B ends,
Soil with a constant linear stiffness ky = K = 840000 N/m2.
Inner: None.

Loading
External:
Punctual force at D: Fy = F = - 10000 N,
Uniformly distributed force from A to B: fy = p = - 5000 N/m,
Torque at A: Cz = -C = -15000 Nm,
Torque at B: Cz = C = 15000 Nm.
Internal: None.

1.34.2.2 Displacement and support reaction at A

Reference solution

4
= K/(4EI)
= L/2
= ch(2) + cos(2)
Vertical support reaction:
1
VA = -p(sh(2) + sin(2)) - 2Fch()cos() + 22C(sh(2) - sin(2)) x
2
Rotation about z-axis:
1
A = p(sh(2) sin(2)) + 2Fsh()sin() - 22C(sh(2) + sin(2)) x
(K/)

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
50 nodes,
49 linear elements.

138
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Deformed shape

Beam on elastic soil, hinged ends Scale = 1/20


Deformed

1.34.2.3 Displacement and bending moment at D

Reference solution
Vertical displacement:
1
vD = 2p( - 2ch()cos()) + F(sh(2) sin(2)) - 82Csh()sin() x
2K
Bending moment:
1
MD = 4psh()sin() + F(sh(2) + sin(2)) - 82Cch()cos() x
42

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
50 nodes,
49 linear elements.

139
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Bending moment diagram

Beam on elastic soil, hinged ends Scale = 1/20


Bending moment

1.34.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 RY Rotation around z-axis in point A [rad] 0.003045
CM2 Fz Vertical reaction in point A [N] -11674
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point D [cm] -0.423326
CM2 My Bending moment in point D [Nm] -33840

1.34.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


RY Rotation around z-axis in point A [rad] 0.00304333 Rad -0.05%
Fz Vertical reaction in point A [N] -11709 N -0.30%
Dz Vertical displacement in point D [cm] -0.423297 cm 0.01%
My Bending moment in point D [Nm] -33835.9 N*m 0.01%

140
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.35 Beam on two supports considering the shear force (01-0041SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2472


Test status: Passed

1.35.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement on a 300 cm long beam, consisting of an I shaped profile of a total height of 20.04
cm, a 0.96 cm thick web and 20.04 cm wide / 1.46 cm thick flanges.

1.35.2 Background

1.35.2.1 Model description


Reference: Internal GRAITEC test;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.

Geometry
l= 300 cm
h= 20.04 cm
b= 20.04 cm
tw = 1.46 cm
tf = 0.96 cm
Sx= 74.95 cm2
Iz = 5462 cm4
Sy = 16.43 cm2

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2285938 daN/cm2,
Transverse elastic modulus G = 879207 daN/cm2
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

141
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Simple support on node 11,
For the modeling, put an hinge at node 1 (instead of a simple support).
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Vertical punctual load P = -20246 daN at node 6,
Internal: None.

1.35.2.2 Vertical displacement of the model in the linear elastic range

Reference solution
The reference displacement is calculated in the middle of the beam, at node 6.

flexion
shear

3
Pl Pl 20246 x3003 20246 x300
v6 = + = + = 0.912 0.105 = 1.017 cm
48 EI z 4GS y 48 x 2285938 x5462 4 x 2285938 x16.43
2(1 + 0.3)

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: S beam, imposed mesh,
11 nodes,
10 linear elements.

Deformed shape

142
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.35.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement at node 6 [cm] -1.017

1.35.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


DZ Vertical displacement at node 6 [cm] -1.01722 cm -0.02%

143
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.36 Thin cylinder under a uniform axial load (01-0042SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2473


Test status: Passed

1.36.1 Description
Verifies the stress, the longitudinal deformation and the radial deformation of a cylinder under a uniform axial load.

1.36.2 Background

1.36.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 07/89;
Analysis type: static elastic;
Element type: planar.
Thin cylinder under a uniform axial load Scale = 1/19
01-0042SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Thickness: h = 0.02 m,
Length: L = 4 m,
Radius: R = 1 m.

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

144
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Null axial displacement at the left end: vz = 0,
For the modeling, only a of the cylinder is considered.
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Uniform axial load q = 10000 N/m
Inner: None.

1.36.2.2 Stress in all points

Reference solution
x axis of the local coordinate system of planar elements is parallel to the cylinders axis.
q
xx = h

yy = 0

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,
697 nodes,
640 surface quadrangles.

1.36.2.3 Cylinder deformation at the free end

Reference solution
L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder:
qL
L = Eh

R radial deformation of the cylinder:


-qR
R = Eh

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,
697 nodes,
640 surface quadrangles.

145
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Deformation shape

Thin cylinder under a uniform axial load Scale = 1/22


Deformation shape

1.36.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 sxx_mid xx stress at all points [Pa] 5 x 105
CM2 syy_mid yy stress at all points [Pa] 0
CM2 DY L longitudinal deformation at the free end [m] 9.52 x 10-6
CM2 Dz R radial deformation at the free end [m] -7.14 x 10-7

1.36.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


sxx_mid Sigma xx stress at all points [Pa] 500000 Pa 0.00%
syy_mid Sigma yy stress at all points [Pa] 1.05305e-009 Pa 0.00%
DY Delta L longitudinal deformation at the free end [mm] -0.00952381 mm -0.04%
Dz Delta R radial deformation at the free end [mm] 0.000710887 mm -0.44%

146
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.37 Torus with uniform internal pressure (01-0045SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2476


Test status: Passed

1.37.1 Description
Verifies the stress and the radial deformation of a torus with uniform internal pressure.

1.37.2 Background

1.37.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 10/89;
Analysis type: static, linear elastic;
Element type: planar.

Torus with uniform internal pressure


01-0045SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Thickness: h = 0.02 m,
Transverse section radius: b = 1 m,
Average radius of curvature: a = 2 m.

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

147
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Outer: For the modeling, only 1/8 of the cylinder is considered, so the symmetry conditions are imposed to end
nodes.
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Uniform internal pressure p = 10000 Pa
Internal: None.

1.37.2.2 Stresses

Reference solution
(See stresses description on the first scheme of the overview)
If a b r a + b
pb r + a
11 = 2h r

pb
22 = 2h

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,
361 nodes,
324 surface quadrangles.

1.37.2.3 Cylinder deformation

Reference solution
R radial deformation of the torus:
pb
R = 2Eh (r - (r + a))

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,
361 nodes,
324 surface quadrangles.

1.37.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 syy_mid 11 stresses for r = a - b [Pa] 7.5 x 105
CM2 syy_mid 11 stresses for r = a + b [Pa] 4.17 x 105
CM2 sxx_mid 22 stress for all r [Pa] 2.50 x 105
CM2 Dz L radial deformations of the torus for r = a - b [m] 1.19 x 10-7
CM2 Dz L radial deformations of the torus for r = a + b [m] 1.79 x 10-6

148
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.37.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


syy_mid Sigma 11 stresses for r = a - b [Pa] 742770 Pa -0.96%
syy_mid Sigma 11 stresses for r = a + b [Pa] 415404 Pa -0.38%
sxx_mid Sigma 22 stress for all r [Pa] 250331 Pa 0.13%
Dz Delta L radial deformations of the torus for r = a - b [mm] -0.000117352 mm 1.38%
Dz Delta L radial deformations of the torus for r = a + b [mm] 0.00180274 mm 0.71%

149
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.38 Spherical shell under internal pressure (01-0046SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2477


Test status: Passed

1.38.1 Description
A spherical shell is subjected to a uniform internal pressure. The stress and the radial deformation are verified.

1.38.2 Background

1.38.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 14/89;
Analysis type: static, linear elastic;
Element type: planar.

Spherical shell under internal pressure


01-0046SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Thickness: h = 0.02 m,
Radius: R2 = 1 m,
= 90 (hemisphere).

150
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Simple support (null displacement along vertical displacement) on the shell perimeter.
For modeling, we consider only half of the hemisphere, so we impose symmetry conditions (DOF restrains
placed in the vertical plane xy in translation along z and in rotation along x and y). In addition, the node at the
top of the shell is restrained in translation along x to assure the stability of the structure during calculation).
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Uniform internal pressure p = 10000 Pa
Internal: None.

1.38.2.2 Stresses

Reference solution
(See stresses description on the first scheme of the overview)
If 0 90
pR22
11 = 22 = 2h

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,
343 nodes,
324 planar elements.

1.38.2.3 Cylinder deformation

Reference solution
R radial deformation of the calotte:
pR22 (1 - ) sin
R = 2Eh

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,
343 nodes,
324 planar elements.

151
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Deformed shape

Spherical shell under internal pressure Scale = 1/11


Deformed

1.38.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 sxx_mid 11 stress for all [Pa] 2.50 x 105
CM2 syy_mid 22 stress for all [Pa] 2.50 x 105
CM2 Dz R radial deformations for = 90 [m] 8.33 x 10-7

1.38.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


sxx_mid Sigma 11 stress for all Theta [Pa] 250202 Pa 0.08%
syy_mid Sigma 22 stress for all Theta [Pa] 249907 Pa -0.04%
Dz Delta R radial deformations for Theta = 90 [mm] 0.000832794 mm -0.02%

152
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.39 Stiffen membrane (01-0040SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2471


Test status: Passed

1.39.1 Description
Verifies the horizontal displacement and the stress on a plate (8 x 12 cm) fixed in the middle on 3 supports with a
punctual load at its free node.

1.39.2 Background

1.39.2.1 Model description


Reference: Klaus-Jrgen Bathe - Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis, Example 5.13;
Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: planar (membrane).

, [ 1;1]
Units
I. S.

Geometry
Thickness: e = 0.1 cm,
Length: l = 8 cm,
Width: B = 12 cm.

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 30 x 106 N/cm2,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed on 3 sides,
Inner: None.

153
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
External: Uniform load Fx = F = 6000 N at A,
Internal: None.

1.39.2.2 Results of the model in the linear elastic range

Reference solution
Point B is the origin of the coordinate system used for the results positions.

F F 6000
uA = = = 6 6
= 9.3410 4 cm
K eabE 2 1 ES 2.67410 + 3.7510
2 + 2 +
3 a 1 2
( )
b (1 + ) 2a
= 1; xx1 = 0
E uA
xx1 = (1 ) for = 0; xx1 = 1924 N/cm 2 = 19.24 MPa
1 2a
2
= 1; = 3849 N/cm 2 = 38.49 MPa
xx1

= 1; yy1 = 0

yy1 = xx1 for = 0; yy1 = 577 N/cm 2 = 5.77 MPa
= 1; = 1155 N/cm 2 = 11.55 MPa
yy1

= 1; xy1 = 0
E uA
xy1 = (1 + ) for = 0; xy1 = 898 N/cm 2 = 8.98 MPa
1 + 8b = 1; = 1796 N/cm 2 = 17.96 MPa
xy1

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: membrane, imposed mesh,
6 nodes,
2 quadrangle planar elements and 1 bar.

Deformed shape

154
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.39.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 DX Horizontal displacement Element 1 in A [cm] 9.340000
CM2 sxx_mid xx stress Element 1 in y = 0 cm [MPa] 38.490000
CM2 sxx_mid xx stress Element 1 in y = 6 cm [MPa] 0
CM2 syy_mid yy stress Element 1 in y = 0 cm [MPa] 11.550000
CM2 syy_mid yy stress Element 1 in y = 6 cm [MPa] 0
CM2 sxy_mid xy stress Element 1 in x = 0 cm [MPa] 0
CM2 sxy_mid xy stress Element 1 in x = 4 cm [MPa] -8.980000
CM2 sxy_mid xy stress Element 1 in x = 8 cm [MPa] -17.960000

1.39.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


DX Horizontal displacement Element 1 in A [m] 9.33999 m 0.00%
sxx_mid Sigma xx stress Element 1 in y = 0 cm [MPa] 38.489 MPa 0.00%
sxx_mid Sigma xx stress Element 1 in y = 6 cm [MPa] 1.81899e-015 MPa 0.00%
syy_mid Sigma yy stress Element 1 in y = 0 cm [MPa] 11.5467 MPa -0.03%
syy_mid Sigma yy stress Element 1 in y = 6 cm [MPa] -2.72848e-015 MPa 0.00%
sxy_mid Sigma xy stress Element 1 in x = 0 cm [MPa] 0 MPa 0.00%
sxy_mid Sigma xy stress Element 1 in x = 4 cm [MPa] -8.98076 MPa -0.01%
sxy_mid Sigma xy stress Element 1 in x = 8 cm [MPa] -17.9615 MPa -0.01%

155
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.40 Thin cylinder under its self weight (01-0044SSLSB_MEF)

Test ID: 2475


Test status: Passed

1.40.1 Description
Verifies the stress, the longitudinal deformation and the radial deformation of a thin cylinder subjected to its self
weight only.

1.40.2 Background

1.40.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 09/89;
Analysis type: static, linear elastic;
Element type: planar.
A cylinder of R radius and L length subject of self weight only.
Thin cylinder under its self weight Scale = 1/24
01-0044SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Thickness: h = 0.02 m,
Length: L = 4 m,
Radius: R = 1 m.

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7.85 x 104 N/m3.

156
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Null axial displacement at z = 0,
For the modeling, we consider only a quarter of the cylinder, so we impose the symmetry conditions on
the nodes that are parallel with the cylinders axis.
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Cylinder self weight,
Internal: None.

1.40.2.2 Stresses

Reference solution
x axis of the local coordinate system of planar elements is parallel to the cylinders axis.
xx = z
yy = 0

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,
697 nodes,
640 surface quadrangles.

1.40.2.3 Cylinder deformation

Reference solution
L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder:
z2
L = 2E

R radial deformation of the cylinder:


-Rz
R = E

1.40.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 sxx_mid xx stress for z = L [Pa] -314000.000000
CM2 DY L longitudinal deformation for z = L [mm] 0.002990
CM2 Dz R radial deformation for z = L[mm] -0.000440

* To obtain this result, you must generate a calculation note Planar elements stresses by load case in neutral fiber"
with results on center.

1.40.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


sxx_mid Sigma xx stress for z = L [Pa] -309143 Pa 1.55%
DY Delta L longitudinal deformation for z = L [mm] 0.00298922 mm -0.03%
Dz Delta R radial deformation for z = L [mm] -0.000443587 mm -0.82%

157
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.41 Spherical shell with holes (01-0049SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2479


Test status: Passed

1.41.1 Description
A spherical shell with holes is subjected to 4 forces, opposite 2 by 2. The horizontal displacement is verified.

1.41.2 Background
Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 21/89;
Analysis type: static, linear elastic;
Element type: planar.

1.41.2.1 Model description

Spherical shell with holes


01-0049SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Radius: R = 10 m
Thickness: h = 0.04 m,
Opening angle of the hole: 0 = 18.

158
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 6.285 x 107 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions
Outer: For modeling, we consider only a quarter of the shell, so we impose symmetry conditions (nodes in the
vertical yz plane are restrained in translation along x and in rotation along y and z. Nodes on the vertical xy
plane are restrained in translation along z and in rotation along x and y),
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Punctual loads F = 1 N, according to the diagram,
Internal: None.

1.41.2.2 Horizontal displacement at point A

Reference solution
The reference solution is determined by averaging the results of several calculation software with implemented finite
elements method. 2% uncertainty about the reference solution.

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,
99 nodes,
80 surface quadrangles.

Deformed shape
Spherical shell with holes Scale = 1/79
Deformed

159
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.41.2.3 Theoretical background


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 DX Horizontal displacement at point A(R,0,0) [mm] 94.0

1.41.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


DX Horizontal displacement at point A(R,0,0) [mm] 92.6205 mm -1.47%

160
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.42 Spherical dome under a uniform external pressure (01-0050SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2480


Test status: Passed

1.42.1 Description
A spherical dome of radius (a) is subjected to a uniform external pressure. The horizontal displacement and the
external meridian stresses are verified.

1.42.2 Background

1.42.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 22/89;
Analysis type: static, linear elastic;
Element type: planar.

Spherical dome under a uniform external pressure


01-0050SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Radius: a = 2.54 m,

161
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Thickness: h = 0.0127 m,
Angle: = 75.

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 6.897 x 1010 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.2.

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed on the dome perimeter,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Uniform pressure p = 0.6897 x 106 Pa,
Internal: None.

1.42.2.2 Horizontal displacement and exterior meridian stress

Reference solution
The reference solution is determined by averaging the results of several calculation software with implemented finite
elements method. 2% uncertainty about the reference solution.

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,
401 nodes,
400 planar elements.

Deformed shape

162
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.42.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 DX Horizontal displacements in = 15 1.73 x 10-3
CM2 DX Horizontal displacements in = 45 -1.02 x 10-3
CM2 syy_mid yy external meridian stresses in = 15 -74
CM2 sxx_mid XX external meridian stresses in = 45 -68

1.42.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


DX Horizontal displacements in Psi = 15 [mm] 1.73064 mm 0.04%
DX Horizontal displacements in Psi = 45 [mm] -1.01367 mm 0.62%
syy_mid Sigma yy external meridian stresses in Psi = 15 [MPa] -72.2609 2.35%
MPa
sxx_mid Sigma XX external meridian stresses in Psi = 45 [MPa] -68.9909 -1.46%
MPa

163
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.43 Simply supported square plate under a uniform load (01-0051SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2481


Test status: Passed

1.43.1 Description
A square plate simply supported is subjected to a uniform load. The vertical displacement and the bending moments
at the plate center are verified.

1.43.2 Background

1.43.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 24/89;
Analysis type: static, linear elastic;
Element type: planar.
Simply supported square plate under a uniform load Scale = 1/9
01-0051SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Side: a =b = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.01 m,

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.0 x 107 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions
Outer: Simple support on the plate perimeter (null displacement along z-axis),

164
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Inner: None

Loading
External: Normal pressure of plate p = pZ = -1.0 Pa,
Internal: None.

1.43.2.2 Vertical displacement and bending moment at the center of the plate

Reference solution
Love-Kirchhoff thin plates theory.

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,
361 nodes,
324 planar elements.

1.43.2.3 Theoretical result


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [m] -4.43 x 10-3
CM2 Mxx MX bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.0479
CM2 Myy MY bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.0479

1.43.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [m] -0.00435847 m 1.61%
Mxx Mx bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.0471381 N*m -1.59%
Myy My bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.0471381 N*m -1.59%

165
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.44 Square plate under planar stresses (01-0039SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2470


Test status: Passed

1.44.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement and the stresses on a square plate of 2 x 2 m, fixed on 3 sides with a uniform
surface load on its surface.

1.44.2 Background

1.44.2.1 Model description


Reference: Internal GRAITEC test;
Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: planar (membrane).
Square plate under planar stresses Scale = 1/19
Modeling

, [ 1;1]
Units
I. S.

Geometry
Thickness: e = 1 m,
4 square elements of side h = 1 m.

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

166
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed on 3 sides,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Uniform load p = -1. 108 N/ml on the upper surface,
Internal: None.

1.44.2.2 Displacement of the model in the linear elastic range

Reference solution
The reference displacements are calculated on nodes 7 and 9.
-6ph(3 + )(1 - 2)
v9 = = -0.1809 x 10-3 m,
E(8(3 - )2 - (3 + )2)
4(3 - )
v7 = v9 = -0.592 x 10-3 m,
3+
For element 1.4:
(For the stresses calculated above, the abscissa point (x = 0; y = 0) corresponds to node 8.)

= -1 ; yy = 0
E (v9 - v7) = 0 ; yy = -47.44 MPa
yy = (1 + ) for
1 - 2 2h = 1 ; yy = -94.88 MPa

= -1 ; xx = 0
xx = yy for = 0 ; xx = -14.23 MPa
= 1 ; xx = -28.46 MPa

= -1 ; = 0 ; xy = -47.82 MPa
E (v9 + v7) + (v9 - v7) = 0 ; = 0 ; xy = -31.21 MPa
xy = 4h (1 + ) for
1+ = 1 ; = 0 ; xy = -14.61 MPa

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: membrane, imposed mesh,
9 nodes,
4 surface quadrangles.

167
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Deformed shape

168
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.44.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement on node 7 [mm] -0.592
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement on node 5 [mm] -0.1809
CM2 sxx_mid xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0 m [MPa] 0
CM2 sxx_mid xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0.5 m [MPa] -14.23
CM2 sxx_mid xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 1 m [MPa] -28.46
CM2 syy_mid yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0 m [MPa] 0
CM2 syy_mid yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0.5 m [MPa] -47.44
CM2 syy_mid yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 1 m [MPa] -94.88
CM2 sxy_mid xy stresses on Element 1.4 in y = 0 m [MPa] -14.66
CM2 sxy_mid xy stresses on Element 1.4 in y = 1 m [MPa] -47.82

1.44.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


DZ Vertical displacement on node 7 [mm] -0.59203 mm -0.01%
DZ Vertical displacement on node 5 [mm] -0.180898 0.00%
mm
sxx_mid Sigma xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0 m [MPa] 7.45058e- 0.00%
015 MPa
sxx_mid Sigma xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0.5 m [MPa] -14.2315 -0.01%
MPa
sxx_mid Sigma xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 1 m [MPa] -28.463 MPa -0.01%
syy_mid Sigma yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0 m [MPa] 1.49012e- 0.00%
014 MPa
syy_mid Sigma yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0.5 m [MPa] -47.4383 0.00%
MPa
syy_mid Sigma yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 1 m [MPa] -94.8767 0.00%
MPa
sxy_mid Sigma xy stresses on Element 1.4 in y = 0 m [MPa] -14.611 MPa 0.33%
sxy_mid Sigma xy stresses on Element 1.4 in y = 1 m [MPa] -47.8178 0.00%
MPa

169
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.45 Thin cylinder under a hydrostatic pressure (01-0043SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2474


Test status: Passed

1.45.1 Description
Verifies the stress, the longitudinal deformation and the radial deformation of a thin cylinder under a hydrostatic
pressure.

1.45.2 Background

1.45.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 08/89;
Analysis type: static, linear elastic;
Element type: planar.
Thin cylinder under a hydrostatic pressure Scale = 1/25
01-0043SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Thickness: h = 0.02 m,
Length: L = 4 m,
Radius: R = 1 m.

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions
Outer: For the modeling, we consider only a quarter of the cylinder, so we impose the symmetry conditions on
the nodes that are parallel with the cylinders axis.

170
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Inner: None.

Loading
z
External: Radial internal pressure varies linearly with the "p" height, p = p0 L ,

Internal: None.

1.45.2.2 Stresses

Reference solution
x axis of the local coordinate system of planar elements is parallel to the cylinders axis.
xx = 0
p0Rz
yy = Lh

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,
209 nodes,
180 surface quadrangles.

1.45.2.3 Cylinder deformation

Reference solution
L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder:
-p0Rz2
L = 2ELh
L radial deformation of the cylinder:
p0R2z
R = ELh

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,
209 nodes,
180 surface quadrangles.

171
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Deformation shape

Thin cylinder under a hydrostatic pressure


Deformed

1.45.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 syy_mid yy stress in z = L/2 [Pa] 500000.000000
CM2 DY L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder at the inferior -0.002860
extremity [mm]
CM2 Dz L radial deformation of the cylinder in z = L/2 [mm] 0.002380

1.45.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


syy_mid Sigma yy stress in z = L/2 [Pa] 504489 Pa 0.90%
DY Delta L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder at the -0.00285442 0.20%
inferior extremity [mm] mm
Dz Delta L radial deformation of the cylinder in z = L/2 [mm] 0.00238372 0.16%
mm

172
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.46 Pinch cylindrical shell (01-0048SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2478


Test status: Passed

1.46.1 Description
A cylinder of length L is pinched by 2 diametrically opposite forces (F). The vertical displacement is verified.

1.46.2 Background
Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 20/89;
Analysis type: static, linear elastic;
Element type: planar.

1.46.2.1 Model description


A cylinder of length L is pinched by 2 diametrically opposite forces (F).

Pinch cylindrical shell


01-0048SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Length: L = 10.35 m (total length),
Radius: R = 4.953 m,

173
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Thickness: h = 0.094 m.

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 10.5 x 106 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3125.

Boundary conditions
Outer: For the modeling, we consider only half of the cylinder, so we impose symmetry conditions (nodes in
the horizontal xz plane are restrained in translation along y and in rotation along x and z),
Inner: None.

Loading
External: 2 punctual loads F = 100 N,
Internal: None.

1.46.2.2 Vertical displacement at point A

Reference solution
The reference solution is determined by averaging the results of several calculation software with implemented finite
elements method. 2% uncertainty about the reference solution.

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,
777 nodes,
720 surface quadrangles.

1.46.2.3 Theoretical result


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point A [m] -113.9 x 10-3

1.46.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


DZ Vertical displacement in point A [mm] -113.3 mm 0.53%

174
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.47 Simply supported rectangular plate loaded with punctual force and moments (01-
0054SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2484


Test status: Passed

1.47.1 Description
A rectangular plate simply supported is subjected to a punctual force and moments. The vertical displacement is
verified.

1.47.2 Background

1.47.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 26/89;
Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: planar.
Simply supported rectangular plate loaded with punctual force and moments
01-0054SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Width: DA = CB = 20 m,
Length: AB = DC = 5 m,
Thickness: h = 1 m,

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E =1000 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions
Outer: Punctual support at A, B and D (null displacement along z-axis),
Inner: None.

175
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
External:
In A: MX = 20 Nm, MY = -10 Nm,
In B: MX = 20 Nm, MY = 10 Nm,
In C: FZ = -2 N, MX = -20 Nm, MY = 10 Nm,
In D: MX = -20 Nm, MY = -10 Nm,
Internal: None.

1.47.2.2 Vertical displacement at C

Reference solution
Love-Kirchhoff thin plates theory.

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,
867 nodes,
800 surface quadrangles.

Deformed shape
Simply supported rectangular plate loaded with punctual force and moments
Deformed

1.47.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -12.480

1.47.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -12.6677 m -1.50%

176
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.48 Shear plate perpendicular to the medium surface (01-0055SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2485


Test status: Passed

1.48.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement of a rectangular shear plate fixed at one end, loaded with two forces.

1.48.2 Background

1.48.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 27/89;
Analysis type: static;
Element type: planar.
Shear plate Scale = 1/50
01-0055SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Length: L = 12 m,
Width: l = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.05 m,

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.0 x 107 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.25.

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed AD edge,
Inner: None.

177
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
External:
At B: Fz = -1.0 N,
At C: FZ = 1.0 N,
Internal: None.

1.48.2.2 Vertical displacement at C

Reference solution
Analytical solution.

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,
497 nodes,
420 surface quadrangles.

Deformed shape
Shear plate Scale = 1/35
Deformed

1.48.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] 35.37 x 10-3

1.48.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] 35.6655 mm 0.84%

178
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.49 A plate (0.01333 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-
0058SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2488


Test status: Passed

1.49.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.01333 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with
a uniform pressure.

1.49.2 Background

1.49.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;
Analysis type: static;
Element type: planar.
Square plate of side "a", for the modeling, only a quarter of the plate is considered.

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.01333 m,
a
Slenderness: = h = 75.

Materials properties
Reinforcement,
11
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed sides: AB and BD,
For the modeling, we impose symmetry conditions at the CB side (restrained displacement along x and
restrained rotation around y and z) and CD side (restrained displacement along y and restrained rotation
around x and z),
Inner: None.

179
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
External: 1 MPa uniform pressure,
Internal: None.

1.49.2.2 Vertical displacement at C

Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,
289 nodes,
256 surface quadrangles.

1.49.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -2.8053 x 10-2

1.49.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Dz Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -2.79502 cm 0.37%

180
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.50 A plate (0.02 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-
0059SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2489


Test status: Passed

1.50.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.02 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
uniform pressure.

1.50.2 Background

1.50.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;
Analysis type: static;
Element type: planar.

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.02 m,
a
Slenderness: = h = 50.

Materials properties
Reinforcement,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed edges: AB and BD,
For the modeling, we impose symmetry conditions at the CB side (restrained displacement along x and
restrained rotation around y and z) and CD side (restrained displacement along y and restrained rotation
around x and z),
Inner: None.

181
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
External: 1 MPa uniform pressure,
Internal: None.

1.50.2.2 Vertical displacement at C

Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,
289 nodes,
256 surface quadrangles.

1.50.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.83480 x 10-2

1.50.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Dz Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -0.82559 cm 1.10%

182
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.51 Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load (01-0053SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2483


Test status: Passed

1.51.1 Description
A rectangular plate simply supported is subjected to a uniform load. The vertical displacement and the bending
moments at the plate center are verified.

1.51.2 Background

1.51.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 24/89;
Analysis type: static, linear elastic;
Element type: planar.
Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load Scale = 1/25
01-0053SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Width: a = 1 m,
Length: b = 5 m,
Thickness: h = 0.01 m,

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.0 x 107 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions
Outer: Simple support on the plate perimeter (null displacement along z-axis),
Inner: None.

183
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
External: Normal pressure of plate p = pZ = -1.0 Pa,
Internal: None.

1.51.2.2 Vertical displacement and bending moment at the center of the plate

Reference solution
Love-Kirchhoff thin plates theory.

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,
793 nodes,
720 surface quadrangles.

1.51.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [m] 1.416 x 10-2
CM2 Mxx MX bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.1246
CM2 Myy MY bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.0375

1.51.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [cm] -1.40141 cm 1.03%
Mxx Mx bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.124082 N*m 0.42%
Myy My bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.0375624 N*m -0.17%

184
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.52 A plate (0.01 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-
0057SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2487


Test status: Passed

1.52.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.01 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
uniform pressure.

1.52.2 Background

1.52.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;
Analysis type: static;
Element type: planar.

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.01 m,
a
Slenderness: = h = 100.

Materials properties
Reinforcement,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed sides: AB and BD,
For the modeling, we impose symmetry conditions at the CB side (restrained displacement along x and
restrained rotation around y and z) and CD side (restrained displacement along y and restrained rotation
around x and z),
Inner: None.

185
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
External: 1 MPa uniform pressure,
Internal: None.

1.52.2.2 Vertical displacement at C

Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,
289 nodes,
256 surface quadrangles.

1.52.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -6.639 x 10-2

1.52.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Dz Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -6.56563 cm 1.11%

186
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.53 A plate (0.1 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-
0061SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2491


Test status: Passed

1.53.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.1 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
uniform pressure.

1.53.2 Background

1.53.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;
Analysis type: static;
Element type: planar.

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.1 m,
a
Slenderness: = h = 10.

Materials properties
Reinforcement,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed edges: AB and BD,
For the modeling, we impose symmetry conditions at the CB side (restrained displacement along x and
restrained rotation around y and z) and CD side (restrained displacement along y and restrained rotation
around x and z),
Inner: None.

187
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
External: 1 MPa uniform pressure,
Internal: None.

1.53.2.2 Vertical displacement at C

Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,
289 nodes,
256 surface quadrangles.

1.53.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.78661 x 10-4

1.53.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Dz Vertical displacement in point C [mm] -0.0781846 0.61%
mm

188
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.54 A plate (0.01 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-
0062SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2492


Test status: Passed

1.54.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.01 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
punctual force in the center.

1.54.2 Background
Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;
Analysis type: static;
Element type: planar.

1.54.2.1 Model description


Square plate of side "a".

0.01 m thick plate fixed on its perimeter Scale = 1/5


01-0062SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.01 m,
a
Slenderness: = h = 100.

Materials properties
Reinforcement,
11
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 Pa,

189
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed edges,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Punctual force applied on the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,
Internal: None.

1.54.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C (center of the plate)

Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,
961 nodes,
900 surface quadrangles.

1.54.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.29579

1.54.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.292146 m 1.23%

190
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.55 A plate (0.01333 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-
0063SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2493


Test status: Passed

1.55.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.01333 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with
a punctual force in the center.

1.55.2 Background

1.55.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;
Analysis type: static;
Element type: planar.
0.01333 m thick plate fixed on its perimeter Scale = 1/5
01-0063SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.01333 m,
a
Slenderness: = h = 75.

Materials properties
Reinforcement,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,

191
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed sides,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Punctual force applied on the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,
Internal: None.

1.55.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C (the center of the plate)

Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,
961 nodes,
900 surface quadrangles.

1.55.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.12525

1.55.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.124583 m 0.53%

192
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.56 Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load (01-0052SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2482


Test status: Passed

1.56.1 Description
A rectangular plate simply supported is subjected to a uniform load. The vertical displacement and the bending
moments at the plate center are verified.

1.56.2 Background

1.56.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 24/89;
Analysis type: static, linear elastic;
Element type: planar.
Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load Scale = 1/11
01-0052SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Width: a = 1 m,
Length: b = 2 m,
Thickness: h = 0.01 m,

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.0 x 107 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

193
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Outer: Simple support on the plate perimeter (null displacement along z-axis),
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Normal pressure of plate p = pZ = -1.0 Pa,
Internal: None.

1.56.2.2 Vertical displacement and bending moment at the center of the plate

Reference solution
Love-Kirchhoff thin plates theory.

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,
435 nodes,
392 surface quadrangles.

1.56.2.3 Theoretical background


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [m] -1.1060 x 10-2
CM2 Mxx MX bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.1017
CM2 Myy MY bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.0464

1.56.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [cm] -1.10238 cm 0.33%
Mxx Mx bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.101737 N*m -0.04%
Myy My bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.0462457 N*m 0.33%

194
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.57 Triangulated system with hinged bars (01-0056SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2486


Test status: Passed

1.57.1 Description
A truss with hinged bars is placed on three punctual supports (subjected to imposed displacements) and is loaded
with two punctual forces. A thermal load is applied to all the bars. The traction force and the vertical displacement are
verified.

1.57.2 Background

1.57.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 12/89;
Analysis type: static (plane problem);
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.

Geometry
= 30,
Section A1 = 1.41 x 10-3 m2,
-3 2
Section A2 = 2.82 x 10 m .

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E =2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Coefficient of linear expansion: = 10-5 C-1.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Hinge at A (uA = vA = 0),
Roller supports at B and C ( uB = vC = 0),
Inner: None.

195
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
External:
Support displacement: vA = -0.02 m ; vB = -0.03 m ; vC = -0.015 m ,
Punctual loads: FE = -150 KN ; FF = -100 KN,
Expansion effect on all bars for a temperature variation of 150 in relation with the assembly
temperature (specified geometry),
Internal: None.

1.57.2.2 Tension force in BD bar

Reference solution
Determining the hyperstatic unknown with the section cut method.

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam, automatic mesh,
11 nodes,
17 S beams + 1 rigid S beam for the modeling of the simple support at C.

1.57.2.3 Vertical displacement at D

Reference solution
vD displacement was determined by several software with implemented finite elements method.

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam, automatic mesh,
11 nodes,
17 S beams + 1 rigid S beam for the modeling of simple support at C.

Deformed shape
Triangulated system with hinged bars
01-0056SSLLB_FEM

196
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.57.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Fx FX traction force on BD bar [N] 43633
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement on point D [m] -0.01618

1.57.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Fx Fx traction force on BD bar [N] 42870.9 N -1.75%
DZ Vertical displacement on point D [m] -0.0162358 m -0.34%

197
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.58 A plate (0.05 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-
0060SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2490


Test status: Passed

1.58.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.05 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
uniform pressure.

1.58.2 Background

1.58.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;
Analysis type: static;
Element type: planar.

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.05 m,
a
Slenderness: = h = 20.

Materials properties
Reinforcement,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed edges: AB and BD,
For the modeling, we impose symmetry conditions at the CB side (restrained displacement along x and
restrained rotation around y and z) and CD side (restrained displacement along y and restrained rotation
around x and z),
Inner: None.

198
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
External: 1 MPa uniform pressure,
Internal: None.

1.58.2.2 Vertical displacement at C

Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,
289 nodes,
256 surface quadrangles.

199
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.58.2.3 T
heoretical results
Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.55474 x 10-3

1.58.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Dz Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -0.0549874 0.88%
cm

200
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.59 A plate (0.1 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0066SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2496


Test status: Passed

1.59.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.1 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
punctual force in the center.

1.59.2 Background

1.59.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;
Analysis type: static;
Element type: planar.
0.1 m thick plate fixed on its perimeter Scale = 1/5
01-0066SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.1 m,
Slenderness: = 10.

Materials properties
Reinforcement,
11
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

201
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed edges,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: punctual force applied in the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,
Internal: None.

1.59.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C (center of the plate)

Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,
961 nodes,
900 surface quadrangles.

1.59.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.42995 x 10-3

1.59.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


DZ Vertical displacement in point C [mm] -0.412094 4.15%
mm

202
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.60 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 1) (01-0067SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2497


Test status: Passed

1.60.1 Description
Verifies the eigen mode transverse frequencies for a thin piping elbow with a radius of 1 m, fixed on its ends and
subjected to its self weight only.

1.60.2 Background

1.60.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 14/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis (space problem);
Element type: linear.
Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow Scale = 1/7
01-0067SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,
Straight circular hollow section:
Outer diameter: de = 0.020 m,
Inner diameter: di = 0.016 m,
-4 2
Section: A = 1.131 x 10 m ,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,
-9 4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9 4
Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10 m .

203
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Points coordinates (in m):


O(0;0;0)
A(0;R;0)
B(R;0;0)

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at points A and B,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.

1.60.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies

Reference solution
The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:
transverse bending:
i2 GIp
fj = where i = 1,2.
2 R2 A

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
11 nodes,
10 linear elements.

Eigen mode shapes

1.60.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode Transverse 1 frequency [Hz] 44.23
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode Transverse 2 frequency [Hz] 125

204
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.60.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Eigen mode Transverse 1 frequency [Hz] 44.12 Hz -0.25%
Eigen mode Transverse 2 frequency [Hz] 120.09 Hz -3.93%

205
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.61 Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Rafters) (01-
0077SSLPB_FEM)

Test ID: 2500


Test status: Passed

1.61.1 Description
Moments and actions on supports calculation on a 2D portal frame. The purpose of this test is to verify the results of
Advance Design for the M. R. study of a 2D portal frame.

1.61.2 Background

1.61.2.1 Model description


Reference: Design and calculation of metal structures.
Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: linear.

206
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.61.2.2 Moments and actions on supports M.R. calculation on a 2D portal frame.


RDM results, for the linear load perpendicular on the rafters, are:

qL qL 8h + 5f
VA = VE = H A = HE = =H
2 32 h(k + 3 ) + f (3h + f )

qL
MB = MD = Hh MC = H(h + f )
8

1.61.2.3 Theoretical results

Comparison between theoretical results and the results obtained by Advance Design for a linear load
perpendicular on the chords

Solver Result name Result description Reference value


CM2 Fz Vertical reaction V in A [DaN] -1000
CM2 Fz Vertical reaction V in E [DaN] -1000
CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction H in A [DaN] -332.9
CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction H in E [DaN] -332.9
CM2 My Moment in node B [DaNm] 2496.8
CM2 My Moment in node D [DaNm] -2496.8
CM2 My Moment in node C [DaNm] -1671

1.61.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Fz Vertical reaction V on node A [daN] -1000 daN 0.00%
Fz Vertical reaction V on node E [daN] -1000 daN 0.00%
Fx Horizontal reaction H on node A [daN] -332.665 daN 0.07%
Fx Horizontal reaction H on node E [daN] -332.665 daN 0.07%
My Moment in node B [daNm] 2494.99 daN*m -0.07%
My Moment in node D [daNm] -2494.99 daN*m 0.07%
My Moment in node C [daNm] -1673.35 daN*m -0.14%

207
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.62 Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Columns) (01-
0078SSLPB_FEM)

Test ID: 2501


Test status: Passed

1.62.1 Description
Moments and actions on supports calculation on a 2D portal frame. The purpose of this test is to verify the results of
Advance Design for the M. R. study of a 2D portal frame.

1.62.2 Background

1.62.2.1 Model description


Reference: Design and calculation of metal structures.
Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: linear.

208
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.62.2.2 Moments and reactions on supports M.R. calculation on a 2D portal frame.


RDM results, for the linear load perpendicular on the column, are:

qh qh 5kh + 6(2h + f )
VA = VE = HE = H A = HE qh
2L 16 h(k + 3 ) + f (3h + f )
qh qh
MB = HEh MC = HE (h + f ) MD = HEh
2 4

1.62.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Fz Vertical reaction V in A [DaN] 140.6
CM2 Fz Vertical reaction V in E [DaN] -140.6
CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction H in A [DaN] 579.1
CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction H in E [DaN] 170.9
CM2 My Moment in B [DaNm] -1530.8
CM2 My Moment in D [DaNm] -1281.7
CM2 My Moment in C [DaNm] 302.7

1.62.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Fz Vertical reaction V on node A [daN] 140.625 daN 0.02%
Fz Vertical reaction V on node E [daN] -140.625 daN -0.02%
Fx Horizontal reaction H on node A [daN] 579.169 daN 0.01%
Fx Horizontal reaction H on node E [daN] 170.831 daN -0.04%
My Moment in node B [daNm] -1531.27 daN*m -0.03%
My Moment in node D [daNm] -1281.23 daN*m 0.04%
My Moment in node C [daNm] 302.063 daN*m -0.21%

209
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.63 A plate (0.05 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-
0065SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2495


Test status: Passed

1.63.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.05 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
punctual force in the center.

1.63.2 Background

1.63.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;
Analysis type: static;
Element type: planar.
0.05 m thick plate fixed on its perimeter Scale = 1/5
01-0065SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.05 m,
Slenderness: = 20.

Materials properties
Reinforcement,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

210
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed sides,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Punctual force applied at the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,
Internal: None.

1.63.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C center of the plate)

Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,
961 nodes,
900 surface quadrangles.

1.63.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.2595 x 10-2

1.63.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.00257232 0.86%
m

211
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.64 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 3) (01-0069SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2499


Test status: Passed

1.64.1 Description
Verifies the eigen mode transverse frequencies for a thin piping elbow with a radius of 1 m, extended with two
straight elements (2 m long) and subjected to its self weight only.

1.64.1.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 14/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis (space problem);
Element type: linear.
Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow Scale = 1/12
01-0069SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,
L = 2 m,
Straight circular hollow section:
Outer diameter: de = 0.020 m,
Inner diameter: di = 0.016 m,
-4 2
Section: A = 1.131 x 10 m ,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,
-9 4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9 4
Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10 m .
Points coordinates (in m):
O(0;0;0)
A(0;R;0)

212
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

B(R;0;0)
C ( -L ; R ; 0 )
D ( R ; -L ; 0 )

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed at points C and D
At A: translation restraint along y and z,
At B: translation restraint along x and z,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.

1.64.1.2 Eigen modes frequencies

Reference solution
The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:
transverse bending:
i2 GIp
fj = where i = 1,2 with i = 1,2:
2 R2 A

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
41 nodes,
40 linear elements.

Eigen mode shapes

213
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.64.1.3 Theoretical results

Reference

Solver Result name Result description Reference value


CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode Transverse 1 frequency [Hz] 17.900
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode Transverse 2 frequency [Hz] 24.800

1.64.2 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Eigen mode Transverse 1 frequency [Hz] 17.65 Hz -1.40%
Eigen mode Transverse 2 frequency [Hz] 24.43 Hz -1.49%

214
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.65 Slender beam of variable rectangular section with fixed-free ends (=5) (01-0085SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2503


Test status: Passed

1.65.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes (bending) for a slender beam with variable rectangular section (fixed-free).

1.65.2 Background

1.65.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 09/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis (plane problem);
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Length: L = 1 m,
Straight initial section:
h0 = 0.04 m
b0 = 0.05 m
A0 = 2 x 10-3 m
Straight final section
h1 = 0.01 m
b1 = 0.01 m
A1 = 10-4 m

Materials properties
E = 2 x 1011 Pa
= 7800 kg/m3

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed at end x = 0,
Free at end x = 1
Inner: None.

Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.

215
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.65.2.2 Reference results


Calculation method used to obtain the reference solution
Precise calculation by numerical integration of the differential equation of beams bending (Euler-Bernoulli theories):

2
EIz = A
x 2 x t
where Iz and A vary with the abscissa.
The result is:

h
1 h1 E = h1 = 4
fi = i(, ) with
12
2 l = b = 5
b1
1 2 3 4 5
=5 24.308 75.56 167.21 301.9 480.4

Uncertainty about the reference: analytical solution:

Reference values
Eigen mode type Frequency (Hz)
1 56.55
2 175.79
Flexion 3 389.01
4 702.36
5 1117.63

MODE 1 Scale = 1/4

216
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

MODE 2 Scale = 1/4

MODE 3 Scale = 1/4

217
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

MODE 4 Scale = 1/4

MODE 5 Scale = 1/4

218
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.65.2.3 Theoretical results


Theoretical Result name Result description Reference value
Frequency
Eigen mode Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz] 56.55
Eigen mode Frequency of eigen mode 2 [Hz] 175.79
Eigen mode Frequency of eigen mode 3 [Hz] 389.01
Eigen mode Frequency of eigen mode 4 [Hz] 702.36
Eigen mode Frequency of eigen mode 5 [Hz] 1117.63

1.65.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz] 58.49 Hz 3.43%
Frequency of eigen mode 2 [Hz] 177.67 Hz 1.07%
Frequency of eigen mode 3 [Hz] 388.85 Hz -0.04%
Frequency of eigen mode 4 [Hz] 697.38 Hz -0.71%
Frequency of eigen mode 5 [Hz] 1106.31 Hz -1.01%

219
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.66 Slender beam of variable rectangular section (fixed-fixed) (01-0086SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2504


Test status: Passed

1.66.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes (flexion) for a slender beam with variable rectangular section (fixed-fixed).

1.66.2 BackgroundOverview

1.66.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 10/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis (plane problem);
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Length: L = 0.6 m,
Constant thickness: h = 0.01 m
Initial section:
b0 = 0.03 m
A0 = 3 x 10-4 m
Section variation:
with ( = 1)
b = b0e-2x
A = A0e-2x

Materials properties
E = 2 x 1011 Pa
= 0.3
= 7800 kg/m3

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed at end x = 0,
Fixed at end x = 0.6 m.
Inner: None.

Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.

220
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.66.2.2 Reference results

Calculation method used to obtain the reference solution


i pulsation is given by the roots of the equation:

s r
1 cos(rl)ch(sl) + sh(sl)sin(rl) = 0
2rs
with

A 0 i2
4i =
EIzo
si
; r = + 2i ; s = 2i ( )
2i > 0

Therefore, the translation components of i(x) mode, are:

cos(rl) ch(sl)
i (x ) = e x cos(rx ) ch(sx ) + (s sin(rx ) rsh(sx ))
rsh(sl) s sin(rl)
Uncertainty about the reference: analytical solution:

Reference values
Eigen mode Frequency (Hz) Eigen mode i(x)*
order x=0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
1 143.303 0 0.237 0.703 1 0.859 0.354 0
2 396.821 0 -0.504 -0.818 0 0.943 0.752 0
3 779.425 0 0.670 0.210 -0.831 0.257 1 0
4 1289.577 0 -0.670 0.486 0 -0.594 1 0
* i(x) eigen modes* standardized to 1 at the point of maximum amplitude.

Eigen modes

221
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.66.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Eigen mode Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz] 143.303
CM2 Eigen mode Frequency of eigen mode 2 [Hz] 396.821
CM2 Eigen mode Frequency of eigen mode 3 [Hz] 779.425
CM2 Eigen mode Frequency of eigen mode 4 [Hz] 1289.577

1.66.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz] 145.88 Hz 1.80%
Frequency of eigen mode 2 [Hz] 400.26 Hz 0.87%
Frequency of eigen mode 3 [Hz] 783.15 Hz 0.48%
Frequency of eigen mode 4 [Hz] 1293.42 Hz 0.30%

222
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.67 Plane portal frame with hinged supports (01-0089SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2505


Test status: Passed

1.67.1 Description
Calculation of support reactions of a 2D portal frame with hinged supports.

1.67.2 Background

1.67.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 14/89;
Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Length: L = 20 m,
-4 4
I1 = 5.0 x 10 m
a=4m
h=8m
b = 10.77 m
-4 4
I2 = 2.5 x 10 m

Materials properties
Isotropic linear elastic material.
11
E = 2.1 x 10 Pa

223
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Hinged base plates A and B (uA = vA = 0 ; uB = vB = 0).

Loading

p = -3 000 N/m
F1 = -20 000 N
F2 = -10 000 N
M = -100 000 Nm

1.67.2.2 Calculation method used to obtain the reference solution


K = (I2/b)(h/I1)
p = a/h
m=1+p
B = 2(K + 1) + m
C = 1 + 2m
N = B + mC
VA = 3pl/8 + F1/2 M/l + F2h/l
HA = pl(3 + 5m)/(32Nh) + (F1l/(4h))(C/N) + F2(1-(B + C)/(2N)) + (3M/h)((1 + m)/(2N))

1.67.2.3 Reference values


Point Magnitudes and units Value
A V, vertical reaction (N) 31 500.0
A H, horizontal reaction (N) 20 239.4
C vc (m) -0.03072

1.67.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Fz Vertical reaction V in point A [N] -31500
CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction H in point A [N] -20239.4
CM2 DZ vc displacement in point C [m] -0.03072

1.67.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Fz Vertical reaction V in point A [N] -31500 N 0.00%
Fx Horizontal reaction H in point A [N] -20239.3 N 0.00%
DZ Displacement in point C [m] -0.0307191 0.00%
m

224
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.68 A plate (0.02 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-
0064SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2494


Test status: Passed

1.68.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.02 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
punctual force in the center.

1.68.2 Background

1.68.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;
Analysis type: static;
Element type: planar.
0.02 m thick plate fixed on its perimeter Scale = 1/5
01-0064SSLSB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.02 m,
Slenderness: = 50.

Materials properties
Reinforcement,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

225
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed edges,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: punctual force applied in the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,
Internal: None.

1.68.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C (the center of the plate)

Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,
961 nodes,
900 surface quadrangles.

226
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.68.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.037454

1.68.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.0369818 1.26%
m

227
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.69 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 2) (01-0068SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2498


Test status: Passed

1.69.1 Description
Verifies the eigen mode transverse frequencies for a thin piping elbow with a radius of 1 m, extended with two
straight elements (0.6 m long) and subjected to its self weight only.

1.69.2 Background

1.69.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 14/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis (in space);
Element type: linear.
Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow Scale = 1/11
01-0068SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,
L = 0.6 m,
Straight circular hollow section:
Outer diameter: de = 0.020 m,
Inner diameter: di = 0.016 m,
Section: A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,
-9 4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9 4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9 4
Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10 m .

228
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Points coordinates (in m):


O(0;0;0)
A(0;R;0)
B(R;0;0)
C ( -L ; R ; 0 )
D ( R ; -L ; 0 )

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed at points C and D
In A: translation restraint along y and z,
In B: translation restraint along x and z,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.

1.69.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies

Reference solution
The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:
transverse bending:
i2 GIp
fj = where i = 1,2.
2 R2 A

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
23 nodes,
22 linear elements.

Eigen mode shapes

229
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.69.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode Transverse 1 frequency [Hz] 33.4
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode Transverse 2 frequency [Hz] 100

1.69.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Eigen mode Transverse 1 frequency [Hz] 33.19 Hz -0.63%
Eigen mode Transverse 2 frequency [Hz] 94.62 Hz -5.38%

230
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.70 Short beam on two hinged supports (01-0084SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2502


Test status: Passed

1.70.1 Description
Verifies the deflection magnitude on a non-slender beam with two hinged supports.

1.70.2 Background

1.70.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 02/89
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Length: L = 1.44 m,
Area: A = 31 x 10-4 m
-8 4
Inertia: I = 2810 x 10 m
Shearing coefficient: az = 2.42 = A/Ar

Materials properties
E = 2 x 1011 Pa
= 0.3

Boundary conditions
Hinge at end x = 0,
Hinge at end x = 1.44 m.

231
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
Uniformly distributed force of p = -1. X 105 N/m on beam AB.

1.70.2.2 Reference results


Calculation method used to obtain the reference solution
The deflection on the middle of a non-slender beam considering the shear force deformations given by the
Timoshenko function:

5 pl 4 l 2p
v= +
384 EI 8 A r G

E
where G = and A r = A
2(1 + ) az

where "Ar" is the reduced area and "az" the shear coefficient calculated on the transverse section.
Uncertainty about the reference: analytical solution:

Reference values
Point Magnitudes and units Value
C V, deflection (m) -1.25926 x 10-3

1.70.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Dz Deflection magnitude in point C [m] -0.00125926

1.70.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Dz Deflection magnitude in node C [m] -0.00125926 0.00%
m

232
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.71 A 3D bar structure with elastic support (01-0094SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2508


Test status: Passed

1.71.1 Description
A 3D bar structure with elastic support is subjected to a vertical load of -100 kN. The V2 magnitude on node 5, the
normal force magnitude, the reaction magnitude on supports and the action magnitude are verified.

1.71.1.1 Model description


Reference: Internal GRAITEC;
Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.

Geometry
For all bars:
H=3m
B=3m
S = 0.02 m2
Element Node i Node j
1 (bar) 1 5
2 (bar) 2 5
3 (bar) 3 5
4 (bar) 4 5
5 (spring) 5 6

Materials properties
Isotropic linear elastic materials
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 E8 N/m2,

233
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Outer: At node 5: K = 50000 kN/m ;
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Vertical load at node: P = -100 kN,
Internal: None.

1.71.1.2 Theoretical results

System solution

B2
L= H2 + . Also, U1 = V1 = U5 = U6 = V6 = 0
2
Stiffness matrix of bar 1

234
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

x x 1 1
u ( x) = (1 ).ui + .u j u ( ) = (1 ).ui + (1 + ).u j
L L 2 2
2x
where = 1
L
in the local coordinate system:

1

[k1 ] = [B] [H ][B]dVe = ES 0 [B]T [B]dx = ES 1 12 1 1 2
T L 1
d
ve 2 2 L
2
1 0 1 0 (ui )
1 1

1
2 ES 4
4 d = ES 1 1 (ui ) = ES 0 0 0 0 (vi )
L 1 1
= 1 L 1 1 (u j ) L 1 0 1 0 (u j )

4 4 0 (v j )
0 0 0
1 0 1 0 (u1 )

0 0 0 ( v 1 )
where [k 1 ] = ES 0
L 1 0 1 0 (u 5 )

0 0 0 0 ( v 5 )

[ ]
The elementary matrix k e expressed in the global coordinate system XY is the following: ( angle allowing
the transition from the global base to the local base):

cos sin 0 0

sin cos 0 0
[K e ] = [R e ] [k e ][R e ] avec [R e ] =
T

0 0 cos sin

0 0 sin cos

cos 2 cos sin cos 2 cos sin


2
sin 2
[K e ] = ES cos sin sin cos sin
L cos 2 cos sin cos 2 cos sin
2

cos sin sin cos sin sin 2

2 B2
cos =
2L2
B H H2
Knowing that cos = and sin = , then: sin 2 = 2
L 2 L L
HB
sin cos =
2L2

B2 HB B2 HB
2
2 2 2
(U 1 )
HB H2
HB
H2
H ES (V1 )
for element 1 nodes 1 5, = arctan ( ) : [K1 ] = 3 22 2

D L B HB B2 HB (U 5 )

2 2 2 2 (V5 )
HB HB
2 H2 H2
2

235
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Stiffness matrix of spring support 5


K
We say K =
4
1 0 1 0 (ui )
0 0 0 0 (vi )
1 1 (ui )
in the local coordinate system : [k 5 ] = K = K
1 1 (u j ) 1 0 1 0 (u j )

0 0 0 0 (v j )

0 0 0 0 (U 5 )
0 1 0 1 (V5 )
for element 5 nodes 5 6, = 90 : [K 5 ] = K '
0 0 0 0 (U 6 )

0 1 0 1 (V6 )

[ ]
System K {Q} = {F}

ES B 2 ES HB ES B 2 ES HB
3 0 0
L 2 L3 2 L3 2 L3 2 U R
ES HB ES 2 ES HB ES 1 X1

L3 H 3 3 H2 0 0 V R
L3 L L

2 2 1 Y 1

ES B
2
ES HB ES B 2 ES HB 5 X5
U R
3 0 0 =
L 23
L 2 L3 2 L3 2 V5 P

ES HB ES 2
3 H
ES HB ES 2
H + K 0

K U 6 R X 6
L3 2 L L3 2 L3 V R
6 Y6
0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 K 0 K
If U1 = V1 = U5 = U6 = V6 = 0, then:

P P
V5 = 4 = 4 = 0.001885 m
ES 2 ES 2 K
H + K H +
L3 L3 4

ES HB ES HB
R X1 = V5 = 1015 N R X5 = 3 V5 = 1015 N R X6 = 0
And L3 2 L 2
ES K
R Y1 = 3 H 2 V5 = 1436 N R Y 6 = V5 = 23563 N
L 4
Note:
The values on supports specified by Advance Design correspond to the actions,
RY6 calculated value must be multiplied by 4 in relation to the double symmetry,

x1 value is similar to the one found by Advance Design by dividing this by 2

236
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Effort in bar 1:

B H
L 2 0 0
L
u1 H B U1
v 0 0 V
1 L L 2 1 and ES 1 1 u1 = N1 = 1759
= H U 5
u5 0 0
B
L 1 1 u5 N 5 1759
v5 L 2 L V
5
0 H B
0
L L 2

u1 cos sin 0 0 U1
v sin
1 cos 0 0 V1 ES 1 1 u1 N1
= and =
u5 0 0 cos sin U 5 L 1 1 u5 N 5
v5 0 0 sin

cos V5

Reference values

Point Magnitude Units Value


5 V2 m -1.885 10-3
All bars Normal force N -1759
Supports 1, 3, 4 and 5 Fz action N -1436
Supports 1, 3, 4 and 5 Action Fx=Fy N
1015 / 2 = 718
Support 6 Fz action N 23563 x 4=94253

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam, automatic mesh,
5 nodes,
4 linear elements.

237
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Deformed shape

Normal forces diagram

238
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.71.1.3 Reference values


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 D V2 magnitude on node 5 [m] -1.885 10-3
CM2 Fx Normal force magnitude on bar 1 [N] -1759
CM2 Fx Normal force magnitude on bar 2 [N] -1759
CM2 Fx Normal force magnitude on bar 3 [N] -1759
CM2 Fx Normal force magnitude on bar 4 [N] -1759
CM2 Fz Fz reaction magnitude on support 1 [N] 1436
CM2 Fz Fz reaction magnitude on support 3 [N] 1436
CM2 Fz Fz reaction magnitude on support 4 [N] 1436
CM2 Fz Fz reaction magnitude on support 5 [N] 1436
CM2 Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 1 [N] -718
CM2 Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 3 [N] 718
CM2 Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 4 [N] 718
CM2 Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 5 [N] -718
CM2 Fy Action Fy magnitude on support 1 [N] -718
CM2 Fy Action Fy magnitude on support 3 [N] -718
CM2 Fy Action Fy magnitude on support 4 [N] 718
CM2 Fy Action Fy magnitude on support 5 [N] 718
CM2 Fz Fz reaction magnitude on support 6 [N] 23563 x 4=94253

1.71.2 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


D Displacement on node 5 [mm] 1.88508 mm 0.00%
Fx Normal force magnitude on bar 1 [N] -1759.4 N -0.02%
Fx Normal force magnitude on bar 2 [N] -1759.4 N -0.02%
Fx Normal force magnitude on bar 3 [N] -1759.4 N -0.02%
Fx Normal force magnitude on bar 4 [N] -1759.4 N -0.02%
Fy Fz reaction magnitude on support 1 [N] 1436.55 N 0.04%
Fy Fz reaction magnitude on support 2 [N] 1436.55 N 0.04%
Fy Fz reaction magnitude on support 3 [N] 1436.55 N 0.04%
Fy Fz reaction magnitude on support 4 [N] 1436.55 N 0.04%
Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 1 [N] -718.274 N -0.04%
Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 2 [N] 718.274 N 0.04%
Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 3 [N] 718.274 N 0.04%
Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 4 [N] -718.274 N -0.04%
Fz Action Fy magnitude on support 1 [N] -718.274 N -0.04%
Fz Action Fy magnitude on support 2 [N] -718.274 N -0.04%
Fz Action Fy magnitude on support 3 [N] 718.274 N 0.04%
Fz Action Fy magnitude on support 4 [N] 718.274 N 0.04%
Fy Action Fy magnitude on support 6 [N] 94253.8 N 0.00%

239
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.72 Fixed/free slender beam with centered mass (01-0095SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2509


Test status: Passed

1.72.1 Description
Fixed/free slender beam with centered mass.
Tested functions: Eigen mode frequencies, straight slender beam, combined bending-torsion, plane bending,
transverse bending, punctual mass.

1.72.2 Background
Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 15/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: linear.
Tested functions: Eigen mode frequencies, straight slender beam, combined bending-torsion, plane bending,
transverse bending, punctual mass.

1.72.2.1 Test data

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Outer diameter de = 0.35 m,
Inner diameter: di = 0.32 m,
Beam length: l = 10 m,
Area: A = 1.57865 x 10-2 m2
-4 4
Polar inertia: IP = 4.43798 x 10 m
-4 4
Inertia: Iy = Iz = 2.21899 x 10 m

240
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Punctual mass: mc = 1000 kg


Beam self-weight: M

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3
Poisson's ratio: =0.3 (this coefficient was not specified in the AFNOR test , the value 0.3 seems to be the
more appropriate to obtain the correct frequency value of mode No. 8 with NE/NASTRAN)

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at point A, x = 0,
Inner: none

Loading
None for the modal analysis

1.72.2.2 Reference results

Reference frequency
For the first mode, the Rayleigh method gives the approximation formula

3 EI z
f1 = 1 / 2 x 3
I (m c + 0.24M)

Mode Shape Units Reference


1 Flexion Hz 1.65
2 Flexion Hz 1.65
3 Flexion Hz 16.07
4 Flexion Hz 16.07
5 Flexion Hz 50.02
6 Flexion Hz 50.02
7 Traction Hz 76.47
8 Torsion Hz 80.47
9 Flexion Hz 103.2
10 Flexion Hz 103.2

Comment: The mass matrix associated with the beam torsion on two nodes, is expressed as:

l IP 1 1/ 2

3 1/ 2 1
And to the extent that Advance Design uses a condensed mass matrix, the value of the torsion mass inertia
l Ip
introduced in the model is set to:
3

Uncertainty about the reference frequencies


Analytical solution mode 1
Other modes: 1%

Finite elements modeling


Linear element AB: Beam
Beam meshing: 20 elements.

241
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Modal deformations

242
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Observation: the deformed shape of mode No. 8 that does not really correspond to a torsion deformation, is
actually the display result of the translations and not of the rotations. This is confirmed by the rotation values of the
corresponding mode.

Eigen modes vector 8


Node DX DY DZ RX RY RZ
1 -3.336e-033 6.479e-031 -6.316e-031 1.055e-022 5.770e-028 5.980e-028
2 -5.030e-013 1.575e-008 -1.520e-008 1.472e-002 6.022e-008 6.243e-008
3 -1.005e-012 6.185e-008 -5.966e-008 2.944e-002 1.171e-007 1.214e-007
4 -1.505e-012 1.365e-007 -1.317e-007 4.416e-002 1.705e-007 1.769e-007
5 -2.002e-012 2.381e-007 -2.296e-007 5.887e-002 2.206e-007 2.289e-007
6 -2.495e-012 3.648e-007 -3.517e-007 7.359e-002 2.673e-007 2.774e-007
7 -2.983e-012 5.149e-007 -4.963e-007 8.831e-002 3.106e-007 3.225e-007
8 -3.464e-012 6.867e-007 -6.618e-007 1.030e-001 3.506e-007 3.641e-007
9 -3.939e-012 8.785e-007 -8.464e-007 1.177e-001 3.873e-007 4.023e-007
10 -4.406e-012 1.088e-006 -1.049e-006 1.325e-001 4.207e-007 4.371e-007
11 -4.863e-012 1.315e-006 -1.267e-006 1.472e-001 4.508e-007 4.684e-007
12 -5.310e-012 1.556e-006 -1.499e-006 1.619e-001 4.777e-007 4.964e-007
13 -5.746e-012 1.811e-006 -1.744e-006 1.766e-001 5.015e-007 5.210e-007
14 -6.169e-012 2.077e-006 -2.000e-006 1.913e-001 5.221e-007 5.423e-007
15 -6.580e-012 2.353e-006 -2.265e-006 2.061e-001 5.396e-007 5.605e-007
16 -6.976e-012 2.637e-006 -2.539e-006 2.208e-001 5.541e-007 5.755e-007
17 -7.357e-012 2.928e-006 -2.819e-006 2.355e-001 5.658e-007 5.874e-007
18 -7.723e-012 3.224e-006 -3.104e-006 2.502e-001 5.746e-007 5.965e-007
19 -8.072e-012 3.524e-006 -3.393e-006 2.649e-001 5.808e-007 6.028e-007
20 -8.403e-012 3.826e-006 -3.685e-006 2.797e-001 5.844e-007 6.065e-007
21 -8.717e-012 4.130e-006 -3.977e-006 2.944e-001 5.856e-007 6.077e-007

With NE/NASTRAN, the results associated with mode No. 8, are:

243
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.72.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 1.65
CM2 Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 1.65
CM2 Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 16.07
CM2 Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 16.07
CM2 Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 50.02
CM2 Eigen mode 6 frequency [Hz] 50.02
CM2 Eigen mode 7 frequency [Hz] 76.47
CM2 Eigen mode 9 frequency [Hz] 103.20
CM2 Eigen mode 10 frequency [Hz] 103.20

Comment: The difference between the reference frequency of torsion mode (mode No. 8) and the one found by
Advance Design may be explained by the fact that Advance Design is using a lumped mass matrix (see the
corresponding description sheet).

1.72.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 1.65 Hz 0.00%
Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 1.65 Hz 0.00%
Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 16.06 Hz -0.06%
Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 16.06 Hz -0.06%
Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 50 Hz -0.04%
Eigen mode 6 frequency [Hz] 50 Hz -0.04%
Eigen mode 7 frequency [Hz] 76.46 Hz -0.01%
Eigen mode 9 frequency [Hz] 103.14 Hz -0.06%
Eigen mode 10 frequency [Hz] 103.14 Hz -0.06%

244
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.73 Simple supported beam in free vibration (01-0098SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2512


Test status: Passed

1.73.1 Description
Simple supported beam in free vibration.
Tested functions: Shear force, eigen frequencies.

1.73.2 Background
Reference: NAFEMS, FV5
Analysis type: modal analysis;
Tested functions: Shear force, eigen frequencies.

1.73.2.1 Problem data

Units
I. S.

Geometry

Full square section:


Dimensions: a x b = 2m x 2 m
2
Area: A = 4m
4
Inertia: IP = 2.25 m
Iy = Iz = 1.333 m4

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
Density: = 8000 kg/m3

245
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Outer:
x = y = z = Rx = 0 at A ;
y = z =0 at B ;
Inner: None.

Loading
None for the modal analysis

1.73.2.2 Reference frequencies


Mode Shape Units Reference
1 Flexion Hz 42.649
2 Flexion Hz 42.649
3 Torsion Hz 77.542
4 Traction Hz 125.00
5 Flexion Hz 148.31
6 Flexion Hz 148.31
7 Torsion Hz 233.10
8 Flexion Hz 284.55
9 Flexion Hz 284.55

Comment: Due to the condensed (lumped) nature of the mass matrix of Advance Design, the frequencies values of 3
and 7 modes cannot be found by this software. The same modeling done with NE/NASTRAN gave respectively for
mode 3 and 7: 77.2 and 224.1 Hz.

Finite elements modeling


Straight elements: linear element
Imposed mesh: 5 meshes

Modal deformations

246
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.73.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz] 42.649
CM2 Frequency of eigen mode 2 [Hz] 42.649
CM2 Frequency of eigen mode 3 [Hz] 77.542
CM2 Frequency of eigen mode 4 [Hz] 125.00
CM2 Frequency of eigen mode 5 [Hz] 148.31
CM2 Frequency of eigen mode 6 [Hz] 148.31
CM2 Frequency of eigen mode 7 [Hz] 233.10

Comment: The torsion modes No. 3 and 7 that are calculated with NASTRAN cannot be calculated with Advance
Design CM2 solver and therefore the mode No. 3 of the Advance Design analysis corresponds to mode No. 4 of the
reference. The same problem in the case of No. 7 - Advance Design, that corresponds to mode No. 8 of the
reference.

1.73.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz] 43.11 Hz 1.08%
Frequency of eigen mode 2 [Hz] 43.11 Hz 1.08%
Frequency of eigen mode 3 [Hz] 124.49 Hz -0.41%
Frequency of eigen mode 4 [Hz] 149.38 Hz 0.72%
Frequency of eigen mode 5 [Hz] 149.38 Hz 0.72%
Frequency of eigen mode 6 [Hz] 269.55 Hz -5.27%
Frequency of eigen mode 7 [Hz] 269.55 Hz -5.27%

247
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.74 Membrane with hot point (01-0099HSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2513


Test status: Passed

1.74.1 Description
Membrane with hot point.
Tested functions: Stresses.

1.74.2 Background
Reference: NAFEMS, Test T1
Analysis type: static, thermo-elastic;
Tested functions: Stresses.

1.74.2.1 Problem data

Observation: the units system of the initial NAFEMS test, defined in mm, was transposed in m for practical reasons.
However, this has no influence on the results values.

248
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
I. S.

Geometry / meshing
A quarter of the structure is modeled by incorporating the terms of symmetries.
Thickness: 1 m

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Elongation coefficient = 0.00001.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
For all nodes in y = 0, uy =0;
For all nodes in x = 0, ux =0;
Inner: None.

Loading
External: None,
Internal: Hot point, thermal load T = 100C;

249
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.74.3 yy stress at point A:

Reference solution:

Reference value: yy = 50 MPa in A

Finite elements modeling


Planar elements: membranes,
28 planar elements,
39 nodes.

1.74.3.1 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 syy_mid yy in A [MPa] 50

Note: This value (50.87) is obtained with a vertical cross section through point A. The value represents yy at the left
end of the diagram.
With CM2, it is essential to display the results with the Smooth results on planar elements option deactivated.

1.74.4 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


syy_mid Sigma yy in A [MPa] 50.8666 1.73%
MPa

250
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.75 Cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling with thermal load (01-0092HFLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2507


Test status: Passed

1.75.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement and the normal force on a cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling with thermal load.

1.75.2 Background

1.75.2.1 Model description


Reference: Euler theory;
Analysis type: Eulerian buckling;
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.

Geometry
L = 10 m
S=0.01 m2
4
I = 0.0002 m

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.0 x 1010 N/m2,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.1.
Coefficient of thermal expansion: = 0.00001

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at end x = 0,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Punctual load P = -100000 N at x = L,
Internal: T = -50C (Contraction equivalent to the compression force)
N 100000
( 0 = = = 0.0005 = T = 0.00001 50 )
ES 2.10 10 0.01

251
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.75.2.2 Displacement of the model in the linear elastic range

Reference solution
The reference critical load established by Euler is:

2 EI 98696
Pcritical = 2
= 98696 N = = 0.98696
4L 100000
Observation: in this case, the thermal load has no effect over the critical coefficient

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,
5 nodes,
4 elements.

Deformed shape

1.75.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement v5 on Node 5 - Case 101 [cm] -1.0
CM2 Fx Normal Force on Node A - Case 101 [N] -100000
CM2 Fx Normal Force on Node A - Case 102 [N] -98696

1.75.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


DZ Vertical displacement on Node 5 [cm] -1 cm 0.00%
Fx Normal Force - Case 101 [N] -100000 N 0.00%
Fx Normal Force - Case 102 [N] -98699.3 N 0.00%

252
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.76 Double cross with hinged ends (01-0097SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2511


Test status: Passed

1.76.1 Description
Double cross with hinged ends.
Tested functions: Eigen frequencies, crossed beams, in plane bending.

1.76.2 Background
Reference: NAFEMS, FV2 test
Analysis type: modal analysis;
Tested functions: Eigen frequencies, Crossed beams, In plane bending.

1.76.2.1 Problem data

Units
I. S.

Geometry

Full square section:


Arm length: L=5m
Dimensions: a x b = 0.125 x 0.125
-2 2
Area: A = 1.563 10 m
-5 4
Inertia: IP = 3.433 x 10 m

253
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Iy = Iz = 2.035 x 10-5m4

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,
Density: = 8000 kg/m3

Boundary conditions
Outer: A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H points restraint along x and y;
Inner: None.

Loading
None for the modal analysis

1.76.2.2 Reference frequencies


Mode Units Reference
1 Hz 11.336
2,3 Hz 17.709
4 to 8 Hz 17.709
9 Hz 45.345
10,11 Hz 57.390
12 to 16 Hz 57.390

Finite elements modeling


Linear elements type: Beam
Imposed mesh: 4 Elements / Arms

Modal deformations

254
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.76.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 1 [Hz] 11.336
CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 2 [Hz] 17.709
CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 3 [Hz] 17.709
CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 4 [Hz] 17.709
CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 5 [Hz] 17.709
CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 6 [Hz] 17.709
CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 7 [Hz] 17.709
CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 8 [Hz] 17.709
CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 9 [Hz] 45.345
CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 10 [Hz] 57.390
CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 11 [Hz] 57.390
CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 12 [Hz] 57.390
CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 13 [Hz] 57.390
CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 14 [Hz] 57.390
CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 15 [Hz] 57.390
CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 16 [Hz] 57.390

255
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.76.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Frequency of Eigen Mode 1 [Hz] 11.33 Hz -0.05%
Frequency of Eigen Mode 2 [Hz] 17.66 Hz -0.28%
Frequency of Eigen Mode 3 [Hz] 17.66 Hz -0.28%
Frequency of Eigen Mode 4 [Hz] 17.69 Hz -0.11%
Frequency of Eigen Mode 5 [Hz] 17.69 Hz -0.11%
Frequency of Eigen Mode 6 [Hz] 17.69 Hz -0.11%
Frequency of Eigen Mode 7 [Hz] 17.69 Hz -0.11%
Frequency of Eigen Mode 8 [Hz] 17.69 Hz -0.11%
Frequency of Eigen Mode 9 [Hz] 45.02 Hz -0.72%
Frequency of Eigen Mode 10 [Hz] 56.06 Hz -2.32%
Frequency of Eigen Mode 11 [Hz] 56.06 Hz -2.32%
Frequency of Eigen Mode 12 [Hz] 56.34 Hz -1.83%
Frequency of Eigen Mode 13 [Hz] 56.34 Hz -1.83%
Frequency of Eigen Mode 14 [Hz] 56.34 Hz -1.83%
Frequency of Eigen Mode 15 [Hz] 56.34 Hz -1.83%
Frequency of Eigen Mode 16 [Hz] 56.34 Hz -1.83%

256
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.77 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k -> infinite) (01-0101SSNLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2515


Test status: Passed

1.77.1 Description
Verifies the rotation, the displacement and the moment on a beam consisting of two elements of the same length and
identical characteristics with 3 T/C supports (k -> infinite).

1.77.2 Background

1.77.2.1 Model description


Reference: internal GRAITEC test;
Analysis type: static non linear;
Element type: linear, T/C.

Units
I. S.

Geometry
L = 10 m
4
Section: IPE 200, Iz = 0.00001943 m

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Support at node 1 restrained along x and y (x = 0),
Support at node 2 restrained along y (x = 10 m),
T/C stiffness ky (1.1030N/m),
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Vertical punctual load P = -100 N at x = 5 m,
Internal: None.

257
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.77.2.2 References solutions


ky being infinite, the non linear model behaves the same way as a beam on 3 supports.

Displacements

1 =
( ) = 0.000115 rad
3PL2 2EI z + k y L3
32EI (3EI + 2k L )
z z y
3

PL (3EI + k L )
2
z y
3

2 = = 0.000077 rad
16EI (3EI + 2k L )
z z y
3

3PL3
v3 = =0
(
16 3EI z + 2k y L3 )
3 =
(
PL 6EI z + k y L3
2
) = 0.000038 rad
32EI z 3EI z ( + 2k L )
y
3

Mz Moments

M z1 = 0
3k y PL4
Mz2 =
(
16 3EI z + 2k y L3 ) = 93.75 N.m
PL (M z 2 M z1 )
M z ( x = 5m) = + = 203.13 N.m
4 2

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam, automatic mesh,
3 nodes,
2 linear elements + 1 T/C.

Deformed shape

258
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Moment diagram

1.77.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 RY Rotation Ry - node 1 [rad] 0.000115
CM2 RY Rotation Ry - node 2 [rad] -0.000077
CM2 DZ Displacement - node 3 [m] 0
CM2 RY Rotation Ry - node 3 [rad] 0.000038
CM2 My Moment M - node 1 [Nm] 0
CM2 My Moment M - node 2 [Nm] 93.75
CM2 My Moment M - middle span 1 [Nm] -203.13

1.77.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


RY Rotation Ry in node 1 [rad] 0.000115005 0.00%
Rad
RY Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad] -7.65875e- 0.54%
005 Rad
DZ Displacement - node 3 [m] 9.36486e- 0.00%
030 m
RY Rotation Ry in node 3 [rad] 3.81695e- 0.45%
005 Rad
My Moment M - node 1 [Nm] 1.3145e-013 0.00%
N*m
My Moment M - node 2 [Nm] 93.6486 N*m -0.11%
My Moment M - middle span 1 [Nm] -203.176 -0.02%
N*m

259
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.78 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = -10000 N/m) (01-0102SSNLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2516


Test status: Passed

1.78.1 Description
Verifies the rotation, the displacement and the moment on a beam consisting of two elements of the same length and
identical characteristics with 3 T/C supports (k = -10000 N/m).

1.78.2 Background

1.78.2.1 Model description


Reference: internal GRAITEC test;
Analysis type: static non linear;
Element type: linear, T/C.

Units
I. S.

Geometry
L = 10 m
Section: IPE 200, Iz = 0.00001943 m4

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Support at node 1 restrained along x and y (x = 0),
Support at node 2 restrained along y (x = 10 m),
T/C ky Rigidity = -10000 N/m (the sign corresponds to an upwards restraint),
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Vertical punctual load P = -100 N at x = 5 m,
Internal: None.

260
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.78.2.2 References solutions

Displacements

1 =
( ) = 0.000129 rad
3PL2 2EI z + k y L3
32EI (3EI + 2k L )
z z y
3

PL (3EI + k L )
2
z y
3

2 = = 0.000106 rad
16EI (3EI + 2k L )
z z y
3

3PL3
v3 = = 0.00058 m
(
16 3EI z + 2k y L3 )
3 =
(
PL 6EI z + k y L3
2
) = 0.000034 rad
32EI z 3EI z ( + 2k L )
y
3

Mz Moments

M z1 = 0
3k y PL4
Mz2 =
(
16 3EI z + 2k y L3 ) = 58.15 N.m
PL (M z 2 M z1 )
M z ( x = 5m) = + = 220.9 N.m
4 2

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam, automatic mesh,
3 nodes,
2 linear elements + 1 T/C.

Deformed shape

261
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Moment diagram

1.78.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 RY Rotation Ry in node 1 [rad] -0.000129
CM2 RY Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad] 0.000106
CM2 DZ Displacement - node 3 [m] 0.00058
CM2 RY Rotation Ry in node 3 [rad] 0.000034
CM2 My M moment - node 1 [Nm] 0
CM2 My M moment - node 2 [Nm] -58.15
CM2 My M moment - middle span 1 [Nm] -220.9

1.78.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


RY Rotation Ry in node 1 [rad] 0.000129488 Rad 0.38%
RY Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad] -0.000105646 Rad 0.33%
DZ Displacement - node 3 [m] 0.000581169 m 0.20%
RY Rotation Ry in node 3 [rad] -3.44295e-005 Rad -1.26%
My M moment - node 1 [Nm] 1.77636e-015 N*m 0.00%
My M moment - node 2 [Nm] 58.1169 N*m -0.06%
My M moment - middle span 1 [Nm] -220.942 N*m -0.02%

262
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.79 Linear system of truss beams (01-0103SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2517


Test status: Passed

1.79.1 Description
Verifies the displacement and the normal force for a bar system containing 4 elements of the same length and 2
diagonals.

1.79.2 Background

1.79.2.1 Model description


Reference: internal GRAITEC test;
Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: linear, bar.

Units
I. S.

Geometry
L=5m
2
Section S = 0.005 m

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Support at node 1 restrained along x and y,
Support at node 2 restrained along x and y,
Inner: None.

263
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
External: Horizontal punctual load P = 50000 N at node 3,
Internal: None.

1.79.2.2 References solutions

Displacements

30PL
u3 = = 0.000649 m
11ES
6PL
v3 = = 0.000129 m
11ES
25PL
u4 = = 0.000541 m
11ES
5PL
v4 = = 0.000108 m
11ES

N normal forces

5
N12 = 0 N14 = P = 22727 N
11
6 6 2
N 23 = P = 27272 N N13 = P = 38569 N
11 11
5 5 2
N 43 = P = 22727 N N 42 = P = 32141 N
11 11

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: bar, without meshing,
4 nodes,
6 linear elements.

Deformed shape

264
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Normal forces

1.79.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 DX u3 displacement on Node 3 [m] 0.000649
CM2 DZ v3 displacement on Node 3 [m] -0.000129
CM2 DX u4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0.000541
CM2 DZ v4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0.000108
CM2 Fx N12 normal force on Element 1 [N] 0
CM2 Fx N23 normal force on Element 2 [N] -27272
CM2 Fx N43 normal force on Element 3 [N] 22727
CM2 Fx N14 normal force on Element 4 [N] 22727
CM2 Fx N13 normal effort on Element 5 [N] 38569
CM2 Fx N42 normal force on Element 6 [N] -32141

265
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.79.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


DX u3 displacement on Node 3 [m] 0.000649287 m 0.04%
DZ v3 displacement on Node 3 [m] -0.000129871 m -0.68%
DX u4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0.000541063 m 0.01%
DZ v4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0.000108224 m 0.21%
Fx N12 normal force on Element 1 [N] 0N 0.00%
Fx N23 normal force on Element 2 [N] -27272.9 N 0.00%
Fx N43 normal force on Element 3 [N] 22727.1 N 0.00%
Fx N14 normal force on Element 4 [N] 22727.1 N 0.00%
Fx N13 normal effort on Element 5 [N] 38569.8 N 0.00%
Fx N42 normal force on Element 6 [N] -32140.9 N 0.00%

266
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.80 Double fixed beam in Eulerian buckling with a thermal load (01-0091HFLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2506


Test status: Passed

1.80.1 Description
Verifies the normal force on the nodes of a double fixed beam in Eulerian buckling with a thermal load.

1.80.2 Background

1.80.2.1 Model description


Reference: Euler theory;
Analysis type: Eulerian buckling;
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.

Geometry
L = 10 m
Cross Section Sx m Sy m Sz m Ix m4 Iy m4 Iz m4
Vx m3 V1y m3 V1z m3 V2y m3 V2z m3
IPE200 0.002850 0.001400 0.001799 0.0000000646 0.0000014200 0.0000194300
0.00000000 0.00002850 0.00019400 0.00002850 0.00019400

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
Coefficient of thermal expansion: = 0.00001

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at end x = 0,
Inner: None.

267
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
External: Punctual load FZ = 1 N at = L/2 (load that initializes the deformed shape),
Internal: T = 5C corresponding to a compression force of:
N = EST = 2.1E11 0.00285 0.00001 5 = 29.925 kN

1.80.2.2 Displacement of the model in the linear elastic range

Reference solution
The reference critical load established by Euler is:

2 EI 29.925
Pcritical = 2
= 117.724 kN = = 3.93
L 117.724

2
Observation: in this case, the thermal load has no effect over the critical coefficient

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,
11 nodes,
10 elements.

Deformed shape of mode 1

268
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.80.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Fx Normal Force on Node 6 - Case 101 [kN] -29.925
CM2 Fx Normal Force on Node 6 - Case 102 [kN] -117.724

1.80.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Fx Normal Force Fx on Node 6 - Case 101 [kN] -29.904 kN 0.07%
Fx Normal Force Fx on Node 6 - Case 102 [kN] -118.081 kN -0.30%

269
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.81 Fixed/free slender beam with eccentric mass or inertia (01-0096SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2510


Test status: Passed

1.81.1 Description
Fixed/free slender beam with eccentric mass or inertia.
Tested functions: Eigen mode frequencies, straight slender beam, combined bending-torsion, plane bending,
transverse bending, punctual mass.

1.81.2 Background

1.81.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 15/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: linear.
Tested functions: Eigen mode frequencies, straight slender beam, combined bending-torsion, plane bending,
transverse bending, punctual mass..

1.81.2.2 Problem data

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Outer diameter: de= 0.35 m,
Inner diameter: di = 0.32 m,
Beam length: l = 10 m,
Distance BC: lBC = 1 m
Area: A =1.57865 x 10-2 m2
Inertia: Iy = Iz = 2.21899 x 10-4m4
-4 4
Polar inertia: Ip = 4.43798 x 10 m

270
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Punctual mass: mc = 1000 kg

Materials properties
Longitudinal elasticity modulus of AB element: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Density of the linear element AB: = 7800 kg/m3
Poisson's ratio =0.3(this coefficient was not specified in the AFNOR test , the value 0.3 seems to be the more
appropriate to obtain the correct frequency value of modes No. 4 and 5 with NE/NASTRAN:
Elastic modulus of BC element: E = 1021 Pa
Density of the linear element BC: = 0 kg/m3

Boundary conditions
Fixed at point A, x = 0,

Loading
None for the modal analysis

1.81.2.3 Reference frequencies

Reference solutions
The different eigen frequencies are determined using a finite elements model of Euler beam (slender beam).
fz + t0 = flexion x,z + torsion
fy + tr = flexion x,y + traction
Mode Units Reference
1 (fz + t0) Hz 1.636
2 (fy + tr) Hz 1.642
3 (fy + tr) Hz 13.460
4 (fz + t0) Hz 13.590
5 (fz + t0) Hz 28.900
6 (fy + tr) Hz 31.960
7 (fz + t0) Hz 61.610
1 (fz + t0) Hz 63.930

Uncertainty about the reference solutions


The uncertainty about the reference solutions: 1%

Finite elements modeling


Linear element AB: Beam
Imposed mesh: 50 elements.
Linear element BC: Beam
Without meshing

Modal deformations

271
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.81.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Frequency Eigen mode 1 frequency (fz + t0) [Hz] 1.636
CM2 Frequency Eigen mode 2 frequency (fy + tr) [Hz] 1.642
CM2 Frequency Eigen mode 3 frequency (fy + tr) [Hz] 13.46
CM2 Frequency Eigen mode 4 frequency (fz + t0) [Hz] 13.59
CM2 Frequency Eigen mode 5 frequency (fz + t0) [Hz] 28.90
CM2 Frequency Eigen mode 6 frequency (fy + tr) [Hz] 31.96
CM2 Frequency Eigen mode 7 frequency (fz + t0) [Hz] 61.61
CM2 Frequency Eigen mode 8 frequency (fy + tr) [Hz] 63.93

Note:
fz + t0 = flexion x,z + torsion
fy + tr = flexion x,y + traction

Observation: because the mass matrix of Advance Design is condensed and not consistent, the torsion modes
obtained are not taking into account the self rotation mass inertia of the beam.

272
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.81.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 1.64 Hz 0.24%
Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 1.64 Hz -0.12%
Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 13.45 Hz -0.07%
Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 13.65 Hz 0.44%
Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 29.72 Hz 2.84%
Eigen mode 6 frequency [Hz] 31.96 Hz 0.00%
Eigen mode 7 frequency [Hz] 63.09 Hz 2.40%
Eigen mode 8 frequency [Hz] 63.93 Hz 0.00%

273
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.82 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = 0) (01-0100SSNLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2514


Test status: Passed

1.82.1 Description
Verifies the rotation, the displacement and the moment on a beam consisting of two elements of the same length and
identical characteristics with 3 T/C supports (k = 0).

1.82.2 Background

1.82.2.1 Model description


Reference: internal GRAITEC test;
Analysis type: static non linear;
Element type: linear, T/C.

Units
I. S.

Geometry
L = 10 m
4
Section: IPE 200, Iz = 0.00001943 m

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Support at node 1 restrained along x and y (x = 0),
Support at node 2 restrained along y (x = 10 m),
T/C stiffness ky = 0,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: Vertical punctual load P = -100 N at x = 5 m,
Internal: None.

274
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.82.2.2 References solutions


ky being null, the non linear model behaves the same way as the structure without support 3.

Displacements

1 =
( ) = 0.000153 rad
3PL2 2EI z + k y L3
32EI (3EI + 2k L )
z z y
3

PL (3EI + k L )
2
z y
3

2 = = 0.000153 rad
16EI (3EI + 2k L )
z z y
3

3PL3
v3 = = 0.00153 m
(
16 3EI z + 2k y L3 )
3 =
(
PL 6EI z + k y L3
2
) = 0.000153 rad
32EI z 3EI z ( + 2k L )
y
3

Mz Moments

M z1 = 0
3k y PL4
Mz2 =
(
16 3EI z + 2k y L3 )=0
PL (M z 2 M z1 )
M z ( x = 5m) = + = 250 N.m
4 2

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam, automatic mesh,
3 nodes,
2 linear elements + 1 T/C.

Deformed shape

275
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Moment diagrams

1.82.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 RY Rotation Ry in node 1 [rad] 0.000153
CM2 RY Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad] -0.000153
CM2 DZ Displacement V in node 3 [m] 0.00153
CM2 RY Rotation Ry in node 3 [rad] 0.000153
CM2 My Moment M in node 1 [Nm] 0
CM2 My Moment M - middle span 1 [Nm] -250

1.82.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


RY Rotation Ry in node 1 [rad] 0.000153175 Rad 0.11%
RY Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad] -0.000153175 Rad -0.11%
DZ Displacement V in node 3 [m] 0.00153175 m 0.11%
RY Rotation Ry in node 3 [rad] -0.000153175 Rad -0.11%
My Moment M in node 1 [Nm] 5.05771e-014 N*m 0.00%
My Moment M - middle span 1 [Nm] -250 N*m 0.00%

276
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.83 BAEL 91 (concrete design) - France: Linear element in combined bending/tension - without
compressed reinforcements - Partially tensioned section (02-0158SSLLB_B91)

Test ID: 2520


Test status: Passed

1.83.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement results for a concrete beam with 8 isostatic spans subjects to uniform loads and
compression normal forces.

1.83.1.1 Model description


Reference: J. Perchat (CHEC) reinforced concrete course
Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: planar.

Units
Forces: kN
Moment: kN.m
Stresses: MPa
Reinforcement density: cm

Geometry
Beam dimensions: 0.2 x 0.5 ht
Length: l = 48 m in 8 spans of 6m,

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 20000 MPa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Hinged at end x = 0,
Vertical support at the same level with all other supports
Inner: Hinged at each beam end (isostatic)

Loading
External:
Case 1 (DL):uniform linear load g= -5kN/m (on all spans except 8)
Fx = 10 kN at x = 42m: Ng = -10 kN for spans from 6 to 7
Fx = 140 kN at x = 32m: Ng = -150 kN for span 5
Fx = -50 kN at x = 24m: Ng = -100 kN for span 4
Fx = 50 kN at x = 18m: Ng = -50 kN for span 3
Fx = 50 kN at x = 12m: Ng = -100 kN for span 2
Fx = -70 kN at x = 6m: Ng = -30 kN for span 1

Case 10 (DL):uniform linear load g = -5 kN/m (span 8)


Fx = 10 kN at x = 48m: Ng = -10 kN
Fx = -10 kN at x = 42m

Case 2 to 8 (LL):uniform linear load q = -9 kN/m (on spans 1, 3 to 7)

277
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

uniform linear load q = -15 kN/m (on span 2)


Fx = 30 kN at x = 6m (case 2 span 1)
Fx = -50 kN at x = 6m (case 3 span 2)
Fx = 50 kN at x = 12m (case 3 span 2)
Fx = -40 kN at x = 12m (case 4 span 3)
Fx = 40 kN at x = 18m (case 4 span 3)
Fx = -100 kN at x = 18m (case 5 span 4)
Fx = 100 kN at x = 24m (case 5 span 4)
Fx = -150 kN at x = 24m (case 6 span 5)
Fx = 150 kN at x = 30m (case 6 span 5)
Fx = -8 kN at x = 30m (case 7 span 6)
Fx = 8 kN at x = 36m (case 7 span 6)
Fx = -8 kN at x = 36m (case 8 span 7
Fx = 8 kN at x = 42m (case 8 span 7)

Case 9 (ACC):uniform linear load a = -25 kN/m (on 8th span)


Fx = 8 kN at x = 36m (case 9 span 8)
Fx = -8 kN at x = 42m (case 9 span 8)
Comb BAELUS: 1.35xDL+1.5xLL with duration of more than 24h (comb 101, 104 to 107)
Comb BAEULI: 1.35xDL+1.5xLL with duration between 1h and 24h (comb 102)
Comb BAELUC: 1.35xDL + 1.5xLL with duration of less than 1h (comb 103)
Comb BAELS: 1xDL + 1*LL (comb 108 to 114)
Comb BAELA: 1xDL + 1xACC with duration of less than 1h (comb 115)
Internal: None.

Reinforced concrete calculation hypothesis:


All concrete covers are set to 5 cm
BAEL 91 calculation (according to 99 revised version)
Span Concrete Reinforcement Application Concrete Cracking
1 B20 HA fe500 D>24h No Non
prejudicial
2 B35 Adx fe235 1h<D<24h No Non
prejudicial
3 B50 HA fe 400 D<1h Yes Non
prejudicial
4 B25 HA fe500 D>24h Yes Prejudicial
5 B25 HA fe500 D>24h No Very
prejudicial
6 B30 Adx fe235 D>24h Yes Prejudicial
7 B40 HA fe500 D>24h Yes 160 MPa
8 B45 HA fe500 D<1h Yes Non
prejudicial

278
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.83.1.2 Reinforcement calculation

Reference solution

Span 1 Span 2 Span 3 Span 4 Span 5 Span 6 Span 7 Span 8


fc28 20 35 50 25 25 30 40 45
ft28 1.8 2.7 3.6 2.1 2.1 2.4 3 3.3
fe 500 235 400 500 500 235 500 500
teta 1 0.9 0.85 1 1 1 1 0.85
gamb 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.15
gams 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1
h 1.6 1 1.6 1.6 1.6 1 1.6 1.6

fbu 11.33 22.04 33.33 14.17 14.17 17.00 22.67 39.13


fed 434.78 204.35 347.83 434.78 434.78 204.35 434.78 500.00
sigpreju 250.00 156.67 264.00 250.00 250.00 156.67 160.00 252.76
sigtpreju 200.00 125.33 211.20 200.00 200.00 125.33 160.00 202.21

g 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00


q 9.00 15.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 25.00
pu 20.25 29.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 30.00
pser 14.00 20.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00
G -30.00 -100.00 -50.00 -100.00 -150.00 -10.00 -10.00 -10.00
Q -30.00 -50.00 -40.00 -100.00 -100.00 -8.00 -8.00 -8.00
l 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00
Mu 91.13 131.63 91.13 91.13 91.13 91.13 91.13 135.00
Nu -85.50 -210.00 -127.50 -285.00 -352.50 -25.50 -25.50 -18.00
Mser 63.00 90.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 63.00
Nser -60.00 -150.00 -90.00 -200.00 -250.00 -18.00 -18.00
Vu 60.75 87.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 90.00
Main reinforcement calculation according to ULS
Mu/A 74.03 89.63 65.63 34.13 20.63 86.03 86.03 131.40
ubu 0.161 0.100 0.049 0.059 0.036 0.125 0.094 0.083
a 0.221 0.133 0.062 0.077 0.046 0.167 0.123 0.108
z 0.410 0.426 0.439 0.436 0.442 0.420 0.428 0.430
Au 6.12 20.57 7.97 8.35 9.18 11.27 5.21 6.46
Main reinforcement calculation with prejudicial cracking according to SLS
Mser/A 51.000 60.000 45.000 23.000 13.000 59.400 59.400 0.000
a 0.4186 0.6678 0.6303 0.4737 0.4737 0.6328 0.6923 0.6157
Mrb 87.53 220.78 302.44 121.16 121.16 182.01 258.82 267.55
A 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000
B -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000
C -0.4533 -0.8511 -0.3788 -0.2044 -0.1156 -0.8426 -0.8250 0.0000
D 0.4533 0.8511 0.3788 0.2044 0.1156 0.8426 0.8250 0.0000
alpha1 0.238 0.432 0.428
z 0.414 0.385 0.386
Aserp 10.22 10.99 10.75
Main reinforcement calculation with very prejudicial cracking according to SLS
Mser/A 51.00 60.00 45.00 23.00 13.00 59.40 59.40 0.00
a 0.47 0.72 0.68 0.53 0.53 0.68 0.69 0.67
Mrb 96.93 231.67 319.66 132.43 132.43 192.27 258.82 283.60
A 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000
B -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000
C -0.5667 -1.0638 -0.4735 -0.2556 -0.1444 -1.0532 -0.8250 0.0000

279
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Span 1 Span 2 Span 3 Span 4


Span 5 Span 6 Span 7 Span 8
D 0.5667 1.0638 0.4735 0.2556
0.1444 1.0532 0.8250 0.0000
alpha1 0.203
z 0.420
Asertp 14.049
Transverse reinforcement calculation
tu 0.68 0.98 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68 1.00
k 0.57 0.40 0.00 -0.14 -0.41 0.00 0.00 0.00
At/st 1.87 7.08 4.31 3.90 4.77 7.34 3.45 4.44
Recapitulation
Aflex 6.12 20.57 7.97 10.22 14.05 11.27 10.75 6.46
e0 -0.95 -1.67 -1.43 -3.17 -3.97 -0.29 -0.29 -0.13
Aminfsimp 0.75 2.38 1.86 0.87 0.87 2.11 1.24 1.37
Aminfcomp 0.83 2.54 2.01 0.90 0.90 2.80 1.65 0.30
At 1.87 7.08 4.31 3.90 4.77 7.34 3.45 4.44
Atmin 1.60 3.40 2.00 1.60 1.60 3.40 1.60 1.60

Finite elements modeling


Linear elements: beams with imposed mesh
29 nodes,
28 linear elements.

1.83.1.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T1 [cm2] 6.12
2
CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T1 [cm ] 0.75
CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T1 [cm2] 1.87
2
CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T2 [cm ] 20.57
CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T2 [cm2] 2.38
2
CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T2 [cm ] 7.08
2
CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T3 [cm ] 7.97
CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T3 [cm2] 1.86
2
CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T3 [cm ] 4.31
CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T4 [cm2] 10.22
2
CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T4 [cm ] 0.87
CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T4 [cm2] 3.90
2
CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T5 [cm ] 14.05
CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T5 [cm2] 4.20
2
CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T5 [cm ] 4.77
2
CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T6 [cm ] 11.27
CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T6 [cm2] 2.11
2
CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T6 [cm ] 7.34
CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T7 [cm2] 10.75
2
CM2 Amin Min. main. reinf. T7 [cm ] 1.24
CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T7 [cm2] 3.45
2
CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T8 [cm ] 6.46
CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T8 [cm2] 1.37
2
CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T8 [cm ] 4.44

The "Mu limit" method must be applied in order to achieve the same results.

280
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.83.2 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Az Inf. main reinf. T1 [cm] -6.11718 cm 0.05%
Amin Min. main reinf. T1 [cm] 0.7452 cm -0.64%
Atz Trans. reinf. T1 [cm] 1.8699 cm -0.01%
Az Inf. main reinf. T2 [cm] -20.5688 cm 0.01%
Amin Min. main reinf. T2 [cm] 2.3783 cm -0.07%
Atz Trans. reinf. T2 [cm] 7.07943 cm -0.01%
Az Inf. main reinf. T3 [cm] -7.96552 cm 0.06%
Amin Min. main reinf. T3 [cm] 1.863 cm 0.16%
Atz Trans. reinf. T3 [cm] 4.3125 cm 0.06%
Az Inf. main reinf. T4 [cm] -10.2301 cm -0.10%
Amin Min. main reinf. T4 [cm] 0.8694 cm -0.07%
Atz Trans. reinf. T4 [cm] 3.9008 cm 0.02%
Az Inf. main reinf. T5 [cm] -14.0512 cm -0.01%
Amin Min. main reinf. T5 [cm] 4.2 cm 0.00%
Atz Trans. reinf. T5 [cm] 4.7702 cm 0.00%
Az Inf. main reinf. T6 [cm] -11.2742 cm -0.04%
Amin Min. main reinf. T6 [cm] 2.11404 cm 0.19%
Atz Trans. reinf. T6 [cm] 7.34043 cm 0.01%
Az Inf. main reinf. T7 [cm] -10.7634 cm -0.12%
Amin Min. main. reinf. T7 [cm] 1.242 cm 0.16%
Atz Trans. reinf. T7 [cm] 3.45 cm 0.00%
Az Inf. main reinf. T8 [cm] -6.47718 cm -0.27%
Amin Min. main reinf. T8 [cm] 1.3662 cm -0.28%
Atz Trans. reinf. T8 [cm] 4.44444 cm 0.10%

281
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.84 BAEL 91 (concrete design) - France: Linear element in simple bending - without compressed
reinforcement (02-0162SSLLB_B91)

Test ID: 2521


Test status: Passed

1.84.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement results for a concrete beam with 8 isostatic spans subjected to uniform loads.

1.84.1.1 Model description


Reference: J. Perchat (CHEC) reinforced concrete course
Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: planar.

Units
Forces: kN
Moment: kN.m
Stresses: MPa
2
Reinforcement density: cm

Geometry
Beam dimensions: 0.2 x 0.5 ht
Length: l = 42 m in 7 spans of 6m,

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 20000 MPa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Hinged at end x = 0,
Vertical support at the same level with all other supports
Inner: Hinge z at each beam end (isostatic)

Loading
External:
Case 1 (DL):uniform linear load g = -5 kN/m (on all spans except 8)

Case 2 to 8 (LL):uniform linear load q = -9 kN/m (on spans 1, 3 to 7)


uniform linear load q = -15 kN/m (on span 2)

Case 9 (ACC): uniform linear load a = -25 kN/m (on 8th span)

Case 10 (DL):uniform linear load g = -5 kN/m (on 8th span)


Comb BAELUS: 1.35xDL+1.5xLL with duration of more than 24h (comb 101, 104 to 107)
Comb BAEULI: 1.35xDL+1.5xLL with duration between 1h and 24h (comb 102)
Comb BAELUC: 1.35xDL + 1.5xLL with duration of less than 1h (comb 103)
Comb BAELS: 1xDL + 1*LL (comb 108 to 114)
Comb BAELUA: 1xDL + 1xACC (comb 115)
Internal: None.

282
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Reinforced concrete calculation hypothesis:


All concrete covers are set to 5 cm
BAEL 91 calculation with the revised version 99
Span Concrete Reinforcement Application Concrete Cracking
1 B20 HA fe500 D>24h No Non
prejudicial
2 B35 Adx fe235 1h<D<24h No Non
prejudicial
3 B50 HA fe 400 D<1h Yes Non
prejudicial
4 B25 HA fe500 D>24h Yes Prejudicial
5 B60 HA fe500 D>24h No Very
prejudicial
6 B30 Adx fe235 D>24h Yes Prejudicial
7 B40 HA fe500 D>24h Yes 160 MPa
8 B45 HA fe500 D<1h Yes Non
prejudicial

1.84.1.2 Reinforcement calculation

Reference solution
Span 1 Span 2 Span 3 Span 4 Span 5 Span 6 Span 7 Span 8
fc28 20 35 50 25 60 30 40 45
ft28 1.8 2.7 3.6 2.1 4.2 2.4 3 3.3
fe 500 235 400 500 500 235 500 500
teta 1 0.9 0.85 1 1 1 1 0.85
gamb 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.15
gams 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1
h 1.6 1 1.6 1.6 1.6 1 1.6 1.6

fbu 11.33 22.04 33.33 14.17 34.00 17.00 22.67 39.13


fed 434.78 204.35 347.83 434.78 434.78 204.35 434.78 500.00
sigpreju 250.00 156.67 264.00 250.00 285.15 156.67 160.00 252.76
sigtpreju 200.00 125.33 211.20 200.00 228.12 125.33 160.00 202.21

g 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00


q 9.00 15.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 25.00
pu 20.25 29.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 30.00
pser 14.00 20.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00
l 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00
Mu 91.13 131.63 91.13 91.13 91.13 91.13 91.13 135.00
Mser 63.00 90.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 63.00
Vu 60.75 87.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 90.00
Longitudinal reinforcement calculation according to ELU
ubu 0.199 0.147 0.068 0.159 0.066 0.132 0.099 0.085
a 0.279 0.200 0.087 0.217 0.086 0.178 0.131 0.111
z 0.400 0.414 0.434 0.411 0.435 0.418 0.426 0.430
Au 5.24 15.56 6.03 5.10 4.82 10.67 4.91 6.28
Main reinforcement calculation with prejudicial cracking according to SLS
A 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000
B -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 -3.000
C -0.56000 -0.89362 -0.87500
D 0.56000 0.89362 0.87500
alpha1 0.367 0.442 0.438
z 0.395 0.384 0.384
Aserp 6.38 10.48 10.25
Main reinforcement calculation with very prejudicial cracking according to SLS
A 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
B -3.00 -3.00 -3.00 -3.00 -3.00 -3.00 -3.00 -3.00
C -0.70 -1.60 -0.66 -0.70 -0.61371 -1.12 -0.88 0.00
D 0.70 1.60 0.66 0.70 0.61371 1.12 0.88 0.00
alpha1 0.381
z 0.393
Asertp 7.030

283
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Span 1 Span 2 Span 3 Span 4 Span 5 Span 6 Span 7 Span 8


Transversal reinforcement calculation
tu 0.68 0.98 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68 1.00
k 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
At/st 0.69 1.79 4.31 3.45 3.45 7.34 3.45 4.44
Recapitulation
Aflex 5.24 15.56 6.03 6.38 7.03 10.67 10.25 6.28
Aminflex 0.75 2.38 1.86 0.87 1.74 2.11 1.24 1.37
At 0.69 1.79 4.31 3.45 3.45 7.34 3.45 4.44
Atmin 1.60 3.40 2.00 1.60 1.60 3.40 1.60 1.60

Finite elements modeling


Linear elements: beams with imposed mesh
29 nodes,
28 linear elements.

1.84.1.3 Theoretical results

Reference

Solver Result name Result description Reference value


2
CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T1 [cm ] 5.24
2
CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T1 [cm ] 0.75
CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T1 [cm2] 0.69
2
CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T2 [cm ] 15.56
CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T2 [cm2] 2.38
2
CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T2 [cm ] 1.79
CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T3 [cm2] 6.03
2
CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T3 [cm ] 1.86
2
CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T3 [cm ] 4.31
CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T4 [cm2] 6.38
2
CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T4 [cm ] 0.87
CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T4 [cm2] 3.45
2
CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T5 [cm ] 7.03
CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T5 [cm2] 1.74
2
CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T5 [cm ] 3.45
CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T6 [cm2] 10.67
2
CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T6 [cm ] 2.11
2
CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T6 [cm ] 7.34
2
CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T7 [cm ] 10.25
2
CM2 Amin Min. main. reinf. T7 [cm ] 1.24
CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T7 [cm2] 3.45
2
CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T8 [cm ] 6.28
CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T8 [cm2] 1.37
2
CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T8 [cm ] 4.44

The "Mu limit" method must be applied to attain the same results.

284
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.84.2 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Az Inf. main reinf. T1 [cm] -5.24348 cm -0.07%
Amin Min. main reinf. T1 [cm] 0.7452 cm -0.64%
Atz Trans. reinf. T1 [cm] 0.69 cm 0.00%
Az Inf. main reinf. T2 [cm] -15.5613 cm -0.01%
Amin Min. main reinf. T2 [cm] 2.3783 cm -0.07%
Atz Trans. reinf. T2 [cm] 1.79433 cm 0.24%
Az Inf. main reinf. T3 [cm] -6.03286 cm -0.05%
Amin Min. main reinf. T3 [cm] 1.863 cm 0.16%
Atz Trans. reinf. T3 [cm] 4.3125 cm 0.06%
Az Inf. main reinf. T4 [cm] -6.38336 cm -0.05%
Amin Min. main reinf. T4 [cm] 0.8694 cm -0.07%
Atz Trans. reinf. T4 [cm] 3.45 cm 0.00%
Az Inf. main reinf. T5 [cm] -7.03527 cm -0.07%
Amin Min. main reinf. T5 [cm] 1.7388 cm -0.07%
Atz Trans. reinf. T5 [cm] 3.45 cm 0.00%
Az Inf. main reinf. T6 [cm] -10.6698 cm 0.00%
Amin Min. main reinf. T6 [cm] 2.11404 cm 0.19%
Atz Trans. reinf. T6 [cm] 7.34043 cm 0.01%
Az Inf. main reinf. T7 [cm] -10.2733 cm -0.23%
Amin Min. main. reinf. T7 [cm] 1.242 cm 0.16%
Atz Trans. reinf. T7 [cm] 3.45 cm 0.00%
Az Inf. main reinf. T8 [cm] -6.29338 cm -0.21%
Amin Min. main reinf. T8 [cm] 1.3662 cm -0.28%
Atz Trans. reinf. T8 [cm] 4.44444 cm 0.10%

285
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.85 BAEL 91 (concrete design) - France: Design of a concrete floor with an opening (03-
0208SSLLG_BAEL91)

Test ID: 2524


Test status: Passed

1.85.1 Description
Verifies the displacements, bending moments and reinforcement results for a 2D concrete slab with supports and
punctual loads.

1.85.2 Background

1.85.2.1 Model description


Calculation model: 2D concrete slab.
Slab thickness: 20 cm
Slab length: 20m
Slab width: 10m
The supports (punctual and linear) are considered as hinged.
Supports positioning (see scheme below)
1,50m*2,50m opening => see positioning on the following scheme
Materials:
Concrete B25
Young module: E= 36000 MPa
Load case:
Permanent loads: 100 kg/m2
Permanent loads: 200 kg/ml around the opening
Punctual loads of 2T in permanent loads (see the following definition)
Usage overloads: 250 kg/m2
Mesh density: 0.5 m

286
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Slab geometry

Support positions

287
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Positions of punctual loads

Global loading overview

288
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Load Combinations
Code Numbers Type Title
BAGMAX 1 Static Permanent loads + self weight
BAQ 2 Static Usage overloads
BAELS 101 Comb_Lin Gmax+Q
BAELU 102 Comb_Lin 1.35Gmax+1.5Q

1.85.2.2 Effel Structure Results

SLS max displacements (load combination 101)

Mx bending moment for ULS load combination

289
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

My bending moment for ULS load combination

Mxy bending moment for ULS load combination

1.85.2.3 Effel RC Expert Results

Main hypothesis
Top and bottom concrete covers: 3 cm
Slightly dangerous cracking
Concrete B25 => Fc28= 25 MPa
Reinforcement calculation according to Wood method.
Calculation starting from non averaged forces.

290
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Axi reinforcements

Ayi reinforcements

291
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Axs reinforcements

Ays reinforcements

292
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.85.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver Result Result description Reference
name value
CM2 D Max displacement for SLS (load combination 101) [cm] 0.176
CM2 Myy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Max(Mx) [kN.m] 25.20
CM2 Myy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Min(Mx) [kN.m] -15.71
CM2 Mxx Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Max(My) [kN.m] 31.17
CM2 Mxx Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Min(My) [kN.m] -18.79
CM2 Mxy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Max (Mxy) [kN.m] 10.26
CM2 Mxy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Min (Mxy) [kN.m] -10.14
2
CM2 Axi Theoretic reinforcements Axi [cm ] 3.84
2
CM2 Axs Theoretic reinforcements Axs [cm ] 3.55
CM2 Ayi Theoretic reinforcements Ayi [cm2] 3.75
2
CM2 Ays Theoretic reinforcements Ays [cm ] 4.53

These values are obtained from the maximum values from the mesh.

1.85.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


D Max displacement for SLS (load combination 101) [cm] 0.174641 cm -0.77%
Myy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load 25.2594 kN*m 0.24%
combination 102) Max(Mx) [kNm]
Myy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load -15.6835 kN*m 0.17%
combination 102) Min(Mx) [kNm]
Mxx Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load 31.2449 kN*m 0.24%
combination 102) Max(My) [kNm]
Mxx Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load -18.7726 kN*m 0.09%
combination 102) Min(My) [kNm]
Mxy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load -10.1558 kN*m 1.02%
combination 102) Max (Mxy) [kNm]
Mxy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load 10.2508 kN*m 1.09%
combination 102) Min (Mxy) [kNm]
Axi Theoretic reinforcements Axi [cm2] 3.83063 cm -0.24%
Axs Theoretic reinforcementsAxs [cm2] 3.629 cm 2.23%
Ayi Theoretic reinforcements Ayi [cm2] 3.72879 cm -0.57%
Ays Theoretic reinforcements Ays [cm2] 4.61909 cm 1.97%

293
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.86 Cantilever rectangular plate (01-0001SSLSB_FEM)

Test ID: 2433


Test status: Passed

1.86.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement on the free extremity of a cantilever rectangular plate fixed on one side. The plate is
1 m long, subjected to a uniform planar load.

1.86.2 Background

1.86.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 01/89.
Analysis type: linear static.
Element type: planar.
Cantilever rectangular plate Scale =1/4
01-0001SSLSB_FEM

Units
S.I.

Geometry
Thickness: e = 0.005 m,
Length: l = 1 m,
Width: b = 0.1 m.

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.

294
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at end x = 0,
Inner: None.

Loadings
External: Uniform load p = -1700 Pa on the upper surface,
Internal: None.

1.86.2.2 Displacement of the model in the linear elastic range

Reference solution
The reference displacement is calculated for the unsupported end located at x = 1m.
bl4p 0.1 x 14 x 1700
u = 8EI = 0.1 x 0.0053 = -9.71 cm
z 11
8 x 2.1 x 10 x 12

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,
1100 nodes,
990 surface quadrangles.

Deformed shape

Deformed cantilever rectangular plate Scale =1/4


01-0001SSLSB_FEM

295
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.86.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement on the free extremity [cm] -9.71

1.86.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


DZ Vertical displacement on the free extremity [cm] -9.58696 cm 1.27%

296
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.87 Tied (sub-tensioned) beam (01-0005SSLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2437


Test status: Passed

1.87.1 Description
Verifies the tension force on a beam reinforced by a system of hinged bars, subjected to a uniform linear load.

1.87.2 Background

1.87.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 13/89;
Analysis type: static, thermoelastic (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Tied (sub-tensioned) beam Scale =1/37
01-0005SSLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Length:
AD = FB = a = 2 m,
DF = CE = b = 4 m,
CD = EF = c = 0.6 m,
AC = EB = d = 2.088 m,
Total length: L = 8 m,
AD, DF, FB Beams:
Section: A = 0.01516 m2,
Shear area: Ar = A / 2.5,

297
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Inertia moment: I = 2.174 x 10-4 m4,


CE Bar:
Section: A1 = 4.5 x 10-3 m2,
AC, EB bar:
Section: A2 = 4.5 x 10-3 m2,
CD, EF bars:
Section: A3 = 3.48 x 10-3 m2.

Materials properties
Isotropic linear elastic material,
11
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 Pa,
Shearing module: G = 0.4x E.

Boundary conditions
Outer: Hinged in A, support connection in B (blocked vertical translation),
Inner: Hinged at bar ends: AC, CD, EF, EB.

Loading
External: Uniform linear load p = -50000 N/ml,
Internal: Shortening of the CE tie of = 6.52 x 10-3 m (dilatation coefficient: CE = 1 x 10-5 /C and temperature
variation T = -163C).

1.87.2.2 Compression force in CE bar

Reference solution
The solution is established by considering the deformation effects due to the shear force and normal force:
4 a
=1-3 xL

A
k = A = 2.5
r

I
t= EA A

A AE

= (L/c)2 x (1+ (A/A1) x (b/L) + 2 x (A/A2) x (d/a)2 x (d/L) + 2 x (A/A3) (c/a)2 x (c/L)
2
= k x [(2Et ) / (GaL)]
=++
0 = 1 (a/L)2 x (2 a/L)
0 = 6k x (E/G) x (t/L)2 x (1 + b/L)
0 = 0 + 0
NCE = - (1/12) x (pL2/c) x (0 /) + (EI/(Lc2)) x (/) = 584584 N

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: without meshing,
AD, DF, FB: S beam (considering the shear force deformations),
AC, CD, EF, EB: bar,
CE: beam,
6 nodes.

298
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Force diagrams

Tied (sub-tensioned) beam Scale =1/31


Compression force in CE bar

1.87.2.3 Bending moment at point H

Reference solution
MH = - (1/8) x pL2 x [1- (2/3) x (0/)] (EI/(Lc)) x (/p) = 49249.5 N

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: without meshing,
AD, DF, FB: S beam (considering the shear force deformations),
AC, CD, EF, EB: bar,
CE: beam,
6 nodes.

299
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Shape of the bending moment diagram

Tied (sub-tensioned) beam Scale =1/31


Mz bending moment

1.87.2.4 Vertical displacement at point D

Reference solution
The reference displacement vD provided by AFNOR is determined by averaging the results of several software with
implemented finite elements method.
-3
vD = -0.5428 x 10 m

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: without meshing,
AD, DF, FB: S beam (considering the shear force deformations),
AC, CD, EF, EB: bar,
CE: beam,
6 nodes.

300
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Deformed shape

Tied (sub-tensioned) beam Scale =1/31


Deformed

1.87.2.5 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 FX Tension force on CE bar [N] 584584

1.87.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Fx Tension force on CE bar [N] 584580 N 0.00%

301
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.88 Slender beam with variable section (fixed-free) (01-0004SDLLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2436


Test status: Passed

1.88.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies for a slender beam with variable section, subjected to its own weight.

1.88.2 Background

1.88.2.1 Model description


Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 09/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: linear.
Slender beam with variable section (fixed-free) Scale =1/4
01-0004SDLLB_FEM

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Beam length: l = 1 m,
Initial section (in A):
Height: h1 = 0.04 m,
Width: b1 = 0.04 m,
Section: A1 = 1.6 x 10-3 m2,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz1 = 2.1333 x 10-7 m4,
Final section (in B):
Height: h2 = 0.01 m,
Width: b2 = 0.01 m,

302
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Section: A2 = 10-4 m2,


Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz2 = 8.3333 x 10-10 m4.

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,
3
Density: 7800 kg/m .

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed in A,
Inner: None.

Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.

1.88.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies

Reference solutions
Precise calculation by numerical integration of the differential equation of beams bending (Euler-Bernoulli theories):
2 2v 2v
2 (EIz 2 ) = -A where Iz and A vary with the abscissa.
x x x2
A E A A E A A E A

1 h2 E
The result is: fi = 2
2 i l 12
A E A A E AE A AE

1 2 3 4 5
23.289 73.9 165.23 299.7 478.1

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: variable beam, imposed mesh,
31 nodes,
30 linear elements.

Eigen mode shapes

303
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.88.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 54.18
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 171.94
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 384.4
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 697.24
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 1112.28

1.88.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 54.01 Hz -0.31%
Eigen mode 2 frequency [Hz] 170.58 Hz -0.79%
Eigen mode 3 frequency [Hz] 378.87 Hz -1.44%
Eigen mode 4 frequency [Hz] 681.31 Hz -2.28%
Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 1075.7 Hz -3.29%

304
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.89 PS92 - France: Study of a mast subjected to an earthquake (02-0112SMLLB_P92)

Test ID: 2519


Test status: Passed

1.89.1 Description
A structure consisting of 2 beams and 2 punctual masses, subjected to a lateral earthquake along X. The frequency
modes, the eigen vectors, the participation factors, the displacement at the top of the mast and the forces at the top
of the mast are verified.

1.89.1.1 Model description


Reference: internal GRAITEC test;
Analysis type: modal and spectral analyses;
Element type: linear, mass.

1.89.1.2 Material strength model

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Length: L = 35 m,
Outer radius: Rext = 3.00 m
Inner radius: Rint = 2.80 m

2
Axial section: S= 3.644 m
4
Polar inertia: Ip = 30.68 m
4
Bending inertias: Ix =15.34 m
4
Iy = 15.34 m

Masses
M1 =203873.6 kg
M2 =101936.8 kg

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.962 x 1010 N/m2,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.1,
Density: = 25 kN/m3

305
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed in X = 0, Y = 0 m,

Loading
External: Seismic excitation on X direction

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam, automatic mesh,

1.89.1.3 Seismic hypothesis in conformity with PS92 regulation


Zone: Nice Sophia Antipolis (Zone II).
Site: S1 (Medium soil, 10m thickness).
Construction type class: B
Behavior coefficient: 3
Material damping: 4% (Reinforced concrete).

1.89.1.4 Modal analysis

Eigen periods reference solution


Substract the value of structures specific horizontal periods by solving the following equation:

( )
det K M 2 = 0

48EI 16 5
K
5
7L3 2

M1 0
M
0
M2
Eigen modes Units Reference
1 Hz 2.085
2 Hz 10.742

306
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Modal vectors
For 1:

48EI 16 5 M 2 0 U1 U 1
1 1 = 0 1 1 =
7L3 5 2 0 2
M 2 1 U 2 U 2 3.055

For 2:

U 1
2 1 =
U 2 0.655

Normalizing relative to the mass

9.305 10 4 2.01 10 3
1 ; 2
3 1.316 10 3
2.842 10

Modal deformations

307
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.89.1.5 Spectral study

Design spectrum

Nominal acceleration:

f1 = 2.085Hz a n = 5.5411m s 2

f 2 = 10.742Hz a n = 6.25 m s 2
Observation: the gap between pulses is greater than 10%, so the modal responses can be regarded as independent.

Reference participation factors

i = iM

: Vecteur directeur de la direction du sisme


Eigen modes Reference
1 479.427
2 275.609

308
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Pseudo-acceleration

i = a i i i in (m/s2)
0 .4
5%
= : Damping correction factor.

: Structure damping.

2.7026 3.7852
1 = 1 =
8.2556 - 2.4783

Reference modal displacement

1.576E 02 8.318E 04
1 = 2 =
4.814E 02 - 5.446E 04

Equivalent static forces

5.510E + 05 7.717E + 05
F1 = F2 =
8.415E + 05 - 2.526E + 05

Displacement at the top of the mast

U1 = ((4.81E 02) 2
+ ( 5.446E 04 )
2
)
Units Reference
m 4.814 E-02

Shear force at the top of the mast

T1 =
((8.415E + 05) 2
+ ( 2.526E + 05 )
2
)
3
3: Being the behavior coefficient of forces
Units Reference
N 2.929 E+05

Moment at the base

Units Reference
N.m 1.578 E+07

1.89.1.6 Theoretical results

Reference

Solver Result name Result description Reference value


CM2 Frequency Frequency Mode 1 [Hz] 2.085
CM2 Frequency Frequency Mode 2 [Hz] 10.742
CM2 D Displacement at the top of the mast [cm] 4.814
CM2 Fz Forces at the top of the mast [N] 2.929E+05

309
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.89.2 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Frequency Mode 1 [Hz] 2.08 Hz -0.24%
Frequency Mode 2 [Hz] 10.74 Hz -0.02%
D Displacement at the top of the mast [cm] 4.81159 cm -0.05%
Fz Forces at the top of the mast [N] 292677 N -0.08%

310
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.90 CM66 (steel design) - France: Design of a 2D portal frame (03-0207SSLLG_CM66)

Test ID: 2523


Test status: Passed

1.90.1 Description
Verifies the steel calculation results (displacement at ridge, normal forces, bending moments, deflections, stresses,
buckling lengths, lateral torsional buckling lengths and cross section optimization) for a 2D metallic portal frame,
according to CM66.

1.90.2 Background

1.90.2.1 Model description


Calculation model: 2D metallic portal frame.
Column section: IPE500
Rafter section: IPE400
Base plates: hinged.
Portal frame width: 20m
Columns height: 6m
Portal frame height at the ridge: 7.5m
Load case:
Permanent loads: 150 kg/m on the roof + elements self weight.
Usage overloads: 800 kg/ml on the roof
Mesh density: 1m

Model preview

Combinations
Code Numbers Type Title
CMP 1 Static Permanent load + self weight
CMS 2 Static Usage overloads
CMCFN 101 Comb_Lin 1.333P
CMCFN 102 Comb_Lin 1.333P+1.5S
CMCFN 103 Comb_Lin P+1.5S
CMCD 104 Comb_Lin P+S

311
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.90.2.2 Effel Structure Results

Ridge displacements (combination 104)

Diagram of normal force envelope

312
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Envelope of bending moments diagram

1.90.2.3 Effel Expert CM results

Main hypotheses
For columns
Deflections: 1/150
Envelopes deflections calculation.
Buckling: XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes
XZ plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes
Ka-Kb Method
Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: no restraints
Lds imposed value: 2 m

For the rafters


Deflections: 1/200
Envelopes deflections calculation.
Buckling: XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes
XZ plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes
Ka-Kb Method
Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: No restraints
Lds imposed value: 1.5m

Optimization criteria
Work ratio optimization between 90 and 100%
Labels optimization (on Advance Design templates)

313
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Deflection verification
Ratio

CM Stress diagrams

Work ratio

Stresses

314
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Buckling lengths

Lfy

Lfz

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths

Ldi

315
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Lds

Optimization

316
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.90.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 D Displacement at the ridge [cm] 9.36
CM2 Fx Envelope normal forces on Columns (min) [T] -15.77
CM2 Fx Envelope normal forces on Rafters (max) [T] -1.02
CM2 My Envelope bending moments on Columns (min) [T.m] -42.41
CM2 My Envelope bending moments on Rafters (max) [T.m] 42.41
CM2 Deflection CM deflections on Columns [%] L / 438 (34%)
CM2 Deflection CM deflections on Rafters [%] L / 111 (180%)
CM2 Stress CM stresses on Columns [MPa] 230.34
CM2 Stress CM stresses on Rafters [MPa] 458.38
CM2 Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns - Lfy [m] 5.84
CM2 Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns - Lfz [m] 6
CM2 Lfy Buckling lengths on Rafters - Lfy [m] 7.08
CM2 Lfz Buckling lengths on Rafters - Lfz [m] 10.11

Warning, the local axes in Effel Structure have different orientation in Advance Design.

Solver Result name Result description Reference value


CM2 Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 6
CM2 Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 2
CM2 Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Ldi [m] 10.11
CM2 Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Lds [m] 1.5

Solver Result name Result description Rate (%) Final section


CM2 Work ratio IPE500 columns - section optimization 98 IPE500
CM2 Work ratio IPE400 rafters - section optimization 195 IPE550

317
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.90.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


D Displacement at the ridge [cm] 9.36473 cm 0.05%
Fx Envelope normal forces on Columns (min) [T] -15.7798 T -0.06%
Fx Envelope normal forces on Rafters (max) [T] -1.0161 T 0.38%
My Envelope bending moments on Columns (min) [Tm] 42.4226 T*m 0.03%
My Envelope bending moments on Rafters (max) [Tm] 42.4226 T*m 0.03%
Deflection CM deflections on Columns [adm] 438.077 Adim. 0.02%
Deflection CM deflections on Rafters [adm] 111.325 Adim. 0.29%
Stress CM stresses on Columns [adm] 230.331 MPa 0.00%
Stress CM stresses on Rafters [adm] 458.367 MPa 0.00%
Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns - Lfy [m] 6m 0.00%
Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns - Lfz [m] 5.84401 m 0.07%
Lfy Buckling lengths on Rafters - Lfy [m] 10.1119 m 0.02%
Lfz Buckling lengths on Rafters - Lfz [m] 7.07904 m -0.01%
Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 6m 0.00%
Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 2m 0.00%
Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Ldi [m] 10.1119 m 0.02%
Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Lds [m] 1.5 m 0.00%
Work ratio IPE500 columns - section optimization [adm] 0.980131 Adim. 0.01%
Work ratio IPE400 rafters - section optimization [adm] 1.9505 Adim. 0.03%

318
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.91 Non linear system of truss beams (01-0104SSNLB_FEM)

Test ID: 2518


Test status: Passed

1.91.1 Description
Verifies the displacement and the normal force for a bar system containing 4 elements of the same length and 2
diagonals.

1.91.2 Background

1.91.2.1 Model description


Reference: internal GRAITEC test;
Analysis type: static non linear;
Element type: linear, bar, tie.

Units
I. S.

Geometry
L=5m
Section S = 0.005 m2

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Support at node 1 restrained along x and y,
Support at node 2 restrained along x and y,
Inner: None.

319
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
External: Horizontal punctual load P = 50000 N at node 3,
Internal: None.

1.91.2.2 References solutions


In non linear analysis without large displacement, the introduction of ties for the diagonal bars removes bar 5 (test
No. 0103SSLLB_FEM allows finding an compression force in this bar at the linear calculation).

Displacements

5PL
u3 = u 4 = = 0.001195 m
11ES
PL
v3 = = 0.000238 m
ES
v4 = 0
N normal forces

N12 = 0 N14 = 0
N 23 = P = 50000 N N13 = 2P = 70711 N
N 43 = 0 N 42 = 0

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: bar, without meshing,
4 nodes,
6 linear elements.

Deformed shape

320
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Normal forces

1.91.2.3 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 DX u3 displacement on Node 3 [m] 0.001195
CM2 DZ v3 displacement on Node 3 [m] -0.000238
CM2 DX u4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0.001195
CM2 DZ v4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0
CM2 Fx N12 normal force on Element 1 [N] 0
CM2 Fx N23 normal force on Element 2 [N] -50000
CM2 Fx N34 normal force on Element 3 [N] 0
CM2 Fx N14 normal force on Element 4 [N] 0
CM2 Fx N13 normal effort on Element 5 [N] 70711
CM2 Fx N24 normal force on Element 6 [N] 0

321
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.91.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


DX u3 displacement on Node 3 [m] 0.00119035 m -0.39%
DZ v3 displacement on Node 3 [m] -0.000238095 m -0.04%
DX u4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0.00119035 m -0.39%
DZ v4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 9.94686e-316 m 0.00%
Fx N12 normal force on Element 1 [N] 0N 0.00%
Fx N23 normal force on Element 2 [N] -50000 N 0.00%
Fx N34 normal force on Element 3 [N] 0N 0.00%
Fx N14 normal force on Element 4 [N] 2.08884e-307 N 0.00%
Fx N13 normal effort on Element 5 [N] 70710.7 N 0.00%
Fx N24 normal force on Element 6 [N] 0N 0.00%

322
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.92 CM66 (steel design) - France: Design of a Steel Structure (03-0206SSLLG_CM66)

Test ID: 2522


Test status: Passed

1.92.1 Description
Verifies the steel calculation results (maximum displacement, normal force, bending moment, deflections, buckling
lengths, lateral-torsional buckling and cross section optimization) for a simple metallic framework with a concrete
floor, according to CM66.

1.92.2 Background

1.92.2.1 Model description


Calculation model: Simple metallic framework with a concrete floor.
Load case:
Permanent loads: 150 kg/m for the floor and 25kg/m for the roof.
Overloads: 250 kg/m on the floor.
Wind loads on region II for a normal location
Snow loads on region 2B at an altitude of 750m.
CM66 Combinations

Model preview

323
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Structures load case


Code No. Type Title
CMP 1 Static SW + Dead loads
CMS 2 Static Overloads for usage
CMV 3 Static Wind overloads along +X in overpressure
CMV 4 Static Wind overloads along +X in depression
CMV 5 Static Wind overloads along -X in overpressure
CMV 6 Static Wind overloads along -X in depression
CMV 7 Static Wind overloads along +Z in overpressure
CMV 8 Static Wind overloads along +Z in depression
CMV 9 Static Wind overloads along -Z in overpressure
CMV 10 Static Wind overloads along -Z in depression
CMN 11 Static Normal snow overloads

1.92.2.2 Effel Structure results


Displacement Envelope (CMCD" load combinations)

Envelope of linear element forces


Max. D DX DY DZ
Env. Case No.
location (cm) (cm) (cm) (cm)
Max(D) 213 148 CENTER 12.115 0.037 12.035 -1.393
Min(D) 188 1.1 START 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
Max(DX) 204 72.1 START 3.138 3.099 0.434 0.244
Min(DX) 204 313 END 2.872 -1.872 -0.129 -2.174
Max(DY) 213 148 CENTER 12.115 0.037 12.035 -1.393
Min(DY) 213 61.5 END 9.986 -0.118 -9.985 0.046
Max(DZ) 201 371 CENTER 4.149 -0.006 -0.188 4.145
Min(DZ) 203 370 CENTER 4.124 -0.006 -0.240 -4.118

Envelope of forces on linear elements (CMCFN load combinations)

Envelope of linear element forces


Fx Fy Fz Mx My Mz
Env. Case No. MaxSite
(T) (T) (T) (T*m) (T*m) (T*m)
Max (Fx) 120 4.1 START 19.423 -4.108 -1.384 -0.003 1.505 7.551
Min (Fx) 138 98 START -41.618 -0.962 -0.192 0.000 0.000 0.000
Max(Fy) 120 57 END -13.473 16.349 -0.016 -0.003 0.002 55.744
Min(Fy) 120 60 START -15.994 -16.112 -0.006 -3E-004 6E-006 53.096
Max(Fz) 177 371 START -3.486 -0.118 2.655 0.000 0.000 0.000
Min(Fz) 187 370 START -3.666 -0.147 -2.658 0.000 0.000 0.000
Max(Mx) 120 111 END 3.933 4.840 0.278 0.028 -4E-005 11.531
Min(Mx) 120 21 END -22.324 13.785 -0.191 -0.028 -0.004 42.562
Max(My) 177 371 CENTER -3.099 -0.118 -0.323 0.000 4.403 -0.500
Min(My) 179 370 CENTER -3.283 -0.155 0.321 0.000 -4.373 -0.660
Max (Mz) 120 57 END -13.473 16.349 -0.016 -0.003 0.002 55.744
Min (Mz) 120 59.2 END -19.455 -8.969 -0.702 -0.003 -0.001 -57.105

Envelope of linear element stresses (CMCFN load combinations)

Envelope of linear element stresses


sxxMax sxyMax sxzMax sFxx sMxxMax
Env. Case No. MaxSite
(MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa)
Max(sxxMax) 120 59.2 END 273.860 -14.696 -1.024 -16.453 290.312
Min(sxxMax) 120 292 START -150.743 0.000 0.000 -150.743 0.000
Max(sxyMax) 120 57 START 262.954 37.139 -0.030 -15.609 278.562
Min(sxyMax) 120 60 END 241.643 -36.595 -0.011 -18.536 260.179
Max(sxzMax) 185 371 START -2.949 -0.183 3.876 -2.949 0.000
Min(sxzMax) 179 370 START -3.104 -0.255 -3.882 -3.104 0.000
Max(sFxx) 120 293 END 161.095 9E-005 -0.002 161.095 0.000
Min(sFxx) 120 292 START -150.743 0.000 0.000 -150.743 0.000
Max(sMxxMax) 120 59.2 END 273.860 -14.696 -1.024 -16.453 290.312
Min(sMxxMax) 1 1.1 START -4.511 3.155 -0.646 -4.511 0.000

324
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.92.2.3 CM66 Effel Expertise results

Hypotheses
For columns
Deflections: 1/150
Envelopes deflections calculation.
Buckling XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes
XZ plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes
Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: hinged restraint
Lds automatic calculation: hinged restraint

For rafters
Deflections: 1/200
Envelopes deflections calculation.
Buckling: XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes
XZ plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes
Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: no restraint
Lds automatic calculation: hinged restraint

For columns
Deflections: 1/150
Envelopes deflections calculation.
Buckling: XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes
XZ plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes
Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: hinged restraint
Lds automatic calculation: hinged restraint

Optimization parameters
Work ratio optimization between 90 and 100%
All the sections from the library are available.
Labels optimization.

The results of the optimization given below correspond to an iteration of the finite elements calculation.

325
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Deflection verification

Ratio

Max values on the element

Columns: L / 168
Rafter: L / 96
Column: L / 924

CM Stress diagrams

326
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Work ratio

Stresses

Max values on the element


Columns: 375.16 MPa
Rafter: 339.79 MPa
Column: 180.98 MPa

327
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Buckling lengths

Lfy

Lfz

328
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Lateral-torsional buckling lengths

Ldi

Lds

Optimization

329
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.92.2.4 Theoretical results


Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 D Maximum displacement (CMCD) [cm] 12.115
CM2 Fx Envelope normal force (CMCFN) Min (Fx) [T] -41.618
CM2 Fx Envelope normal force (CMCFN) Max (Fx) [T] 19.423
CM2 My Envelope bending moment (CMCFN) Min (Mz) [Tm] -57.105
CM2 My Envelope bending moment (CMCFN) Max (Mz) [Tm] 55.744

Warning, the Mz bending moment of Effel Structure corresponds to the My bending moment of Advance Design.

Solver Result name Result description Reference value


CM2 Deflection CM deflections on Columns [adm] L / 168 (89%)
CM2 Deflection CM deflections on Rafters [adm] L / 96 (208%)
CM2 Deflection CM deflections on Columns [adm] L / 924 (16%)
CM2 Stress CM stresses on Columns [MPa] 374.67
CM2 Stress CM stresses on Rafters [MPa] 339.74
CM2 Stress CM stresses on Columns [MPa] 180.98
CM2 Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns Lfy [m] 8.02
CM2 Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns Lfz [m] 24.07
CM2 Lfy Buckling lengths on Rafters Lfy [m] 1.72
CM2 Lfz Buckling lengths on Rafters Lfz [m] 20.25
CM2C Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns Lfy [m] 4.20
CM2 Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns Lfz [m] 5.67

330
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Warning, the local axes in Effel Structure are opposite to those in Advance Design.

Solver Result name Result description Reference value


CM2 Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 8.5
CM2 Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 8.5
CM2 Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Ldi [m] 8.61
CM2 Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Lds [m] 1.72
CM2 Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 2
CM2 Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 2

Solver Result name Result description Rate (%) Final section


CM2 Work ratio IPE500 columns - section optimization [adm] 1.59 IPE600
CM2 Work ratio IPE400 rafters - section optimization [adm] 1.45 IPE500
CM2 Work ratio IPE400 columns - section optimization [adm] 0.77 IPE360

331
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.92.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


D Maximum displacement (CMCD) [cm] 12.138 cm 0.19%
Fx Envelope normal force (CMCFN) Min (Fx) [T] -41.6526 T -0.08%
Fx Envelope normal force (CMCFN) Max (Fx) [T] 19.4736 T 0.26%
My Envelope bending moment (CMCFN) Min (Mz)[Tm] -57.1128 T*m -0.01%
My Envelope bending moment (CMCFN) Max (Mz) [Tm] 55.7622 T*m 0.03%
Deflection CM deflections on Columns [adm] 167.595 Adim. -0.24%
Deflection CM deflections on Rafters [adm] 96.077 Adim. 0.08%
Deflection CM deflections on Columns [adm] 925.22 Adim. 0.13%
Stress CM stresses on Columns [MPa] 374.504 MPa -0.04%
Stress CM stresses on Rafters [MPa] 347.516 MPa 2.29%
Stress CM stresses on Columns [MPa] 180.65 MPa -0.18%
Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns Lfy [m] 7.96718 m -0.66%
Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns Lfz [m] 24.0693 m 0.00%
Lfy Buckling lengths on Rafters Lfy [m] 1.72255 m 0.15%
Lfz Buckling lengths on Rafters Lfz [m] 20.2452 m -0.02%
Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns Lfy [m] 4.19567 m -0.10%
Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns Lfz [m] 5.67211 m 0.04%
Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 8.5 m 0.00%
Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 8.5 m 0.00%
Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Ldi [m] 8.61187 m 0.02%
Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Lds [m] 8.61187 m 0.02%
Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 2m 0.00%
Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 2m 0.00%
Work ratio IPE500 columns - section optimization [adm] 1.59363 Adim. 0.23%
Work ratio IPE400 rafters - section optimization [adm] 1.47879 Adim. 1.99%
Work ratio IPE400 columns - section optimization [adm] 0.768724 Adim. -0.17%

332
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.93 FEM Results - United Kingdom: Simply supported laterally restrained (from P364 Open
Sections Example 2)

Test ID: 6327


Test status: Passed

1.93.1 Description
The 533x210x92 UKB in S275 beam is fully laterally restrained along its length and pinned supports, includes a UDL
and point load at the centre.

1.93.2 Background
The 533x210x92 UKB in S275 beam is fully laterally restrained along its length and pinned supports, includes a UDL
and point load at the centre.

1.93.2.1 Model description


Reference: SCI PUBLICATION P364, Steel Building Design: Worked Examples - Open Sections. In accordance with
Eurocodes and the UK National Annexes, Example 2 - Simply supported laterally restrained beam
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem)
Element type: linear
The beam shown in the figure below is fully laterally restrained along its length and has bearing lengths of 50
mm at the unstiffened supports and 75 mm under the point load. Design the beam in S275 steel for the
loading shown below.

The design aspects covered in this example are:


Calculation of design values of actions for ULS and SLS
Cross section classification
Cross sectional resistance:
Shear buckling
Shear
Bending moment
Resistance of web to transverse forces
Vertical deflection of beam at SLS.

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
Depth: h = 533.1 mm
Width: b = 209.3 mm
Flange thickness: = 15.6 mm
Root radius: r = 12.7 mm
Depth between flange fillets: d = 476.5 mm
Second moment of area, y-y axis: = 55200 cm4
Plastic modulus, y-y ax: , = 2360 cm4
Section area: A = 117 cm2

333
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Modulus of elasticity: = 210000 N/mm2

Materials properties
For buildings that will be built in the UK, the nominal values of the yield strength (fy) and the ultimate strength (fu) for
structural steel should be those obtained from the product standard. Where a range is given, the lowest nominal
value should be used.
For S275 steel and t 16 mm
Yield strength: = = 275 /2

1.93.2.2 Shear resistance


Verify that:

1.0
,

For plastic design, , is the design plastic shear resistance (, ).

/3
, = , =
0
is the shear area and is determined as follows for rolled I and H sections with the load applied parallel to the web.
= 2 + ( + 2) = 117 102 (2 209.3 15.6) + 15.6 (10.1 + (2 12.7)) = 7187.5 2
= 1.0 5.109 10.1 = 5069.2 2
Therefore,
= 5723.6 2
The design plastic shear resistance is:
/3 5723.6 275/3
, = = 103 = 909 kN
0 1.0
Maximum design shear = 269.5
269.5
= = 0.30 < 1.0
, 909
Therefore the shear resistance of the section is adequate.

1.93.2.3 Reference results

Result name Result description Reference value


Steel Strength - Work ratio - Fz Shear Resistance 30%

1.93.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My My -539.624 -0.0230 %
kN*m
Fz Fz end -269.602 kN -0.0378 %
Fz Fz mid -62.475 kN 0.0400 %

334
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.94 Verifying results of a steel beam subjected to dynamic temporal loadings (TTAD #14586)

Test ID: 5853


Test status: Passed

1.94.1 Description
Verifies a double-end fixed steel beam subjected to harmonic concentrated loadings.
2 Hz and 3 Hz excitation frequencies are studied.

1.94.2 Background
The harmonic response of a steel beam fixed at both ends is studied. The beam contains 8 elements having the
same length and identical characteristics. Harmonic concentrated loadings (a vertical load and a bending moment)
are applied in the middle of the beam. Two excitation frequencies are studied: 2.0 and 3.0 Hz.

1.94.2.1 Model description


Reference: NE/Nastran V8;
Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: linear.

Units
I. S.

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Beam length: L = 16 m,
Square shaped cross section: b = 0.05 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.06 m ,
Flexion inertia moment about the y (or z) axis: I = 0.0001 m4.

Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,
Poisson coefficient: = 0.3,
Density: = 7850 kg/m3.

Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed support at start point (x = 0),
Fixed support at end point (x = 16.00).

335
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Inner: None.

Loading
External:
Point load at x=8: P = Fz = -50 000 sin (2 f t) N
Bending moment at x=8: M = My = 10000 sin (2 f t) Nm
Internal: None.

1.94.2.2 Harmonic response from NE/Nastran V8

Reference solution
Considering a natural frequency (modal) analysis for a double-end fixed beam, the first four natural frequencies can
be determined using the following formula:

n2 EI
fn =
2 L2 A
The modal response is determined considering 14 modes.
The first four mode shapes and their frequencies are:
12 = 22.37 f1 = 2.937 Hz
22 = 61.67 f2 = 8.095 Hz
32 = 120.9 f3 = 15.871 Hz
42 = 199.8 f4 = 26.228 Hz
The vertical reference displacement is calculated in the middle of the beam at x = 8 m.

Software NE/NASTRAN 8.0


Vertical maximum displacement (f = 2 Hz) in the middle 0.155 m
of the beam
Vertical maximum displacement (f = 3 Hz) in the middle 2.266 m
of the beam

336
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Response in the middle of the beam with f = 2 Hz

Response in the middle of the beam with f = 3 Hz

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam, imposed mesh
9 nodes,
8 linear elements.

337
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.94.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
Deformed D Vertical maximum displacement in the middle of the beam (2 Hz) [m] 0.155 m

Deformed D Vertical maximum displacement in the middle of the beam (3 Hz) [m] 2.266 m

1.94.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


D Vertical maximum displacement in the middle of the beam 15.3783 cm -0.7852 %
(2 Hz)
D Vertical maximum displacement in the middle of the beam 211.41 cm -6.7034 %
(3 Hz)

338
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.95 Checks the bending moments in the central node of a steel frame with two beams having a
rotational stiffness of 42590 kN/m.

Test ID: 6381


Test status: Passed

1.95.1 Description
ECCS-Manual Design of Steel Structures to EC3(2010) L.S da Silva, R Simoes H Gervasio.(page 79-Example 2.2),
point a.
It checks the bending moments in the central node of a steel frame with two beams having a rotational stiffness of
42590 kN/m.

1.96 Verifying a simply supported concrete slab subjected to temperature variation between top
and bottom fibers

Test ID: 6239


Test status: Passed

1.96.1 Description
Verifies a simply supported concrete slab subjected to a variation of temperature (8 Celsius degrees outside and 22
Celsius degrees inside).
In this project, global Z axis is oriented downwards.

1.97 Correct use of symetric steel cross-sections (eg. IPE300S)

Test ID: 6350


Test status: Passed

1.97.1 Description
This test is veryfing if the symetryc steel cross-sections are pushed correctly into the CM2 engine with the inversed
cross-sections characteristics.
Unitl 2015, version SP0, it seems that, even the cross-sections characteristics were inversed in the properties list,
they were not pushed correctly into the CM2. So, the results on a Symetric cross section (eg. IPE300S) are the same
with the results on IPE300.
OBSERVATION:
This test should have Passed status, starting with 2015SP1

1.98 Temperature load: SD frame with elements under tempertature gradient, applied on separate
systems

Test ID: 6362


Test status: Passed

1.98.1 Description
The purpose of this test is check the displacements values of a node (hinge node) on a Static determined frame.
All 3 linear elements are subjected to a load from a temperature applies with different gradient values.
All 3 temperature load cases are applied on each element, using the List option from the temperature load case.

339
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.99 Verifying displacements of a prestressed cable structure with results presented in Tibert,
1999.

Test ID: 6365


Test status: Passed

1.99.1 Description
The model contains 12 prestressed cable elements subjected to a small uniform self-weight and concentrated loads
at each cable intersection point.
Note that the cable net is not in equilibrium under its assumed initial configuration.
The displacement at the cable intersection points under the four point loads is compared with results presented in
Tibert, 1999.

1.100 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1 - France: Verifying the level mass center (TTAD #11573, TTAD #12315)

Test ID: 3609


Test status: Passed

1.100.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a model with two planar concrete elements with a linear support. Verifies
the level mass center and generates the "Excited total masses" and "Level modal mass and rigidity centers" reports.
The model consists of two planar concrete elements with a linear fixed support. The loads applied on the model are:
self weight, a planar live load of -1 kN and seism loads according to French standards of Eurocodes 8.

1.101 Verifying Sxx results on beams (TTAD #11599)

Test ID: 3595


Test status: Passed

1.101.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a complex model with concrete, steel and timber elements. Verifies the
Sxx results on beams. Generates the maximum stresses report.
The structure has 40 timber linear elements, 24 concrete linear elements, 143 steel elements. The loads applied on
the structure: dead loads, live loads, snow loads, wind loads and temperature loads (according to Eurocodes).

1.102 Verifying forces results on concrete linear elements (TTAD #11647)

Test ID: 3551


Test status: Passed

1.102.1 Description
Verifies forces results on concrete beams consisting of a linear element and on beams consisting of two linear
elements. Generates the linear elements forces by load case report.

340
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.103 Generating results for Torsors NZ/Group (TTAD #11633)

Test ID: 3594


Test status: Passed

1.103.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a complex concrete structure with four levels. Generates results for
Torsors NZ/Group. Verifies the legend results.
The structure has 88 linear elements, 30 planar elements, 48 windwalls, etc.

1.104 Verifying diagrams for Mf Torsors on divided walls (TTAD #11557)

Test ID: 3610


Test status: Passed

1.104.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the results diagrams for Mf torsors on a high wall divided in 6
walls (by height).
The loads applied on the model: self weight, two live load cases and seism loads according to Eurocodes 8.

1.105 Generating planar efforts before and after selecting a saved view (TTAD #11849)

Test ID: 3454


Test status: Passed

1.105.1 Description
Generates efforts for all planar elements before and after selecting the third saved view.

1.106 Verifying stresses in beam with "extend into wall" property (TTAD #11680)

Test ID: 3491


Test status: Passed

1.106.1 Description
Verifies the results on two concrete beams which have the "Extend into the wall" option enabled. One of the beams is
connected to 2 walls on both sides and one with a wall and a pole. Generates the linear elements forces by elements
report.

1.107 Verifying forces for triangular meshing on planar element (TTAD #11723)

Test ID: 3463


Test status: Passed

1.107.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation, verifies the forces for triangular meshing on a planar element and generates
a report for planar elements forces by load case.
The planar element is a square shell (5 m) with a thickness of 20 cm, C20/25 material with a linear rigid support. A
linear load of -10.00 kN is applied on FZ direction.

341
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.108 Verifying constraints for triangular mesh on planar elements (TTAD #11447)

Test ID: 3460


Test status: Passed

1.108.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation, verifies the stresses for triangular mesh on a planar element and generates
a report for planar elements stresses in neutral fiber.
The planar element is 20 cm thick, C20/25 material with a linear rigid support. A linear load of 30.00 kN is applied on
FX direction.

1.109 Verifying the displacement results on linear elements for vertical seism (TTAD #11756)

Test ID: 3442


Test status: Passed

1.109.1 Description
Verifies the displacements results on an inclined steel bar for vertical seism according to Eurocodes 8 localization
and generates the corresponding report.
The steel bar has a rigid support and IPE100 cross section and is subjected to self weight and seism load on Z
direction (vertical).

1.110 Verifying diagrams after changing the view from standard (top, left,...) to user view (TTAD
#11854)

Test ID: 3539


Test status: Passed

1.110.1 Description
Verifies the results diagrams display after changing the view from standard (top, left,...) to user view.

1.111 Verifying tension/compression supports on nonlinear analysis (TTAD #11518)

Test ID: 4198


Test status: Passed

1.111.1 Description
Verifies the behavior of supports with several rigidities fields defined.
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the "Displacements of linear elements by element" report.
The model consists of a vertical linear element (concrete B20, R20*30 cross section) with a rigid punctual support at
the base and a T/C punctual support at the top. A value of 15000.00 kN/m is defined for the KTX and KTZ stiffeners
of the T/C support. Two loads of 500.00 kN are applied.

342
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.112 Verifying results on punctual supports (TTAD #11489)

Test ID: 3693


Test status: Passed

1.112.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the punctual supports report, containing the following tables:
"Displacements of point supports by load case", "Displacements of point supports by element", "Point support actions
by load case", "Point support actions by element" and "Sum of actions on supports and nodes restraints".
The structure consists of concrete, steel and timber linear elements with punctual supports.

1.113 Generating a report with torsors per level (TTAD #11421)

Test ID: 3774


Test status: Passed

1.113.1 Description
Generates a report with the torsors per level results.

1.114 Verifying nonlinear analysis results for frames with semi-rigid joints and rigid joints (TTAD
#11495)

Test ID: 3795


Test status: Passed

1.114.1 Description
Verifies the nonlinear analysis results for two frames with one level. One of the frames has semi-rigid joints and the
other has rigid joints.

1.115 Verifying the main axes results on a planar element (TTAD #11725)

Test ID: 4310


Test status: Passed

1.115.1 Description
Verifies the main axes results on a planar element.
Performs the finite elements calculation for a concrete wall (20 cm thick) with a linear support. Displays the forces
results on the planar element main axes.

343
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.116 Verifying tension/compression supports on nonlinear analysis (TTAD #11518)

Test ID: 4197


Test status: Passed

1.116.1 Description
Verifies the supports behavior when the rigidity has a high value.
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the "Displacements of linear elements by element" report.
The model consists of a vertical linear element (concrete B20, R20*30 cross section) with a rigid punctual support at
the base and a T/C punctual support at the top. A large value of the KTX stiffener of the T/C support is defined. Two
loads of 500.00 kN are applied.

1.117 Verifying the display of the forces results on planar supports (TTAD #11728)

Test ID: 4375


Test status: Passed

1.117.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the display of the forces results on a planar support. The model
consists of a concrete vertical element with a planar support.

1.118 Calculating torsors using different mesh sizes for a concrete wall subjected to a horizontal
force (TTAD #13175)

Test ID: 5088


Test status: Passed

1.118.1 Description
Calculates torsors using different mesh sizes for a concrete wall subjected to a horizontal force.

1.119 Verifying torsors on a single story coupled walls subjected to horizontal forces

Test ID: 4804


Test status: Passed

1.119.1 Description
Verifies torsors on a single story coupled walls subjected to horizontal forces

1.120 Verifying forces on a linear elastic support which is defined in a user workplane (TTAD
#11929)

Test ID: 4553


Test status: Passed

1.120.1 Description
Verifies forces on a linear elastic support, which is defined in a user workplane, and generates a report with forces for
linear support in global and local workplane.

344
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1.121 Verifying the internal forces results for a simple supported steel beam

Test ID: 4533


Test status: Passed

1.121.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation for a horizontal element (S235 material and IPE180 cross section) with two
hinge rigid supports at each end. One of the supports has translation restraints on X, Y and Z, the other support has
restraints on Y and Z.
Verifies the internal forces My, Fz.
Validated according to:
Example: 3.1 - Simple beam bending without the stability loss
Publication: Steel structures members - Examples according to Eurocodes
By: F. Wald a kol.

345
2 CAD, rendering and visualization
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

2.1 Verifying the annotations dimensions when new analysis is made (TTAD #14825)

Test ID: 6199


Test status: Passed

2.1.1 Description
Verifies the annotations dimensions when new analysis is made. It takes a printscreen of the loaded saved view.

2.2 Verifying the default view (TTAD #13248)

Test ID: 6198


Test status: Passed

2.2.1 Description
Verifies the default view to be the top view. It takes a printscreen of the loaded saved view.

2.3 Verifying the saved view of elements with annotations. (TTAD #13033)

Test ID: 6209


Test status: Passed

2.3.1 Description
Verifies the saved view of elements with annotations. It makes saved views and takes printscreens of them after
switching between them.

2.4 Verifying the visualisation of supports with rotational or moving DoFs (TTAD #13891)

Test ID: 6213


Test status: Passed

2.4.1 Description
Verifies the visualisation of supports with rotational or moving DoFs by taking a printscreen.

348
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

2.5 Verifying the annotations of a wind generated load (TTAD #13190)

Test ID: 6210


Test status: Passed

2.5.1 Description
Verifies annotations of a wind generated load. It generates wind on the current 2 slope building( the remarks are
filled) then hides all the elements, makes visible only the load with identifier 1 and takes a printscreen.

2.6 Verifying the dimensions and position of annotations on selection when new analysis is made
(TTAD #12807)

Test ID: 6201


Test status: Passed

2.6.1 Description
Verifies the dimensions and position of annotations on selection when new analysis is made. It takes a printscreen of
the loaded saved view.

2.7 Verifying the annotation of a variable surface load (TTAD #13618)

Test ID: 6371


Test status: Passed

2.7.1 Description
Verifies the annotation of a variable surface load. It takes a printscreen in descriptive model.

2.8 Verifying hide/show elements command (TTAD #11753)

Test ID: 3443


Test status: Passed

2.8.1 Description
Verifies the hide/show elements command for the whole structure using the right-click option.

2.9 Verifying the grid text position (TTAD #11657)

Test ID: 3465


Test status: Passed

2.9.1 Description
Verifies the grid text position from different views.

2.10 System stability during section cut results verification (TTAD #11752)

Test ID: 3457


Test status: Passed

2.10.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the section cut results on a concrete planar element with an
opening.

349
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

2.11 Verifying the grid text position (TTAD #11704)

Test ID: 3464


Test status: Passed

2.11.1 Description
Verifies the grid text position from different views.

2.12 Generating combinations (TTAD #11721)

Test ID: 3468


Test status: Passed

2.12.1 Description
Generates combinations for three types of loads: live loads, dead loads and snow (with an altitude > 1000 m and
base effect); generates the combinations description report.

2.13 Verifying the coordinates system symbol (TTAD #11611)

Test ID: 3550


Test status: Passed

2.13.1 Description
Verifies the coordinates system symbol display from different views.

2.14 Verifying descriptive actors after creating analysis (TTAD #11589)

Test ID: 3579


Test status: Passed

2.14.1 Description
Generates the finite elements calculation on a complex concrete structure (C35/45 material). Verifies the descriptive
actors after creating the analysis.
The structure consists of 42 linear elements, 303 planar elements, 202 supports, etc. 370 planar loads are applied:
live loads, dead loads and temperature.

2.15 Creating a camera (TTAD #11526)

Test ID: 3608


Test status: Passed

2.15.1 Description
Verifies the camera creation and visibility.

2.16 Creating a circle (TTAD #11525)

Test ID: 3607


Test status: Passed

2.16.1 Description
Creates a circle.

350
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

2.17 Verifying the local axes of a section cut (TTAD #11681)

Test ID: 3637


Test status: Passed

2.17.1 Description
Changes the local axes of a section cut in the descriptive model and verifies if the local axes are kept in analysis
model.

2.18 Verifying the snap points behavior during modeling (TTAD #11458)

Test ID: 3644


Test status: Passed

2.18.1 Description
Verifies the snap points behavior when the "Allowed deformation" function is enabled (stretch points) and when it is
disabled (grip points).

2.19 Verifying the representation of elements with HEA cross section (TTAD #11328)

Test ID: 3701


Test status: Passed

2.19.1 Description
Verifies the representation of elements with HEA340 cross section.

2.20 Verifying the display of elements with compound cross sections (TTAD #11486)

Test ID: 3742


Test status: Passed

2.20.1 Description
Creates an element with compound cross section (CS1 IPE400 IPE240) and verifies the cross section display.

2.21 Verifying holes in horizontal planar elements after changing the level height (TTAD #11490)

Test ID: 3740


Test status: Passed

2.21.1 Description
Verifies holes in horizontal planar elements after changing the level height.

2.22 Modeling using the tracking snap mode (TTAD #10979)

Test ID: 3745


Test status: Passed

2.22.1 Description
Enables the "tracking" snap mode to model structure elements.

351
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

2.23 Verifying the descriptive model display after post processing results in analysis mode (TTAD
#11475)

Test ID: 3733


Test status: Passed

2.23.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and displays the forces results on linear elements. Returns to the model
mode to verify the descriptive model display.

2.24 Moving a linear element along with the support (TTAD #12110)

Test ID: 4302


Test status: Passed

2.24.1 Description
Moves a linear element along with the element support, after selecting both elements.

2.25 Verifying the "ghost display on selection" function for saved views (TTAD #12054)

Test ID: 4347


Test status: Passed

2.25.1 Description
Verifies the display of saved views which contain elements with the "ghost on selection" function enabled.

2.26 Verifying the "ghost" display after changing the display colors (TTAD #12064)

Test ID: 4349


Test status: Passed

2.26.1 Description
Verifies the "ghost" display on selected elements after changing the element display color.

2.27 Turning on/off the "ghost" rendering mode (TTAD #11999)

Test ID: 4304


Test status: Passed

2.27.1 Description
Verifies the on/off function for the "ghost" rendering mode when the workplane display is disabled.

2.28 Verifying the fixed load scale function (TTAD #12183).

Test ID: 4429


Test status: Passed

2.28.1 Description
Verifies the "fixed load scale" function.

352
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

2.29 Verifying the steel connections modeling (TTAD #11698)

Test ID: 4440


Test status: Passed

2.29.1 Description
Verifies the modeling of steel connections.

2.30 Verifying the dividing of planar elements which contain openings (TTAD #12229)

Test ID: 4483


Test status: Passed

2.30.1 Description
Verifies the dividing of planar elements which contain openings.

2.31 Verifying the display of punctual loads after changing the load case number (TTAD #11958)

Test ID: 4508


Test status: Passed

2.31.1 Description
Creates a punctual load and verifies the display of the load after placing it in another load case using the load case
number from the properties window.

2.32 Verifying the display of a beam with haunches (TTAD #12299)

Test ID: 4513


Test status: Passed

2.32.1 Description
Verifies the display of a beam with haunches, in the "Linear contour" rendering mode.

2.33 Verifying the program behavior when trying to create lintel (TTAD #12062)

Test ID: 4507


Test status: Passed

2.33.1 Description
Verifies the program behavior when trying to create lintel on a planar element with an inappropriate opening.

2.34 Verifying the program behavior when launching the analysis on a model with overlapped loads
(TTAD #11837)

Test ID: 4511


Test status: Passed

2.34.1 Description
Verifies the program behavior when launching the analysis on a model that had overlapped loads.

353
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

2.35 Creating base plate connections for non-vertical columns (TTAD #12170)

Test ID: 4534


Test status: Passed

2.35.1 Description
Creates a base plate connection on a non-vertical column.

2.36 Verifying drawing of joints in y-z plan (TTAD #12453)

Test ID: 4551


Test status: Passed

2.36.1 Description
Verifying drawing of joints in y-z plan (TTAD #12453)

2.37 Verifying rotation for steel beam with joint (TTAD #12592)

Test ID: 4560


Test status: Passed

2.37.1 Description
Verifying rotation for steel beam with joint at one end (TTAD #12592)

2.38 Verifying annotation on selection (TTAD #12700)

Test ID: 4575


Test status: Passed

2.38.1 Description
Verifying annotation on selection (TTAD #12700)

2.39 Verifying the saved view of elements by cross-section (TTAD #13197)

Test ID: 6180


Test status: Passed

2.39.1 Description
Verifies the saved view of elements by cross-section. It takes a printscreen of the loaded saved view.

354
3 Climatic generator
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.1 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof
compounds with different height (TTAD 13159)

Test ID: 6187


Test status: Passed

3.1.1 Description
Generates snow loads on on 2 side by side single roof compounds, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). One compound is higher than the other and the slopes have opposite sign. Exceptional snow
falls and accumulations are checked.

3.2 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof
compounds with different height (TTAD 13158)

Test ID: 6188


Test status: Passed

3.2.1 Description
Generates snow loads on on 2 side by side single roof compounds, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). One compound is higher than the other and the slopes have opposite sign. The model is
reversed in comparison with the one from 6187 and has only the exceptional snow fall is checked.

3.3 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an multibay
canopy roof (DEV2013#4.3)

Test ID: 5595


Test status: Passed

3.3.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and a multibay canopy
roof.

3.4 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets.
(TTAD #14578)

Test ID: 6193


Test status: Passed

3.4.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets on Y+/- sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

356
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.5 EC1 / CSN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Czech Republic: Snow load generation on building with 2 slopes >
60 degrees (TTAD #14235)

Test ID: 6185


Test status: Passed

3.5.1 Description
Generates snow load on building with 2 slopes > 60 degrees, according to the Eurocodes 1 - Czech standard.

3.6 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope
building (TTAD #13663)

Test ID: 6196


Test status: Passed

3.6.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF
EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.7 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a custom multiple slope building
(TTAD #14285)

Test ID: 6197


Test status: Passed

3.7.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF
EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.8 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D snow loads on a 2 slope portal with one
lateral parapet (TTAD #14530)

Test ID: 6195


Test status: Passed

3.8.1 Description
Generates 2D snow loads on a 2 slope portal with one lateral parapet, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.9 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets
(TTAD #14179)

Test ID: 6184


Test status: Passed

3.9.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

357
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.10 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on multibay canopies (TTAD #11668)

Test ID: 6164


Test status: Passed

3.10.1 Description
Generates wind loads on multibay canopies, according to the Eurocodes 1 France.

3.11 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with parapets.
(TTAD #13671)

Test ID: 6167


Test status: Passed

3.11.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building with lateral parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.12 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Snow load generation on compound with a double-roof
volume close to a single-roof volume (TTAD #13559)

Test ID: 6166


Test status: Passed

3.12.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a metal based compound with a double-roof volume close to a single-roof volume
according to the Eurocodes 1 France.

3.13 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto (TTAD
#12823)

Test ID: 6165


Test status: Passed

3.13.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 3 slope building according to the Eurocodes 1 France standard using auto CsCd values
and CsCd min to 0.7.

3.14 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a canopy. (TTAD #13855)

Test ID: 6171


Test status: Passed

3.14.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a canopy, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) only for
selected wind directions.

358
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.15 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 35m high structure with CsCd
min set to 0.7 and Delta to 0.15. (TTAD #11196)

Test ID: 6170


Test status: Passed

3.15.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the roof a 35m high structure, according to Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-
4/NA) with CsCd min set to 0.7 and Delta to 0.15.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

3.16 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a single-roof volume compound
with parapets. (TTAD #13672)

Test ID: 6169


Test status: Passed

3.16.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a single-roof volume compound with lateral parapets on all sides, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.17 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a shed with parapets. (TTAD
#12494)

Test ID: 6175


Test status: Passed

3.17.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a model which contains 4 slopes with lateral parapets on X+/- direction, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies also the valley accumulation.

3.18 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a shed with gutters building.
(TTAD #13856)

Test ID: 6174


Test status: Passed

3.18.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a model from CTCIM which contains 4 slopes with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 -
French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies also the valley accumulation.

359
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.19 NV2009 - France: Verifying wind on a protruding canopy. (TTAD #13880)

Test ID: 6173


Test status: Passed

3.19.1 Description
Generates wind on a protruding canopy according to NV2009 - French climatic standards.

3.20 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof
compounds with parapets (TTAD #13992)

Test ID: 6179


Test status: Passed

3.20.1 Description
Generates snow loads on on 2 side by side single roof compounds with parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 -
French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). One compound is much higher than the other and has the slope < 15
degrees causing the drifted snow to dissipate.

3.21 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame.
(TTAD #13169)

Test ID: 6178


Test status: Passed

3.21.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-
1-3/NA).

3.22 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof
compounds (TTAD #13286)

Test ID: 6177


Test status: Passed

3.22.1 Description
Generates snow loads on on 2 side by side single roof compounds, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies the normal and accidental snow loads on Y+/- wind directions.

3.23 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with parapets.
(TTAD #13669)

Test ID: 6168


Test status: Passed

3.23.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slope building with lateral parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

360
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.24 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with increased
height. (TTAD #13759)

Test ID: 6172


Test status: Passed

3.24.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slope building with increased height to 26m, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.25 EC1 / CR 1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Snow load generation on a 3 compound building (TTAD
#13930s)

Test ID: 6183


Test status: Passed

3.25.1 Description
Generates snow load generation on a 3 compound building according to the Eurocodes 1 Romanian standard (CR 1-
1-3/2012). 2 compounds are double sloped and one is single sloped. It also verifies parapet and valley
accumulations.

3.26 EC1 / CR 1-1-4/2012 - Romania: Wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto (TTAD
#13930w)

Test ID: 6182


Test status: Passed

3.26.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 3 compound building according to the Eurocodes 1 Romanian standard (CR 1-1-4/2012)
using auto CsCd values and CsCd min to 0.7. 2 compounds are double sloped and one is single sloped.

3.27 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with custom
pressure values. (TTAD #14004)

Test ID: 6176


Test status: Passed

3.27.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
It verifies the accidental accumulation from exceptional drifted snow when other region is selected.

3.28 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters
and lateral parapets (TTAD #14005)

Test ID: 6181


Test status: Passed

3.28.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and lateral parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

361
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.29 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters.
(TTAD #12808)

Test ID: 4849


Test status: Passed

3.29.1 Description
Generates snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN
1991-1-3/NA).

3.30 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on two side by side buildings with
gutters (TTAD #12806)

Test ID: 4848


Test status: Passed

3.30.1 Description
Generates snow loads on two side by side buildings with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.31 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters.
(TTAD #12835)

Test ID: 4850


Test status: Passed

3.31.1 Description
Generates snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. The lower building is longer. The wind loads are generated
according to Eurocodes 1 - French standards (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.32 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building.
(TTAD #12719)

Test ID: 4847


Test status: Passed

3.32.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a model from CTCIM which contains 4 slopes with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 -
French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies snow fall from higher to lower close building.

3.33 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters.
(TTAD #12841)

Test ID: 4851


Test status: Passed

3.33.1 Description
Generates snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. The lower building is longer and has a 4 slope shed and the
higher building has a 2 slope roof. The snow loads are generated according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

362
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.34 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters
and parapets. (TTAD #12878)

Test ID: 4852


Test status: Passed

3.34.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and lateral parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes
1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.35 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on a high building with double slope
roof using different parameters defined per directions (DEV2013#4.2)

Test ID: 5561


Test status: Passed

3.35.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 FR standard using
different parameters defined per directions.
The structure is 22m high, has 4 columns and 7 beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), rigid supports
and a double slope roof.

3.36 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on a high building with a horizontal
roof using different CsCd values for each direction (DEV2013#4.4)

Test ID: 5596


Test status: Passed

3.36.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 France standard using
different CsCd values for each direction : X+ auto; X- imposed to 0.9; Y+ auto and Y- no.
The structure is 35m high, has 4 columns and 4 beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), rigid supports
and a horizontal roof.

3.37 EC1 / BS EN 1991-1-4 - United Kingdom: Wind load generation on a high building with
horizontal roof (DEV2013#4.1) (TTAD #12608)

Test ID: 5560


Test status: Passed

3.37.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the BS EN 1991-1-4:2005 standard.
The structure is 63m high, has 4 columns and 4 beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), rigid supports
and horizontal roof.

363
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.38 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof
with double slope (DEV2013#4.3)

Test ID: 5594


Test status: Passed

3.38.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard. The obstruction is
different for each direction: X+ 1; X- 0.9; Y+ 0.8 and Y- 0.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and an isolated roof
with double slope.

3.39 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof
with one slope (DEV2013#4.3)

Test ID: 5593


Test status: Passed

3.39.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard. The obstruction is
different for each direction: X+ 1; X- 0; Y+ 0.8 and Y- 1.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and an isolated roof
with one slope.

3.40 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a single slope with lateral
parapets (TTAD #12606)

Test ID: 4570


Test status: Passed

3.40.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a single slope with lateral parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF
EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.41 NV2009 - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame at 15m height (TTAD
#12604)

Test ID: 4567


Test status: Passed

3.41.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame at 15m height, according to the French standard (NV2009).

364
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.42 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building
(TTAD #12716)

Test ID: 4846


Test status: Passed

3.42.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a model from CTCIM which contains 4 slopes with gutters and lateral parapets, according
to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It also verifies snow fall from higher to lower close
building.

3.43 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a square based lattice structure
with compound profiles and automatic calculation of "n" (TTAD #12744)

Test ID: 4580


Test status: Passed

3.43.1 Description
Generates the wind loads on a square based lattice structure with compound profiles, using automatic calculation of
"n" - eigen mode frequency. The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 - French standards (NF EN
1991-1-4/NA).

3.44 EC1 / BS EN 1991-1-4 - United Kingdom: Generating wind loads on a square based structure
(TTAD #12608)

Test ID: 4845


Test status: Passed

3.44.1 Description
Generates the wind loads on a square based structure. The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 - UK
standards (BS EN 1991-1-4:2005).

3.45 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters
(TTAD #12528)

Test ID: 4569


Test status: Passed

3.45.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters on each slope and middle parapets, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

365
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.46 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters
(TTAD #12528)

Test ID: 4568


Test status: Passed

3.46.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters on each slope and lateral parapets, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.47 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame with
parapets (TTAD #11111)

Test ID: 4546


Test status: Passed

3.47.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame with parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). The third slope is an extension of the roof with a different angle.

3.48 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Verifying the geometry of wind loads on an irregular shed
(TTAD #12233)

Test ID: 4478


Test status: Passed

3.48.1 Description
Verifies the geometry of wind loads on an irregular shed. The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 -
French standard.

3.49 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Verifying the wind loads generated on a building with
protruding roof (TTAD #12071, #12278)

Test ID: 4510


Test status: Passed

3.49.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with protruding roof, according to the Eurocodes 1 -
French standard. Verifies the wind loads from both directions and generates the "Description of climatic loads" report.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R2*3 cross section and B20 material) and rigid supports.

3.50 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (VT :
3.4 - Snow - Example A)

Test ID: 4518


Test status: Passed

3.50.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-
1-3/NA)

366
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.51 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (VT :
3.3 - Wind - Example C)

Test ID: 4523


Test status: Passed

3.51.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-
1-4/NA).

3.52 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with one slope
roof (VT : 3.2 - Wind - Example B)

Test ID: 4521


Test status: Passed

3.52.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 3D portal frame with one slope roof, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF
EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.53 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with
compound profiles and user defined "n" (TTAD #12276)

Test ID: 4526


Test status: Passed

3.53.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles using user defined "n" - eigen
mode frequency - (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12276).

3.54 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (VT :
3.1 - Wind - Example A)

Test ID: 4520


Test status: Passed

3.54.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-
1-4/NA).

3.55 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a triangular based lattice
structure with compound profiles and automatic calculation of "n" (TTAD #12276)

Test ID: 4525


Test status: Passed

3.55.1 Description
Generates the wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles, using automatic calculation
of "n" - eigen mode frequency (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA). The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 -
French standards.

367
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.56 NV2009 - France: Verifying wind and snow reports for a protruding roof (TTAD #11318)

Test ID: 4536


Test status: Passed

3.56.1 Description
Generates wind loads and snow loads according to NV2009 - French climatic standards. Verifies wind and snow
reports for a protruding roof.

3.57 EC1 / SR EN 1991-1-4/NB - Romania: Generating the description of climatic loads report (TTAD
#11688)

Test ID: 4104


Test status: Passed

3.57.1 Description
Generates the "Description of climatic loads" report according to EC1 Romanian standards.
The model consists of a steel portal frame with rigid fixed supports. Haunches are defined at both ends of the beams.
Dead loads and SR EN 1991-1-4/NB wind loads are generated.

3.58 EC1 / CR 1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD
#11570)

Test ID: 4086


Test status: Passed

3.58.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 Romanian
standards.
The structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports, with rectangular cross
section (R20*30).

3.59 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with
roof thickness greater than the parapet height (TTAD #11943)

Test ID: 3706


Test status: Passed

3.59.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with roof thickness greater than the parapet height, according to
Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

368
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.60 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with 2
fully opened windwalls (TTAD #11937)

Test ID: 3705


Test status: Passed

3.60.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with 2 fully opened windwalls, according to the Eurocodes 1
French standards.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with rigid fixed supports.

3.61 EC1 / CR 1-1-4/2012 - Romania: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD
#11687)

Test ID: 4055


Test status: Passed

3.61.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 Romanian
standards.
The structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports.

3.62 EC1 / CR 1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD
#11569)

Test ID: 4087


Test status: Passed

3.62.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 Romanian
standards.
The structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports, with rectangular cross
section (R20*30).

3.63 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD
#11699)

Test ID: 4085


Test status: Passed

3.63.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame according to Eurocodes 1 French standards, using the "Case 1"
formula for calculating the turbulence factor.
The structure consists of steel elements with hinge rigid supports.

369
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.64 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD
#11531)

Test ID: 4090


Test status: Passed

3.64.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 French standards -
Martinique wind speed.
The structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports, with rectangular cross
section (R20*30).

3.65 NV2009 - France: Generating wind loads and snow loads on a simple structure with planar
support (TTAD #11380)

Test ID: 4091


Test status: Passed

3.65.1 Description
Generates wind loads and snow loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with a planar support, according to
NV2009 French standards.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material).

3.66 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Verifying the snow loads generated on a monopitch frame
(TTAD #11302)

Test ID: 3713


Test status: Passed

3.66.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a monopitch frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and B20 material) with rigid fixed supports.

3.67 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating snow loads on two side by side roofs with
different heights (DEV2012 #3.13)

Test ID: 3615


Test status: Passed

3.67.1 Description
Generates snow loads on two side by side roofs with different heights, according to Eurocodes 1 German standards.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

370
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.68 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating wind loads on a 55m high structure
(DEV2012 #3.12)

Test ID: 3618


Test status: Passed

3.68.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a 55m high structure, according to Eurocodes 1 German standards.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

3.69 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating snow loads on monopitch multispan roofs
(DEV2012 #3.13)

Test ID: 3614


Test status: Passed

3.69.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a monopitch multispan roofs structure, according to Eurocodes 1 German
standards.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

3.70 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with
gutter (TTAD #11113)

Test ID: 3603


Test status: Passed

3.70.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with gutter, according to Eurocodes 1. The
structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports.

3.71 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating snow loads on duopitch multispan roofs
(DEV2012 #3.13)

Test ID: 3613


Test status: Passed

3.71.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of duopitch multispan roofs structure, according to Eurocodes 1 German
standards.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

371
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.72 EC1 / CSN EN 1991-1-4/NA - Czech Republic: Generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal
frame (DEV2012 #3.18)

Test ID: 3621


Test status: Passed

3.72.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a double slope 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 Czech
standard (CSN EN 1991-1-4).
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material).

3.73 EC1 / CSN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Czech Republic: Generating snow loads on two close roofs with
different heights (DEV2012 #3.18)

Test ID: 3623


Test status: Passed

3.73.1 Description
Generates snow loads on two close roofs with different heights, according to Eurocodes 1 Czech standards.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

3.74 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Snow on a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and parapet
with height reduction (TTAD #11191)

Test ID: 3605


Test status: Passed

3.74.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and 2 parapets, according to
Eurocodes 1. The height of one parapet is reduced.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

3.75 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with a roof
which has a small span (< 5m) and a parapet (TTAD #11735)

Test ID: 3606


Test status: Passed

3.75.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 3D portal frame with a roof which has a small span (< 5m) and a
parapet, according to Eurocodes 1.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

372
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.76 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on simple 3D portal frame with 4 slopes
roof (TTAD #11604)

Test ID: 3104


Test status: Passed

3.76.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with 4 slopes roof, according to the Eurocodes 1
standard.
The structure has 6 concrete columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with rigid supports and C20/25
concrete walls.

3.77 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal frame with
a fully opened face (DEV2012 #1.6)

Test ID: 3535


Test status: Passed

3.77.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), a double slope roof and
a fully opened face.

3.78 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on duopitch multispan roofs with
pitch < 5 degrees (TTAD #11852)

Test ID: 3530


Test status: Passed

3.78.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a steel structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has steel columns and beams (I cross section and S275 material), rigid hinge supports and multispan
roofs with pitch < 5 degrees.

3.79 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a signboard

Test ID: 3107


Test status: Passed

3.79.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwall of a concrete signboard, according to the Eurocodes 1 standard.
The signboard has concrete elements (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and rigid supports.

373
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.80 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with 2 slopes
roof (TTAD #11932)

Test ID: 3004


Test status: Passed

3.80.1 Description
Generates the wind loads on a concrete structure according to the French Eurocodes 1 standard.
The structure has a roof with two slopes, concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material).
The columns have rigid supports.

3.81 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a high building with horizontal roof

Test ID: 3101


Test status: Passed

3.81.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 standard.
The structure is 63m high, has 4 columns and 4 beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), rigid supports
and horizontal roof.

3.82 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a building with multispan roofs

Test ID: 3106


Test status: Passed

3.82.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with multispan roofs, according to the Eurocodes 1
standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and rigid supports.

3.83 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a simple 3D structure with horizontal
roof

Test ID: 3099


Test status: Passed

3.83.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and horizontal roof.

3.84 CR1-1-3/2012 - Romania - 2D Climatic generator on a portal frame with big slopes

Test ID: 6356


Test status: Passed

3.84.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to check the 2D climatic generator for the snow actions.
The model consisist in a 2D portal frame with 2 slopes: 45degrees & bigger than 60degrees.

374
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.85 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on an isolated roof with two slopes
(TTAD #11695)

Test ID: 3529


Test status: Passed

3.85.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and an isolated roof with
two slopes.

3.86 NTC 2008: Wind load generation on a double slope 3D portal frame (DEV2015#6) (TTAD
#15660)

Test ID: 6368


Test status: Passed

3.86.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a double slope 3D portal frame, according to the NTC 2008 standard.

3.87 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a simple 3D portal frame with 2 slopes
roof (TTAD #11602)

Test ID: 3103


Test status: Passed

3.87.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with 2 slopes roof, according to the Eurocodes 1
standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and rigid supports.

3.88 NF EN 1991-1-4/NA: Wind generation on a 2 slope building with one awning (TTAD #13999)

Test ID: 6372


Test status: Passed

3.88.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slope building with one awning, Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.89 NTC 2008: Wind and snow load generation on a one slope compound next to a higher single
slope compound (DEV2015#6) (TTAD #15425)

Test ID: 6366


Test status: Passed

3.89.1 Description
Generates wind and snow loads on the windwalls of one slope compound next to a higher single slope compound,
according to the NTC 2008 standard.

375
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.90 CR1-1-3/2012 - Romania - Snow with adjacent roof, big slope

Test ID: 6357


Test status: Passed

3.90.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to check the value of the snow loads generated on a flat roof.
The adjacent roof has a slobe biger than 15degrees, which means that the us has 50% from
the bigger shape coefficient of the adjacent roof.

3.91 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating wind loads on an antenna tower (TTAD
#15493)

Test ID: 6367


Test status: Passed

3.91.1 Description
Generates wind loads on an antenna tower, according to the DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA standard.

3.92 NF EN 1991-1-3/NA: Snow generation on a slope compound next to a higher single slope
compound (TTAD #15923)

Test ID: 6370


Test status: Passed

3.92.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a slope compound next to a higher single slope compound, according to the Eurocodes 1 -
French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).

3.93 CR1-1-3/2012 - Romania - Snow accumulation on multiple roofs

Test ID: 6359


Test status: Passed

3.93.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to check the snow loads values generated on a multiple roof.
OBSERVATION:
On v.2015 the shape coefficient value has a wrong value.

376
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.94 CR1-1-4/2012 - Romania - Wind on signboards

Test ID: 6353


Test status: Passed

3.94.1 Description
This test allows to evaluate the windloads generated automatically on a signboard.
The model contains a windwall defined as a signboards.
Loads are generated according with CR 1-1-4/2012.
The values are checked with a text refference file which represents the loads description by case.

3.95 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope portal (TTAD
#14531)

Test ID: 6194


Test status: Passed

3.95.1 Description
Generates 2D wind loads on a 2 slope portal, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.96 NTC 2008: Wind load generation on a higher double slope 3D portal frame (DEV2015#6) (TTAD
#15698)

Test ID: 6369


Test status: Passed

3.96.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a higher double slope 3D portal frame, according to the NTC 2008 standard.

3.97 CR1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Snow loads values generated on a symetrical duo-pitch roof

Test ID: 6343


Test status: Passed

3.97.1 Description
This automatic test purpose is to check the values of the snow loads which are generated automatically, according
with CR 1-1-3/2012, on a symetrical duo-pitch roof.

3.98 CR1-1-4/2012 - Romania - The wind load position for cannopy roofs, one slope (TTAD #16230)

Test ID: 6354


Test status: Passed

3.98.1 Description
This test verifies the loads position, generated by the wind generator, according with CR 1-1-4/2012, for a single
slope cannopy roof.
In version 2015 SP0, the loads are not place corectly as the d distance (from the d/4) formula, is considered the
projected lenght.
The d - distance should be the full lenght of the cannopy roof.

377
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.99 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a double slope with 5 degrees
(TTAD #15307)

Test ID: 6217


Test status: Passed

3.99.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a double slope with 5 degrees, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN
1991-1-4/NA).

3.100 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a multiple roof portal (TTAD
#15140)

Test ID: 6208


Test status: Passed

3.100.1 Description
Generates 2D wind loads on a one slope compound next to a higher double slope compound, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.101 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 horizontal slopes building
one higher that the other (TTAD #13320)

Test ID: 6212


Test status: Passed

3.101.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 horizontal slopes building one higher that the other, according to the Eurocodes 1 -
French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

3.102 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D snow loads on a one horizontal slope portal
(TTAD #14975)

Test ID: 6203


Test status: Passed

3.102.1 Description
Verifies the generation of 2D snow loads on a one horizontal slope portal.

3.103 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope isolated roof (TTAD
#14985)

Test ID: 6204


Test status: Passed

3.103.1 Description
Generates 2D wind loads on a 2 slope isolated roof, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-
4/NA). The depth for one slope is set to 20m and for the other to 40m.

378
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.104 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA + NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D wind and snow loads
on a 2 opposite slopes portal with Z down axis (TTAD #15094)

Test ID: 6206


Test status: Passed

3.104.1 Description
Generates 2D wind and snow loads on a 2 opposite slopes portal, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-4/NA / 1991-1-3/NA), with Z down axis.

3.105 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA + NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D wind and snow loads
on a 4 slope shed next to a higher one slope compound (TTAD #15047)

Test ID: 6205


Test status: Passed

3.105.1 Description
Generates 2D wind and snow loads on a 4 slope shed next to a higher one slope compound, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA / 1991-1-3/NA).

3.106 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 3 compound building (TTAD
#12883)

Test ID: 6211


Test status: Passed

3.106.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 3 compound building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-
4/NA).

3.107 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a double slope roof with an
opening (TTAD #15328)

Test ID: 6216


Test status: Passed

3.107.1 Description
Generates 2D wind loads on a double slope roof with an opening, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).

379
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.108 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a flat roof

Test ID: 6272


Test status: Passed

3.108.1 Description
Generates snow forces on a flat roof with gutter accumulation according to Eurocode 1 - French standards (NF EN
1991-1-3/NA).

3.108.2 Background
Snow generation on a flat roof with gutter accumulation
Ensures the gutter accumulations are applied on the whole roof.

3.108.2.1 Model description


One windwall (dimensions: 10m x 5m)
Punctual support (fixed)
Snow parameters
Typical value : A2
Altitude : 200m
Exposure factor : 1
Thermal factor : 1

Units
Metric SystemReference results in calculating the longitudinal reinforcement and the crack width

380
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.108.2.2 Snow load calculation


Typical value: A2
S k = 0.45kN / m
S Ad = 1kN / m

Altitude : 200m
No altitude effect.
S1 = 0

Exposure factor: 1
Thermal factor: 1
Gutter accumulation: an extra 0.2kN/m is taken into account on the whole flat roof.
Roof slope : 0
1 = 0.8

Normal snow:
S = 1 S k + 0.20 = 0.8 0.45 + 0.20 = 0.56kN / m
Accidental snow:
S Ad = 1 S Ad + 0.20 = 0.8 1 + 0.20 = 1kN / m
The punctual support from the model gets its load from a 10m x 5m windwall.
Forces on support should be:

FZ = S 10 5 = 28kN for normal snow

FZ = S 10 5 = 50kN for accidental snow

381
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Force FZ on support for Normal Snow (kN)

Force FZ on support for Accidental Snow (kN)

3.108.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
FZ Vertical force on support for normal snow 28 kN
FZ Vertical force on support for accidental snow 50 kN

3.108.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


FZ FZ for Sn -28.0051 kN -0.0079 %
FZ FZ for Sa 0 kN 1.9998 %

382
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3.109 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Snow load generation on double compound with gutters
and parapets on all sides (TTAD #13717)

Test ID: 6186


Test status: Passed

3.109.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a metal based double compound with gutters and parapets on all sides, according to the
Eurocodes 1 France. One compound is a double-roof volume and the second is a single-roof volume with the same
slope as the one it is next to.

3.110 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with horizontal
roof and gutter (TTAD #11113)

Test ID: 3604


Test status: Passed

3.110.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and gutter, according to Eurocodes
1.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.

383
4 Combinations
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

4.1 EC0 / NF EN 1990 - France: Generating the concomitance matrix after adding a new dead load
case (TTAD #11361)

Test ID: 3766


Test status: Passed

4.1.1 Description
Creates a new dead load case, after two case families were created, and generates the concomitance matrix. A
report with the combinations description is generated.

4.2 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating a set of combinations with seismic group of loads (TTAD
#11889)

Test ID: 4350


Test status: Passed

4.2.1 Description
Generates a set of combinations with seismic group of loads.

4.3 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Generating load combinations with unfavorable and
favorable/unfavorable predominant action (TTAD #11357)

Test ID: 3751


Test status: Passed

4.3.1 Description
Generates load combinations with unfavorable and favorable/unfavorable predominant action. Predominant action is
a case family with 2 static load cases.

4.4 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.10
(DEV2012 #1.7)

Test ID: 4409


Test status: Passed

4.4.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - E Group (Base)
3 - EX
4 - EY
5 - EZ
Defines the seismic group type as "Quadratic".
Generates the corresponding combinations and the combinations report.
Resets the combination set. Defines the seismic group type as "Newmark".
Generates the corresponding combinations and the combinations report.

386
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

4.5 CR 0-2012 - Romania - Automatic combinations check according with the romanian code

Test ID: 6341


Test status: Passed

4.5.1 Description
This test checks the automatic generator for combinations accoring with the romanian code, CR 0-2012

4.6 Verifying the combinations description report (TTAD #11632)

Test ID: 3544


Test status: Passed

4.6.1 Description
Generates a dead load case, two live load cases and a snow load case, defines the concomitance between the
generated load cases and generates the combinations description report.

4.7 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.8
(DEV2012 #1.7)

Test ID: 4407


Test status: Passed

4.7.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q Group(Base or Acco)
2-Q
3-Q
4-Q
5 - Q (Base or Acco)
6 - Snow (Base or Acco)
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.
Un-group 2-Q Group to independent 2-Q, 3-Q, 4-Q loads.
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

4.8 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Generating combinations (TTAD #11673)

Test ID: 3471


Test status: Passed

4.8.1 Description
Generates concomitance between three types of loads applied on a structure (live loads, dead loads and seismic
loads - EN 1998-1), using the quadratic combination function. Generates the combinations description report and the
point support actions by element report.

387
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

4.9 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Defining concomitance rules for two case families (TTAD #11355)

Test ID: 3749


Test status: Passed

4.9.1 Description
Generates live loads and dead loads on a steel structure. Defines the concomitance rules between the two load case
families and generates the concomitance matrix.

4.10 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Generating load combinations after changing the load case number
(TTAD #11359)

Test ID: 3756


Test status: Passed

4.10.1 Description
Generates load combinations with concomitance matrix after changing the load case number. A report with the
combinations description is generated.

4.11 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Generating combinations for NEWEC8.cbn (TTAD #11431)

Test ID: 3746


Test status: Passed

4.11.1 Description
Generates combinations for NEWEC8.cbn.

4.12 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating the concomitance matrix after switching back the effect
for live load (TTAD #11806)

Test ID: 4219


Test status: Passed

4.12.1 Description
Generates the concomitance matrix and the combinations description reports after switching back the effect for live
load.

388
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

4.13 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.9
(DEV2012 #1.7)

Test ID: 4408


Test status: Passed

4.13.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - E Group (Base)
3 - EX
4 - EY
5 - EZ
Un-group 3 - E Group to independent loads : 3 - EX 4 - EY 5 - EZ
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

4.14 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.7
(DEV2012 #1.7)

Test ID: 4405


Test status: Passed

4.14.1 Description
Creates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
4 - Q (Acco)
5 - Acc (Base)
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

389
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

4.15 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.3
(DEV2012 #1.7)

Test ID: 4386


Test status: Passed

4.15.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
4 - Q (Base or Acco)

4.16 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no. 5
(DEV2012 #1.7)

Test ID: 4394


Test status: Passed

4.16.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - E (Base) - only one seismic load !
4 - Q (Base or Acco)
Set value "0" (exclusive) between seismic and all Q loads (seism only combination).
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

390
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

4.17 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating a set of combinations with different Q "Base" types
(TTAD #11806)

Test ID: 4357


Test status: Passed

4.17.1 Description
Generates a set of combinations with different Q "Base" types
1-G
2 - Q - Base
3-G
4 - Q -Base or acco
Generates the first set of combinations and the first combinations report.
1-G
2 - Q - Base
3-G
4 - Q -Base
Generates the second set of combinations and the second combinations report.

4.18 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.6
(DEV2012 #1.7)

Test ID: 4397


Test status: Passed

4.18.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - E (Base) - only one seismic load
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

391
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

4.19 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.2
(DEV2012 #1.7)

Test ID: 4384


Test status: Passed

4.19.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
3 - Q (Base)
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

4.20 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.4
(DEV2012 #1.7)

Test ID: 4391


Test status: Passed

4.20.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base)
3 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
4 - Q (Base)
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

4.21 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating a set of combinations with Q group of loads (TTAD
#11960)

Test ID: 4353


Test status: Passed

4.21.1 Description
Generates a set of combinations with Q group of loads.

392
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

4.22 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.1
(DEV2010#1.7)

Test ID: 4382


Test status: Passed

4.22.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - Q (Acco)
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.

4.23 CSN EN 1990/NA - Czech Republic: Verifying combinations for CZ localization (TTAD #12542)

Test ID: 4550


Test status: Passed

4.23.1 Description
Verifies simplified combinations for CZ localization.

393
5 Concrete Design
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.1 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam
under a linear load - bilinear stress-strain diagram

Test ID: 4541


Test status: Passed

5.1.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a simply supported beam under a linear load - bilinear stress-strain
diagram.
Verification is done according to Eurocodes 2 norm with French Annex.

5.2 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam
under a linear load - horizontal level behavior law

Test ID: 4557


Test status: Passed

5.2.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under self-weight and linear loads - horizontal level behavior
law. The verification is made according to EC2 norm with French Annex.

5.3 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the transverse reinforcement area for a beam
subjected to linear loads

Test ID: 4555


Test status: Passed

5.3.1 Description
Verifies the transverse reinforcement area for a beam subjected to linear loads. The verification is made according to
EC2 norm with French Annex.

5.4 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam
under a linear load - inclined stress strain behavior law

Test ID: 4522


Test status: Passed

5.4.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - inclined stress strain behavior law.
Verification is done according to Eurocodes 2 norm with French Annex.

396
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.5 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area for a beam
subjected to point loads

Test ID: 4527


Test status: Passed

5.5.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area for a beam subjected to point loads (applied at the middle of the beam).
The verification is performed according to EC2 norm with French Annex.

5.6 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the minimum reinforcement area for a simply
supported beam

Test ID: 4517


Test status: Passed

5.6.1 Description
Verifies the minimum reinforcement area for a simply supported concrete beam subjected to self weight. The
verification is made with Eurocodes 2 - French annex.

5.7 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam
under a linear load

Test ID: 4519


Test status: Passed

5.7.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load (horizontal level behavior law).
Verification is done with Eurocodes 2 norm French Annex.

5.8 Testing the punching verification and punching reinforcement results on loaded analysis
model (TTAD #14332)

Test ID: 6189


Test status: Passed

5.8.1 Description
Tests the punching verification and punching reinforcement results on loaded analysis mode and generates the
corresponding report.

397
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.9 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a horizontal
concrete bar with rectangular cross section

Test ID: 4179


Test status: Passed

5.9.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation according to the Eurocodes 2 -
French DAN. Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement and generates the corresponding report: "Longitudinal
reinforcement linear elements".
The model consists of a concrete linear element with rectangular cross section (R18*60) with rigid hinge supports at
both ends and two linear vertical loads: -15.40 kN and -9.00 kN.

5.10 Verifying Aty and Atz for a fixed concrete beam (TTAD #11812)

Test ID: 3528


Test status: Passed

5.10.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation of a model with a horizontal concrete
beam.
The beam has a R20*50 cross section and two hinge rigid supports.
Verifies Aty and Atz for the fixed concrete beam.

5.11 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying concrete results for linear elements (TTAD
#11556)

Test ID: 3549


Test status: Passed

5.11.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement results for a horizontal concrete bar.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Verifies the reinforcement and
generates the reinforced concrete analysis report: data and results.
The bar has a rectangular cross section R20*50, a rigid hinge support at one end, a rigid support with translation
restraints on X, Y and Z and rotation restraint on X.

5.12 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement bars for a filled circular column (TTAD #11678)

Test ID: 3543


Test status: Passed

5.12.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement for a vertical concrete bar.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforcement report.
The bar has a circular cross section with a radius of 40.00 cm and a rigid hinge support. A vertical punctual load of -
5000.00 kN is applied.

398
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.13 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for linear elements (TTAD #11636)

Test ID: 3545


Test status: Passed

5.13.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement for a vertical concrete bar.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Verifies the longitudinal
reinforcement and generates the reinforcement report.
The bar has a square cross section of 30.00 cm, a rigid fixed support at the base and a support with translation
restraints on X and Y. A vertical punctual load of -1260.00 kN is applied.

5.14 Verifying the reinforcement of concrete columns (TTAD #11635)

Test ID: 3564


Test status: Passed

5.14.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement of a concrete column.

5.15 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying concrete results for planar elements (TTAD
#11583)

Test ID: 3548


Test status: Passed

5.15.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement results on planar elements.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforced concrete
analysis report: data and results.
The model consists of two planar elements (C20/25 material) with rigid fixed linear supports. On each element, a
punctual load of 50.00 kN on FX is applied.

5.16 Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a fixed beam (TTAD #11836)

Test ID: 3542


Test status: Passed

5.16.1 Description
Verifies the concrete results on a fixed horizontal beam.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforced concrete
calculation results report.
The beam has a R25*60 cross section, C25/30 material and has a rigid hinge support at one end and a rigid support
with translation restraints on Y and Z at the other end. A linear dead load (-28.75 kN) and a live load (-50.00 kN) are
applied.

399
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.17 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a fixed linear element (TTAD #11700)

Test ID: 3547


Test status: Passed

5.17.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement for a horizontal concrete bar.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Verifies the longitudinal
reinforcement and generates the reinforcement report.
The bar has a rectangular cross section R40*80, has a rigid hinge support at one end and a rigid support with
translation restraints on Y and Z. Four loads are applied: a linear dead load of -50.00 kN on FZ, a punctual dead load
of -30.00 kN on FZ, a linear live load of -60.00 kN on FZ and a punctual live load of -25.00 kN on FZ.

5.18 Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a structure with 375 load cases combinations
(TTAD #11683)

Test ID: 3475


Test status: Passed

5.18.1 Description
Verifies the reinforced concrete results for a model with more than 100 load cases combinations.
On a concrete structure, dead loads, self weight, live loads, wind loads (according to NV2009) and accidental loads
are applied. A number of 375 combinations are obtained.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforcement areas
planar elements report.

5.19 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Calculation of a square column in traction (TTAD #11892)

Test ID: 3509


Test status: Passed

5.19.1 Description
The test is performed on a single column in tension, according to Eurocodes 2.
The column has a section of 20 cm square and a rigid support. A permanent load (traction of 100 kN) and a live load
(40 kN) are applied.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the longitudinal
reinforcement report.

400
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.20 Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for an articulated beam (TTAD
#11342)

Test ID: 3638


Test status: Passed

5.20.1 Description
Verifies the minimum transverse reinforcement area for an articulated horizontal beam.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation and generates the "Transverse
reinforcement linear elements" report.
The beam has a rectangular cross section (R20*50), B25 material and two hinge rigid supports at both ends.

5.21 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA: Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for
articulated beams (TTAD #11342)

Test ID: 3639


Test status: Passed

5.21.1 Description
Verifies the minimum transverse reinforcement area for two articulated horizontal beams.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation and generates the "Transverse
reinforcement linear elements" report.
Each beam has rectangular cross section (R30*70), B25 material and two hinge rigid supports at both ends.
On each beam there are applied:
- Dead loads: a linear load of -25.00 kN and two punctual loads of -55.00 kN and -65.00 kN
- Live loads: a linear load of -20.00 kN and two punctual loads of -40.00 kN and -35.00 kN.

5.22 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Stresses and cracks verification for a planar element hinged
on all edges

Test ID: 6384


Test status: Passed

5.22.1 Description
The slab is provided with global ST50C upper reinforcement. For the bottom reinforcement, an area named Area 1
of ST50C is defined on the whole slab surface. Besides these reinforcement areas, supplementary area was
required, therefore, another nine areas were defined, on specific zones of the slab.
During this, stresses in concrete section and steel reinforcement, the maximum crack spacing, difference between
mean strain in reinforcement and in concrete and the crack width were verified.

401
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.23 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying the stresses result for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a
uniformly distributed load

Test ID: 6340


Test status: Passed

5.23.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy for Serviceability State Limit of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to
resist simple bending. During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of
compressing stresses in concrete section and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section

5.24 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Punching verification with imposed reinfrocement on slab

Test ID: 6355


Test status: Passed

5.24.1 Description
This test verifies the punching check results for a slab having imposed global reinforcement.

5.25 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a
uniformly distributed load

Test ID: 6342


Test status: Passed

5.25.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test the maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings are verified for Serviceability State Limit.

5.26 Verifying the bending moments about X and Y axis on a single story concrete core subjected
to horizontal forces and seismic action

Test ID: 6351


Test status: Passed

5.26.1 Description
Verifies the bending moments about X and Y axis for a single story concrete (C25/30) core subjected to horizontal
forces and seismic action. The walls describing the core are grouped.

5.27 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Two field beam with rectangular cross section, calculated as a
one span plate

Test ID: 6306


Test status: Passed

5.27.1 Description
The objective of this test is to calculate the bending moment and the longitudinal reinforcement.
It is an asymmetric, 2-field plate system with one span direction.

402
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.28 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying a square concrete column of a multi-storey structure subjected to
axial compression

Test ID: 6347


Test status: Passed

5.28.1 Description
Verifies a square concrete column for a multi-storey structure subjected to axial compression.
The column is made of concrete C25/30 and the material of the steel reinforcement is B450C.
The verification of the axial force, applied on top, is performed at Ultimate Limit State.

5.29 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Comparing deflection of a slab hinged supported on 2


edges with the deflection of the equivalent beam approach

Test ID: 6232


Test status: Passed

5.29.1 Description
Verifies EC2 deflection of a reinforced concrete slab hinged supported on 2 edges.
Two comparisons are realized:
- A comparison of FE displacement result considering the equivalent beam approach. Concrete C25/30 material (with
the secant modulus of elasticity of concrete) is used for both elements: slab and equivalent beam;
- A comparison of EC2 deflection of the equivalent beam and the slab. Effective modulus of elasticity for concrete
was used - expression 7.20 from EN 1992-1-1 - in determination of EC2 deflection.
The verification is made considering the French Annex of Eurocode 2 (chapter 7.4).

5.30 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Single beam with a plate crosssection

Test ID: 6290


Test status: Passed

5.30.1 Description
Single beam with a concrete crosssection 100cm wide, 21cm high. Calculating with simple bending.

5.31 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Single beam with rectangular cross section

Test ID: 6267


Test status: Passed

5.31.1 Description
The objective of this test is to calculate the bending moment, the displacement and the longitudinal reinforcement.

403
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.32 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Two field planar system with two span direction calculation
based on the Baumann Method

Test ID: 6302


Test status: Passed

5.32.1 Description
EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 Germany: two field planar system with two span direction calculation based on the Capra Method
The system depends on 2 symmetric fields, the slab edges all have a hinged linear supports. The loads are also
symmetric. The thickness of the slab is about h=12 cm. The test includes the bending moments as well as the
calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement of the field. The concrete design based on the Baumann Method.

5.33 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Two field planar system with two span direction calculation
based on the Capra Method

Test ID: 6298


Test status: Passed

5.33.1 Description
The system depends on 2 symmetric fields, the slab edges all have a hinged linear supports. The loads are also
symmetric. The thickness of the slab is about h=12 cm. The test includes the bending moments as well as the
calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement of the field. The concrete design based on the Capra Method.

5.34 Verifying the peak smoothing influence over mesh, the punching verification and punching
reinforcement results when Z down axis is selected (TTAD #14963)

Test ID: 6200


Test status: Passed

5.34.1 Description
Verifies the peak smoothing influence over mesh, the punching verification and punching reinforcement results when
Z down axis is selected.
The model consists in a c25/30 concrete planar element and four concrete columns (with R20/30, IPE400, D40,
L60*20 cross-sections) and is subjected to self weight and 1 live load of -100 KN.

5.35 EC2,EC8 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the capacity design results (DEV2013 #8.3)

Test ID: 5602


Test status: Passed

5.35.1 Description
Verifies the capacity design results according to Eurocode EC2 and EC8 French standards.

404
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.36 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Column design with Nominal Stiffness method square
section (TTAD #11625)

Test ID: 3001


Test status: Passed

5.36.1 Description
Verifies and generates the corresponding report for the longitudinal reinforcement bars of a column. The column is
designed with "Nominal stiffness method", with a square cross section (C40).

405
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.37 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular cross section beam made from
concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 1)

Test ID: 4969


Test status: Passed

5.37.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending.
During this test, the determination of stresses will be made along with the determination of the longitudinal
reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.37.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.37.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 15 kN/m + dead load,
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 20kN/m,


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.60 m,
Width: b = 0.25 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.15 m ,

406
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Concrete cover: c=4cm


Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.524m; d=ebz=0.04m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XC1
Concrete density: 25kN/m3
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Cracking calculation required
fck 25
Concrete C25/30: fcd = = = 16,67MPa
c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N
2/3
fctm = 0.30 * fck = 0.30 * 25 2 / 3 = 2.56MPa
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
f yk 500
Steel S500 : f yd = = = 434,78MPa
s 1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2
0.3 0.3
f +8 25 + 8
E cm = 22000 * ck = 22000 * = 31476MPa
10 10
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.83) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Permanent loads:
G=0.25*0.6*2.5=3.75kN/ml
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(15+3.75)+1.5*20=55.31kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=15+3.75+20=38.75kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=15+3.75+0.3*20=24.75kN/ml
Load calculations:
55,31 * 5,80
M Ed = = 232,59kN .m
8
38,75 * 5,80
M Ecq = = 162,94kN .m
8

407
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.37.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit
Due to exposure class XC1, and 500Mpa steel resistance, we will consider a moment limit:
Calculating the reduced moment we will consider ULS moment:

because there is no compressed reinforcement

Reference reinforcement calculation:


The calculation of the reinforcement is detailed below:
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.524m
Calculation of reduced moment:
M Ed 0,233
cu = = = 0,203
bw * d * f cd 0,25 * 0,524 * 16,67
cu = 0.203 < lu = 0.285

Calculation of the lever arm zc:


zc = d * (1 0,4 u ) = 0,524 * (1 0,4 * 0,287) = 0,464m
Calculation of the reinforcement area:
M Ed 0,233
Au = = = 11,55 * 10 4 m = 11,55cm
zc * f yd 0,464 * 434,78

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area


The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

fct,eff
0.26 * * bw * d
A s,min = Max f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:
fct,eff = fctm = 2.56MPa from cracking conditions

Therefore:

2.56
0.26 * 0.25 * 0.524 = 1.76.10 4 m
A s,min = Max 500 = 1.76cm
0.0013 * 0.25 * 0.524 = 1.70.10 4 m

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.

408
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

ULS and SLS load combinations(kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 232.59kNm)

SLS (reference value: 162.94kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 11.55cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 1.76cm2)

409
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.37.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
My,ULS My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 232.59 kNm
My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 162.94 kNm
2
Az Theoretical reinforcement area [cm ] 11.55 cm2
2
Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm ] 1.76 cm2

5.37.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My My USL -232.578 kN*m 0.0052 %
My My SLS cq -162.936 kN*m 0.0025 %
Az Az -11.5329 cm 0.1481 %
Amin Amin -1.74725 cm 0.7244 %

410
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.38 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed


reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 5)

Test ID: 4978


Test status: Passed

5.38.1 Description
Verifies a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram.
The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the ULS load combination and the results of the
theoretical reinforcement area Az.
The objective is to verify:
- The stresses results
- The theoretical reinforcement area results

5.38.2 Background
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the
defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.38.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 52.3 kN/m
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 13kN/m,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram
The objective is to verify:
The stresses results
The theoretical reinforcement area results

411
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

Beam length: 7m
Concrete cover: c=3.50 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.595 m; d=ebz=0.035m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C16/20 and S400B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XC1
3
Concrete density: 16kN/m
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A
The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram
f ck 16
Concrete C16/20: f cd = = = 10.67 MPa
c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N
2/3
fctm = 0.30 * fck = 0.30 * 16 2 / 3 = 1.90MPa
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

f yk 400
Steel S400B : f yd = = = 347.8MPa
s 1,15

412
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 7) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*352.3+1.5*13=90.105kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=52.3+13=65.3kN/ml
Load calculations:

70.105 * 7
M Ed = = 551.89kNm
8
65.3 * 7
M Ecq = = 399.96kNm
8
5.38.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam moment
At first, it will be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section only:

h 0,10
Mbtu = beff * hf * d f * fcd = 0,9 * 0,10 * 0,595 * 10,67 = 523kNm
2 2

Comparing Mbtu with MEd:

M btu = 523kNm < M Ed = 551.89kNm


Therefore the concrete section is not entirely compressed;
Therefore, calculations considering the T section are required.

5.38.2.3 Reference reinforcement calculation:

Theoretical section 2:
The moment corresponding to this section is:

hf 0.1
M Ed 2 = (beff bw ) * h f * f cd * d = (0.9 0.18) * 0.1*10.67 * 0595 =
2 2
= 0.418MNm

413
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

According to this value, the steel section is:


M Ed 2 0.418
A2 = = = 22.08cm
hf 0.1
d * f yd 0.595 * 347.8
2 2

Theoretical section 1:
The theoretical section 1 corresponds to a calculation for a rectangular shape beam section

M Ed 1 = M Ed M Ed 2 = 0.552 0.418 = 133kNm


M Ed 1 0.133
cu = = = 0.197
bw * d * Fcd 0.18 * 0.595 * 10.67
For a S400B reinforcement and for a XC1 exposure class, there will be a: cu < lu = 0.372 , therefore there will be no
compressed reinforcement.
There will be a calculation without compressed reinforcement:

[ ] [ ]
u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * cu ) = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.197 ) = 0.276
z c1 = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.595 * (1 0.40 * 0.276) = 0.529m
M Ed 1 0.133
A1 = = = 7.25cm
z c1 * f yd 0.529 * 347.8

Theoretical section 1:
In conclusion the entire reinforcement steel area is A=A1+A2=7.25+22.08=29.33cm2

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
8 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS and SLS load combinations(kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 552kNm)

414
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


For Class B reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=29.33cm2)

5.38.2.4 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
My,ULS My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 552 kNm
2
Az (Class B) Theoretical reinforcement area [cm ] 29.33 cm2

5.38.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My My ULS -551.893 kN*m -0.0005 %
Az Az -29.3334 cm -0.0116 %

415
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.39 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed


reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 10)

Test ID: 4984


Test status: Passed

5.39.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State - The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the
ULS load combination, the results of the theoretical reinforcement area, "Az" and the minimum reinforcement
percentage, "Amin".
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the
defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

5.39.2 Background
Verifies the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms
the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.39.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 500 kN/m
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 300kN/m,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
2 = 0,3
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The calculation is performed considering inclined stress-strain diagram
The objective is to verify:
The stresses results
The theoretical reinforcement area
The reinforcement minimum percentage area

416
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Beam length: 6m
Concrete cover: c=4.00 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.900 m; d=ebz=0.04m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C30/37 and S500B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XC2
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The calculation is made considering the inclined stress-strain diagram
Concrete C16/20:
f ck 30
f cd = = = 20 MPa
c 1,5

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N
2/3
fctm = 0.30 * fck = 0.30 * 30 2 / 3 = 2.90 MPa

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

417
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Steel S400B :
f yk 500
f yd = = = 434.78 MPa
s 1,15

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 7) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*500+1.5*300=1125 kN/m
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=500+300=800 kN/m
Quasi-permanent combination of actions
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=500+0.3*300=590 kN/m
Load calculations:
1125 * 6
MEd = = 5062.5 kNm
8

800 * 6
MEcq = = 3600 kNm
8

590 * 6
MEqp = = 2655 kNm
8

5.39.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam moment


At first it will be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section only:

h 0,20
Mbtu = b eff * h f * d f * f cd = 1.40 * 0,20 * 0,9 * 20 = 4.480 * 10 3 kNm
2 2

Comparing Mbtu with MEd:

418
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Mbtu = 4.480 * 103 kNm < MEd = 5.0625 * 103 kNm

Therefore the concrete section is not entirely compressed;


There are required calculations considering the T section.

Reference reinforcement calculation:


For those calculations, the beam section will be divided in two theoretical section:
Section 1: For the calculation of the concrete only
Section 2: For the calculation of the compressed reinforcement

Theoretical section 2:
The moment corresponding to this section is:

h 0.20
MEd2 = (b eff b w ) * h f * fcd * d f = (1.40 0.40) * 0.20 * 20 * 0.90 =
2 2
= 3.2 * 103 kNm
Stress from the compressed steel reinforcement considering a steel grade S500B:

su = 432,71 + 727,27 * su 466 MPa

In order to determine the su , the neutral axis position must be determined:

MEd1 = MEd MEd2 = (5.063 3.200) * 103 = 1.863 * 103 kNm

MEd1 1.863
cu = = = 0.287
b w * d * Fcd 0.40 * 0.9 * 20

[ ]
u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * cu ) = 1.25 * 1 [ (1 2 * 0.287 ) ] = 0.435
Depending of u , the neutral axis position can be established:

1 u 1 0.435
su = * cu2 = * 3.50 = 4.55
u 0.435

Then we calculate the stress in the tensioned steel reinforcement:

su = 432,71 + 727,27 0.00455 = 436,02MPa 466MPa

According to those above, the theoretical reinforcement can be calculated:


MEd2 3.200
A2 = = = 91.74 cm
h 0.20
d f * Fyd 0.9 * 436.02
2 2

Theoretical section 1:
The theoretical section 1 corresponds to a calculation for a rectangular shape beam section
MEd1 = MEd MEd2 = (5.063 3.200) * 103 = 1.863 * 103 kNm

MEd1 1.863
cu = = = 0.287 < lu = 0.372
b w * d * Fcd 0.40 * 0.9 * 20

419
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

For a S500B reinforcement and for a XC2 exposure class, there will be a: cu = 0.287 < lu = 0.372 , therefore there will be
no compressed reinforcement.
There will be a calculation without compressed reinforcement:

[ ] [
u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * cu ) = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.287 ) ] = 0.435
z c1 = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.9 * (1 0.40 * 0.435) = 0.743m

MEd1 1.863
A1 = = = 57.46cm
z c1 * f yd 0.743 * 436.02

Theoretical section 1:
In conclusion the entire reinforcement steel area is A=A1+A2=91.74+57.46=149.20cm2

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area


The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

fct,eff
0.26 * * bw * d
A s,min = Max f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:
fct,eff = fctm = 2.90MPa from cracking conditions

Therefore:

2.90
0.26 * * 0.40 * 0.90 = 5.42 * 10 4 m
A s,min = max 500 = 5.42 cm
0.0013 * 0.40 * 0.90 = 4.68 * 10 4 m

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 5062.5kNm)

420
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


For Class B reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=149.20cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 5.42cm2)

5.39.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
My,ULS My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 5062.5 kNm
2
Az (Class B) Theoretical reinforcement area [cm ] 149.20 cm2
Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm2] 5.42 cm2

5.39.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My My USL -5062.5 kN*m 0.0000 %
Az Az -149.031 cm 0.0329 %
Amin Amin -5.42219 cm -0.0404 %

421
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.40 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to


uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(Class XD3) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 12)

Test ID: 4985


Test status: Passed

5.40.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. The
verification of the bending stresses at service limit state is performed.
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement
and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.40.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit
Verify the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses, the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum
reinforcement percentage are performed.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.40.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 25 kN/m (including dead load),
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 15kN/m,


Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

422
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.65 m,
Width: b = 0.28 m,
Length: L = 6.40 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.182 m ,
Concrete cover: c = 4.5 cm
Effective height: d = h-(0.6*h+ebz) = 0.57m; d = ebz = 0.045 m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C30/37 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XD3
Concrete density: 25 kN/m3
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0 = 28 days
Humidity 50%

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q = 25 + 15 = 40 kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q = 25 + 0.3*15 = 29.5 kN/ml
Load calculations:
( 25 + 15) * 6.40
MEcq = = 205 kNm
8

( 25 + 0.3 * 15) * 6.40


MEqp = = 151 kNm
8

423
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.40.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

(, t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:

16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.725MPa
f cm 30 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
t0 : concrete age t0=28days

RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1*3 h0


1 = 2 = 1 if f 35Mpa
cm

0.7 0.2
35 35
If not 1 =
and 2 =

fcm fcm

In this case therefore


0.7 0.7
35 35
1 = = = 0.944
f
cm 38
0.2 0.2
35 35
2 = = = 0.984
f cm 38
In this case:
Humidity RH = 50 %

2 Ac 2 * 280 * 650
h0 = = = 195.70mm
u 2 * (280 + 650)
50
1
RH =1+ 100 * 0.984 = 1.78 (, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.78 * 2.73 * 0.488 = 2.37
0.1 * 195.70
3

424
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculating the equivalence coefficient:


The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Es
e =
Ecm
M Eqp
1 + ( , t 0 ) *
M Ecar
Where:
0. 3 0.3
f +8 30 + 8
Ecm = 22 * ck = 22 * = 32837 MPa
10 10
E s = 200000 MPa
M Eqp 151
1 + ( , t 0 ) * = 1 + 2.37 * = 2.75
M Ecar 205
Es 200000
e = = = 16.76
Ecm 32837
M Eqp 151
1 + ( , t 0 ) * 1 + 2.37 *
M Ecar 205

Material characteristics:

The maximum compression on the concrete is: bc = 0,6 * f ck = 0,6 * 30 = 18Mpa


For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit s = 0,8 * f yk = 400Mpa

Neutral axis position calculation:

The position of the neutral axis must be determined by calculating 1 (position corresponding to the state of
maximum stress on the concrete and reinforcement):

e * c 16.76 *15
1 = = = 0.430
e * c + s 16.76 *18 + 400

Moment resistance calculation:

Knowing the 1 value, it can be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section, using the following
formulas:

x1 = 1 * d = 0.430 * 0.570 = 0.243 m

1 x 0.243
Mrb = * b w * x1 * c * d 1 = 0.5 * 0.28 * 0.243 * 18 * 0.570 = 0.297 MNm
2 3 3

Where:
Utile height : d = h (0.06h + ebz) = 0.57 m
The moment resistance Mrb = 297 KNm

Because MEcq = 205kNm < Mrb = 297 kNm the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is correct.

425
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculation of reinforcement area with max constraint on steel and concrete


The reinforcement area is calculated using the SLS load combination

Neutral axis position: 1 = 0,430

0.430
Lever arm: z c = d * 1 1 = 0.57 * 1 = 0.485 m
3 3

Mser 0.205
A s1,ser = = = 10.56 cm
zc * s 0.485 * 400
Reinforcement section:

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area


The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:
fct,eff
0.26 * * bw * d
A s,min = Max fyk
0.0013 * b * d
w

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:
fct,eff = fctm = 2.896MPa from cracking conditions

Therefore:

2.896
0.26 * 0.28 * 0.57 = 2.40 * 10 4 m
A s,min = max 500 = 2.40 cm
0.0013 * 0.28 * 0.57 = 2.07 * 10 4 m

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: 205kNm)

426
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)


(reference value: 10.50cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area (cm2)


(reference value: 2.40cm2)

5.40.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 205 kNm
2
Az Theoretical reinforcement area [cm ] 10.50 cm2
2
Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm ] 2.39 cm2

5.40.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My My SLS -204.8 kN*m 0.0976 %
Az Az -10.3489 cm 1.9991 %
Amin Amin -2.38697 cm 0.1268 %

427
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.41 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed


reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 15)

Test ID: 4998


Test status: Passed

5.41.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service Limit State
The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the SLS load combination and the results of the
theoretical reinforcement area Az and of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.41.2 Background
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for a T concrete beam subjected to the
defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.41.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 20 kN/m (including the dead load)
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 10kN/m,
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A
The calculation is performed considering bilinear stress-strain diagram
The objective is to verify:
The stresses results
The theoretical reinforcement area
The minimum reinforcement percentage

428
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

Beam length: 8m
Beam height: h=0.76m
Concrete cover: c=4.50 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.669 m; d=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C20/25 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
3
Concrete density: 16kN/m
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A
The calculation is performed considering bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%
Concrete: fck = 20MPa

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 7) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.

429
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=20+10=30kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=20+0.3*10=23kN/ml
Load calculations:

M ser ,cq =
(20 + 10)* 8 = 240kNm
8

M ser ,qp =
(20 + 0.3 *10)* 8 = 184kNm
8

5.41.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of the creep coefficient

(, t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:

16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 3.17 MPa
f cm 20 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
t0 : concrete age t0=28days

RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1*3 h0


1 = 2 = 1 if f 35Mpa
cm

0.7 0.2
35 35
If not 1 = and 2 =
f f
cm cm
In this case = + 8 = 33 f cm = f ck + 8Mpa = 28Mpa 35Mpa therefore

1 = 2 = 1
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %

2 Ac 2 * 318000
h0 = = = 162.24mm
u 3920
50
1
RH = 1+ 100 = 1.92 (, t 0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t 0 ) = 1.92 * 3.17 * 0.488 = 2.97
0.1* 162.24
3

430
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculating the equivalence coefficient:


The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:
Es
e =
Ecm
M Eqp
1 + ( , t 0 ) *
M Ecar
Where:
0.3 0.3
f +8 20 + 8
Ecm = 22 * ck = 22 * = 29962 MPa
10 10
E s = 200000 MPa
M Eqp 184
1 + ( , t 0 ) * = 1 + 2.97 * = 3.28
M Ecar 240
Es 200000
e = = = 21.89
Ecm 2962
M Eqp 184
1 + ( , t 0 ) * 1 + 2.97 *
M Ecar 240

Material characteristics:

The maximum compression on the concrete is:


bc = 0,6 * f ck = 0,6 * 20 = 12Mpa

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit s = 0,8 * f yk = 400Mpa
Neutral axis position calculation; Calculation of Mtser:

hf 0,10
d 0,669
s 3 * b * h 2 = 400 * 3 * 1,20 * 0,10 2 = 0,122 MNm
M tser = * eff f
2 *e d hf 43.77 0,669 0,10

M ser = 240kNm > M tser = 122kNm the neutral axes is on the beam body

431
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Concrete compressive stresses

M ser 0,240
m = = = 3,23MPa
hf 0,10
beff * h f * (d ) 1,20 * 0,10 * (0,669 )
2 2

400
m + s 3,23 + 400
e s 21 .89
c = d * = 0,669 * = 4,96 MPa
h 0 ,10 21 .89
d f



e
0,669
2 2

c = 4.96MPa < c = 12MPa => there is no compressed reinforcement

The calculation of the tension reinforcement theoretical section As1

e * c 21.89 * 4,96
x1 = d= * 0,669 = 14.30cm
e * c + s 21.89 * 4,96 + 400
c 4,96
N c1 = beff * x1 * = 1,20 * 0,1430 * = 0,426 MN
2 2
0,1430
M1 = Nc1 * z c1 = 0,426 * 0,622 = 0,265MN.m and z c1 = 0,669 = 0,622m
3

M1 0,265
As1 = = = 10,65cm
zc1 * s 0,622 * 400

Calculation of the steel compressed reinforcement As2:

x 2 = x1 h f = 0,1430 0,10 = 0,0430m

c * x 2 4,96 * 0,0430
c 2 = = = 1,49MPa
x1 0,1430

c 2 1,49
Nc 2 = (beff b w ) * x 2 = (1,20 0,3) * 0,0430 * = 0,029MN
2 2

M2 = Nc 2 * zc 2 = 0,029 * 0,555 = 0,016MNm

0,0430
with zc 2 = 0,669 0,10 = 0,555m
3

M2 0,016
A s2 = = = 0,72cm
zc 2 * s 0,555 * 400

Notions of serviceability moment M0 :

A s0 = A s1 A s2 = 10.65 0.72 = 9.93cm

M0 = M1 M2 = 0,265 0,016 = 0,249MN.m

Theoretical steel reinforcement section :


A s0 * Mser 9,93 * 0,240
As = = = 9,58cm
M0 0,249

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area


The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

432
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

fct,eff
0.26 * * bw * d
A s,min = Max fyk
0.0013 * b * d
w

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:
fct,eff = fctm = 2.21MPa from cracking conditions

Therefore:

2.21
0.26 * * 0.30 * 0.669 = 2.31 * 10 4 m
A s,min = max 500 = 2.61cm
0.0013 * 0.30 * 0.669 = 2.61 * 10 4 m

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
9 nodes,
1 linear element.

SLS load combinations(kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: 240kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)


(reference value: As=9.58cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area (cm2)


(reference value: 2.57cm2)

433
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.41.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 240 kNm
Az Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 9.58 cm2
Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm2] 2.57 cm2

5.41.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My My SLS -240 kN*m 0.0000 %
Az Az -9.603 cm -0.2401 %
Amin Amin -2.61066 cm -0.0253 %

434
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.42 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed


reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 16)

Test ID: 4999


Test status: Passed

5.42.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit
The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the SLS load combination and the results of the
theoretical reinforcement area Az and of the minimum reinforcement percentage. This test performs verification for
the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms the
absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

5.42.2 Background
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the
defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.42.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 40 kN/m (including the dead load)
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 10kN/m,
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A
The calculation is performed considering bilinear stress-strain diagram
The objective is to verify:
The stresses results
The theoretical reinforcement area
The minimum reinforcement percentage

435
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

Beam length: 8m
Beam height: h=0.67m
Concrete cover: c=4.50 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.585 m; d=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C20/25 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
Concrete: fck = 20MPa
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A
The calculation is performed considering bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 7) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.

436
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=40+10=50kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=40+0.3*10=43kN/ml
Load calculations:

M ser,cq =
(40 + 10) * 8 = 400 kNm
8

M ser,qp =
(40 + 0.3 * 10) * 8 = 344 kNm
8

5.42.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

(, t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:

16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 3.17 MPa
f cm 20 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
t0 : concrete age t0=28days

RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1*3 h0

if
0.7 0.2
35 35
If not 1 = and 2 =
f f
cm cm
In this case,

therefore:

1 = 2 = 1
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %

2 Ac 2 *192600
h0 = = = 123mm
u 3140
50
1
RH = 1+ 100 = 2 (, t ) = * ( f ) * (t ) = 2 * 3.17 * 0.488 = 3.11
0 RH cm 0
0.1* 3 123

437
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculating the equivalence coefficient:


The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:
Es
e =
E cm
MEqp
1 + (, t 0 ) *
MEcar

Where:
0.3 0. 3
f +8 20 + 8
Ecm = 22 * ck = 22 * = 29962MPa
10 10

E s = 200000 MPa

MEqp 344
1 + (, t 0 ) * = 1 + 3.11 * = 3.68
MEcar 400

Es 200000
e = = = 24.54
Ecm 29962
M Eqp 344
1 + ( , t 0 ) * 1 + 3.11*
M Ecar 400

Material characteristics:

The maximum compression on the concrete is:

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit s = 0,8 * f yk = 400Mpa

Neutral axis position calculation; Calculation of Mtser:

hf 0,10
d 0,585
s 3 * b * h 2 = 400 * 3 *10.90 * 0,10 2 = 0,083MNm
M tser = * eff f
2 * e d h f 2 * 24.54 0,585 0,10

M ser = 400kNm > M tser = 83kNm the neutral axes is on the beam body

Concrete compressive stresses

M ser 0,400
m = = = 8.31MPa
hf 0,10
beff * h f * (d ) 0.90 * 0,10 * (0,585 )
2 2

400
m + s 8.31 +
e 24.54 400 = 10.61MPa
c = d *

s
= 0,585 *
h 0,585 0,10 24.54
d f e

2 2

c = 10.61MPa < c = 12MPa => there is no compressed reinforcement

438
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The calculation of the tension reinforcement theoretical section As1

and

Calculation of the steel compressed reinforcement As2:

x2 = x1 h f = 0,2306 0,10 = 0,1306m


c * x2 1.61* 0,1306
c2 = = = 6.01MPa
x1 0,2306
c2 6.01
N c 2 = (beff bw ) * x2 = (0.90 0,18) * 0,1306 * = 0,282 MN
2 2
M 2 = N c 2 * z c 2 = 0,282 * 0,441 = 0,125MNm
0,1306
with z c 2 = 0,585 0,10 = 0,441m
3
M2 0,125
As 2 = = = 7.06cm
zc 2 * s 0,441 * 400

Notions of serviceability moment M0 :

Theoretical steel reinforcement section :

As 0 * M ser 20.46 * 0,400


As = = = 18.83cm
M0 0,435

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area


The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
As , min = Max f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:

f ct ,eff = f ctm = 2.21MPa


from cracking conditions

439
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore:

2.21
0.26 * * 0.18 * 0.585 = 1.21*10 4 m
As ,min = max 500 = 1.37cm
0.0013 * 0.18 * 0.585 = 1.37 *10 4 m

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
9 nodes,
1 linear element.

SLS load combinations(kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: 400kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: As=18.83cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 1.37cm2)

440
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.42.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 400 kNm
Az Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 18.83 cm2
Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm2] 1.37 cm2

5.42.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My My SLS -400 kN*m 0.0000 %
Az Az -18.8948 cm -0.3441 %
Amin Amin -1.36843 cm 0.1146 %

441
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.43 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a


uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(Class XD1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 11)

Test ID: 4983


Test status: Passed

5.43.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.43.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.43.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 15 kN/m + dead load,
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 20kN/m,


Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

442
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.60 m,
Width: b = 0.25 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.15 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.519m; d=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
Concrete density: 25kN/m3
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0 =28 days
Cracking calculation required
Concrete C25/30:
fck 25
fcd = = = 16,67MPa
c 1,5

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N
2/3
fctm = 0.30 * fck = 0.30 * 25 2 / 3 = 2.56MPa

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
Steel S500 :
f yk 500
f yd = = = 434,78MPa
s 1,15

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2


0.3 0.3
f +8 25 + 8
Ecm = 22000 * ck = 22000 * = 31476MPa
10 10
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.

443
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Permanent loads:
G=0.25*0.6*2.5=3.75kN/ml
Load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=15+3.75+20=38.75kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=15+3.75+0.3*20=24.75kN/ml
Load calculations:
38,75 * 5,80
M Ecq = = 162,94kNm
8
24.75 * 5,80
M Eqp = = 104.7kNm
8
5.43.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

(, t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
( fcm ) = = = 2.925MPa
fcm 25 + 8

1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
t0 : concrete age t0 = 28days

RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1*3 h0


1 = 2 = 1 if fcm 35Mpa

0. 7 0.2
35 35
If not, 1 =
and 2 =

fcm f cm
In this case,

, therefore 1 = 2 = 1

In this case,
Humidity RH=50 %
2Ac 2 * 250 * 600
h0 = = = 176.47mm
u 2 * (250 + 600)

50
1
= 1+ 100 = 1.89 (, t 0 ) = * ( fcm ) * ( t 0 ) = 1.89 * 2.925 * 0.488 = 2.70
RH RH
0.1 * 3 176.47

444
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore:

M Eqp 104
1 + ( , t 0 ) * = 1 + 2.70 * = 2.73
M Ecar 163
The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Es 200000
e = = = 17.32
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 104
1 + ( , t 0 ) * 1 + 2.70 *
M Ecar 163

Material characteristics:

The maximum compression on the concrete is: bc = 0,6 f ck = 0,6 * 25 = 15Mpa


For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit s = 0,8 * f yk = 400Mpa

Neutral axis position calculation:

The position of the neutral axis must be determined by calculating 1 (position corresponding to the state of
maximum stress on the concrete and reinforcement):

e * c 17.32 *15
1 = = = 0.394
e * c + s 17.32 *15 + 400

Moment resistance calculation:

Knowing the 1 value, it can be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section, using the following
formulas:

x1 = 1 * d = 0.394 * 0.519 = 0.204 m

1 x 0.204
Mrb = * b w * x1 * c * (d 1 ) = 0.5 * 0.25 * 0.204 * 15 * 0.519 = 0.173MNm
2 3 3

Where:
Utile height : d = h (0.06h + ebz) = 0.519m
The moment resistance Mrb = 173KNm

Because M Ecq = 162.94kNm < M rb = 173kNm the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is
correct.

Calculation of reinforcement area with max constraint on steel and concrete


The reinforcement area is calculated using the SLS load combination

Neutral axis position: 1 = 0,394


0.394
Lever arm: z c = d * 1 1 = 0.519 * 1 = 0.451m
3 3

M ser 0.163
Reinforcement section: As1, ser = = = 9.03cm
zc * s 0.451 * 400

445
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area


The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
As , min = Max f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:

f ct ,eff = f ctm = 2.56 MPa from cracking conditions

Therefore:

2.56
0.26 * 0.25 * 0.519 = 1.73 * 10 4 m
As , min = max 500 = 1.73cm
0.0013 * 0.25 * 0.519 = 1.69 * 10 m
4

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
11 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: 162.94kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 9.03cm2)

446
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 1.73cm2)

5.43.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 162.94 kNm
2
Az Theoretical reinforcement area [cm ] 9.03 cm2
2
Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm ] 1.73 cm2

5.43.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My My USL -162.936 kN*m 0.0025 %
Az Az -9.02822 cm 0.0197 %
Amin Amin -1.73058 cm -0.0335 %

447
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.44 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a


uniformly distributed load, with compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(Class XD1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 14)

Test ID: 4987


Test status: Passed

5.44.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit - Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from
concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending.
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement
and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
The verification of the bending stresses at service limit state is performed.

5.44.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.44.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Linear loads:
Loadings from the structure: G = 50 kN/m + dead load,
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 60kN/m,
Punctual loads

448
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

G=30kN
Q=25kN

2 = 0,3
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.80 m,
Width: b = 0.40 m,
Length: L = 6.30 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.320 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.707m; d=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
Concrete density: 25kN/m3
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.

449
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Dead load:
0.40*0.80*25 = 8kN/ml
Load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=8+50+60=118kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=8+50+0.3*60=76kN/ml
Load calculations:

M ser , cq =
(30 + 25) * 6.3 + (8 + 50 + 60) * 6.3 = 672.05kN .m
4 8

M ser , qp =
(30 + 0.3 * 25) * 6.3 + (8 + 50 + 0.3 * 60) 6.3 = 436.11kN .m
4 8

5.44.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

(, t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:

16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.92MPa
f cm 25 + 8

1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
t0 : concrete age t0=28days

RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1*3 h0


1 = 2 = 1 if f 35Mpa
cm

0.7 0.2
35 35
If not 1 = and 2 =
f f
cm cm
In this case therefore

1 = 2 = 1

450
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %

2 Ac 2 * 400 * 800
h0 = = = 267 mm
u 2 * (400 + 800)
50
1
RH =1+ 100 = 1.78 (, t ) = * ( f ) * (t ) = 1.78 * 2.92 * 0.488 = 2.54
0 RH cm 0
0.1 * 267
3

Calculating the equivalence coefficient:


The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Es
e =
Ecm
M Eqp
1 + ( , t 0 ) *
M Ecar
Where:
0.3 0.3
f +8 25 + 8
Ecm = 22 * ck = 22 * = 31476 MPa
10 10
E s = 200000 MPa
M Eqp 435
1 + ( , t 0 ) * = 1 + 2.54 * = 2.65
M Ecar 672
Es 200000
e = = = 16.82
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 435
1 + ( , t 0 ) * 1 + 2.54 *
M Ecar 672

Material characteristics:

The maximum compression on the concrete is:


bc = 0,6 * f ck = 0,6 *15 = 15Mpa

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit s = 0,8 * f yk = 400Mpa

Neutral axis position calculation:

The position of the neutral axis must be determined by calculating (position corresponding to the state of
maximum stress on the concrete and reinforcement):

e * c 16.82 * 15
1 = = = 0.387
e * c + s 16.82 *18 + 400

451
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Moment resistance calculation:

1
Knowing the value, it can be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section, using the following
formulas:

x1 = 1 * d = 0.387 * 0.707 = 0.273 m

1 x 0.273
M rb = * bw * x1 * c * (d 1 ) = 0.5 * 0.4 * 0.273 * 15 * 0.707 = 0.505MNm
2 3 3
Where:
Utile height : d = h (0.06h + ebz) = 0.707m
The moment resistance Mrb = 505KNm

Because M Ecq = 672kNm > M rb = 505kNm , the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is
incorrect.

The calculation of the tension reinforcement theoretical section A1

x1 0.273
zc = d = 0.707 = 0.616m
3 3
M rb 0.505
A1 = = = 20.51cm
zc * s 0.616 * 400

Stress calculation for steel reinforcement sc:

d ' 0.045
'= = = 0.064
d 0.707
1 ' 0.387 0.067
sc = e * c * = 16.82 * 15 * = 210.78MPa
1 0.387

Calculation of the steel compressed reinforcement A:

M ser M rb 0.672 0.505


A' = = = 11.96cm
(d d ' ) * sc (0.707 0.045) * 210.78

Calculation of the steel tensioned reinforcement A2:

sc 210.78
A2 = A'* = 11.96 * = 6.30cm
s 400

Calculation of the steel reinforcement :

A = A1 + A2 = 20.51 + 6.30 = 26.81cm

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area


The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
As , min = Max f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2

452
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Where:

f ct , eff = f ctm = 2.56MPa


from cracking conditions
Therefore:

2.56
0.26 * * 0.40 * 0.707 = 3.76 * 10 4 m
As , min = max 500 = 3.76cm
0.0013 * 0.40 * 0.707 = 3.68 * 10 4 m

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: 672kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)


(reference value: As=26.81cm2; A=11.96cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area (cm2)


(reference value: 3.76cm2)

453
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.44.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 672 kNm
Az Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 26.81 cm2
Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm2] 3.77 cm2

5.44.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My My SLS -672.032 kN*m -0.0048 %
Az Az -26.8086 cm 0.0052 %
Amin Amin -3.77193 cm -0.3173 %

454
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.45 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a


uniformly distributed load, with compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(Class XD1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 18)

Test ID: 5011


Test status: Passed

5.45.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit - Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from
concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending.
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of compressing stresses in
concrete section and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section.

5.45.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section c and
compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.45.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 37.5 kN/m (including the dead load),
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 37.5 kN/m,
Structural class: S4
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A
For the stress calculation the French annexes was used
The objective is to verify:
The stresses results
The compressing stresses in concrete section c
The compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s.

455
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.80 m,
Width: b = 0.35 m,
Length: L = 8.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.28 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4 cm
Effective height: d=72cm;

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck = 25Mpa

Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: f yk = 500Mpa

A st = 37.70cm for 3 HA20

A sc = 6.28cm for 2 HA10

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0*G+1.0*Q =75 kN/ml
Load calculations:
M0Ed = 855 kNm

456
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Mcar = 600 kNm


Mqp = 390 kNm

5.45.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

(, t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:

16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.92MPa
f cm 25 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
t0 : concrete age t0=28days

RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1*3 h0

if
0.7 0.2
35 35
If not, 1 = and 2 =
f f
cm cm
In this case,

, therefore
1 = 2 = 1
In this case,
Humidity RH=50 %

2 Ac 2 * 350 * 800
h0 = = = 243.48mm
u 2 * (350 + 800)
50
1
RH =1+ 100 = 1.80 (, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.80 * 2.92 * 0.488 = 2.56
0.1 * 243.48
3

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:


Es
e =
Ecm
M Eqp
1 + ( , t 0 ) *
M Ecar

457
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Where:
0.3 0.3
f +8 25 + 8
Ecm = 22 * ck = 22 * = 31476 MPa
10 10
E s = 200000 MPa
M Eqp 390
1 + ( , t 0 ) * = 1 + 2.56 * = 2.664
M Ecar 600
Es 200000
e = = = 16.90
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 2.664
1 + ( , t 0 ) *
M Ecar

Material characteristics:

The maximum compression on the concrete is: bc = 0,6 f ck = 0,6 * 25 = 15Mpa


For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit s = 0,8 * f yk = 320Mpa

Neutral axis position calculation:


1
Neutral axis equation: * b w * x1 A st * e * (d x1 ) + A sc * e * ( x1 d' ) = 0
2

e * ( A st + A sc ) + e * ( A st + A sc ) + 2 * b w * e * (d * A st + d'* A sc )
x1 = =
b
16.90 * (37.70 + 6.28) + 16.90 * (37.70 + 6.28) + 2 * 35 * 16.90 * (72 * 37.70 + 4 * 6.28)
= = 34,41cm
35

Calculating the second moment:

b * x3
I = w 1 + A st * e * (d x1 ) + A sc * e * ( x1 d' ) =
3
35 * 34,413
= + 37,70 * 16.90(72 34,45) + 6,28 * 16.90 * (34.45 4) = 1472097cm4 = 0.01472m4
3

Stresses calculation:

M ser 0,600
c = * x1 = * 0,3441 = 14Mpa c = 12Mpa
I 0,01472
d x1 0,72 0,3441
st = e * c * = 16.90 * 14 * = 259Mpa s = 400Mpa
x1 0,3441

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
9 nodes,
1 linear element.

458
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

SLS load combinations (kNm) and stresses (MPa)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: Mscq=600kNm)

Compressing stresses in concrete section c


(reference value: c =14MPa )

Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s


(reference value: s=260.15MPa)

5.45.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
My,SLS My corresponding to the 104 combination (SLS) [kNm] 600 kNm
c Compressing stresses in concrete section c (MPa) 14 MPa
s Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s (MPa) 260.15 MPa

5.45.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My My SLS -600 kN*m 0.0000 %
Sc CQ Sc CQ 14.122 MPa 0.0142 %
Ss CQ Ss CQ -260.116 MPa 0.0015 %

459
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.46 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete
beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram(Class XD1)(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref Test19)

Test ID: 5033


Test status: Passed

5.46.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of compressing stresses in concrete section
and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section; the maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings
are verified.

5.46.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section c
and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s; maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.46.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 15 kN/m + dead load,
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 20 kN/m,
Structural class: S4
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The objective is to verify:
The stresses results
The compressing stresses in concrete section c
The compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s.
The maximum spacing of cracks
The crack opening

460
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.60 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.12 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.5cm
Effective height: d=53cm;

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck = 25Mpa

Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: f yk = 500Mpa

A st = 15.46cm for 3 HA20+3 HA16

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load calculations:
M0Ed = 228 kNm
Mcar = 160 kNm
Mfq = 118 kNm
Mqp = 101 kNm

461
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.46.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

(, t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:

16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.92MPa
f cm 25 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
t0 : concrete age t0=28days

RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1*3 h0


1 = 2 = 1 if f 35Mpa
cm

0.7 0.2
35 35
1 = 2 =
f cm f cm
If not and
In this case,

, therefore:

In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %

2 Ac 2 * 200 * 600
h0 = = = 150mm
u 2 * (200 + 600)
50
1
RH =1+ 100 = 1.94 (, t ) = * ( f ) * (t ) = 1.94 * 2.92 * 0.488 = 2.77
0 RH cm 0
0.1 * 3 150
The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:
Es
e =
Ecm
M Eqp
1 + ( , t 0 ) *
M Ecar

462
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Where:
0 .3 0 .3
f +8 25 + 8
Ecm = 22 * ck = 22 * = 31476 MPa
10 10
Es = 200000 MPa

M Eqp 101
1 + ( , t 0 ) * = 1 + 2.77 * = 2.75
M Ecar 160
Es 200000
e = = = 2.75
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 101
1 + ( , t 0 ) * 1 + 2.77 *
M Ecar 160

Material characteristics:

The maximum compression on the concrete is: bc = 0,6 f ck = 0,6 * 25 = 15Mpa


For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit s = 0,8 * f yk = 320Mpa

Neutral axis position calculation:


1
Neutral axis equation: * b w * x1 A st * e * (d x1 ) + A sc * e * ( x1 d' ) = 0
2

e * ( A sc + A st ) + e2 * ( A sc + A st ) + 2 * b w * e * (d'* A sc + d * A st )
x1 =
bw

By simplifying the previous equation, by considering Asc = 0 , it will be obtained:

e * A st + e2 * A st + 2 * b w * e * d * A st )
x1 = =
b
17.47 * 15.46 + 17.47 * 15.46 + 2 * 20 * 17.47 * 53 * 15.46
= = 26.67cm
20

Calculating the second moment:

b * x3
I = w 1 + A st * e * (d x1 ) + A sc * e * ( x1 d' ) =
3
0.2 * 0.2673
= + 15,46 * 10 4 * 17.47 * (0.53 0.267 ) = 0.00314m4
3

Stresses calculation:

M ser 0,101
c = * x1 = * 0,267 = 8.59Mpa
I 0,00314
d x1 0,53 0,267
st = e * c * = 17.47 * 8.59 * = 147.82Mpa s = 400Mpa
x1 0,267

463
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Maximum spacing of cracks:


Bottom reinforcement 3HA20+3HA16=15.46cm2


2.5 * (h d ) 2.5 * (0.6 0.53) = 0.175
(h x) (0.6 0.267)
Ac , eff = b * min =0.20 * min = 0.111 = 0.2 * 0.111 = 0.0222m 2
3 3
h 0.6
= 0.3
2 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(2); Figure 7.1

As 15.46 * 104
p , eff = = = 0.070
Ac , eff 0.0222

n1 * 12 + n2 * 22
eq = = 18.22mm
n1 * 1 + n2 * 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(3)

0.425 * k1 * k 2 *
sr ,max = k3 * c +
p ,eff
Where:
c=0.051m
2/3 2/3
25 25
k3 = 3.4 * = 3.4 * = 2.114
c 51
Therefore:

0.425 * k1 * k2 * 0.425 * 0.8 * 0.5 * (18.22 * 103 )


sr , max = k3 * c + = 2.114 * 0.051 + = 152mm
p , eff 0.07

Calculation of average strain:

Es 200000
e = = = 6.35
Ecm 31476
f ct ,eff 2.56
s kt * * (1 + e . p ,eff ) 147.82 0.4 * * (1 + 6.35 * 0.07)
p ,eff 0.07
sm cm = = = 6.33 *10 4 0,6 * s = 4.43 *10 4
Es 200000 Es

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(2)

Calculation of crack widths:

wk = sr , max * ( sm cm ) = 152 * (6.33 104 ) = 0.096mm


According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(1)
For an exposure class XD1, using the French national annex, we retained an opening crack of 0.20mm max.
This criterion is satisfied.

464
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
11 nodes,
1 linear element.

SLS load combinations (kNm) and stresses (MPa)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: Mscq=160kNm)

Compressing stresses in concrete section c


(reference value: c =8.59MPa )

Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s


(reference value: s=148MPa)

Maximum cracking space Sr,max


(reference value: Sr,max=152mm)

Maximum crack opening Wk


(reference value: Wk=0.096mm)

465
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.46.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
Mser-cq My corresponding to the 104 combination (SLS) [kNm] 160 kNm
c Compressing stresses in concrete section c [MPa] 8.50 MPa
s Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s [MPa] 148 MPa
Sr,max Maximum cracking space Sr,max [cm] 15.2 cm
Wk Maximum crack opening Wk [cm] 0.0096 cm

5.46.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My My SLS cq -159.546 kN*m 0.0000 %
Sc QP Sc QP 8.50328 MPa 0.0000 %
Ss QP Ss QP -147.055 MPa 0.0000 %
Sr,max Sr,max 14.9829 cm -1.5850 %
wk Wk -0.00951988 cm 0.5998 %

466
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.47 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete
beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram(Class XD1)(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref.Test 20)

Test ID: 5034


Test status: Passed

5.47.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete class C25/30 to resist simple bending.
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of compressing stresses in
concrete section and the stresses in the tensioned steel reinforcement; the maximum spacing of cracks and the crack
openings are verified.
The verification is made considering NF EN 1992-1-1/NA.

5.47.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section c
and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s; maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.47.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 30 kN/m (including the dead load)
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 37.5 kN/m,
Structural class: S4
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The objective is to verify:
The stresses results
The compressing stresses in concrete section c
The compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s.
The maximum spacing of cracks
The crack opening

467
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.80 m,
Width: b = 0.40 m,
Length: L = 8.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.32 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.5cm
Effective height: d=71cm;

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck = 25Mpa

Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: f yk = 500Mpa

A st = 30.16cm for 3 beds of 5HA16

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load calculations:
M0Ed = 774 kNm
Mcar = 540 kNm
Mfq = 390 kNm
Mqp = 330 kNm

468
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.47.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

(, t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:

16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.92MPa
f cm 25 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
t0 : concrete age t0=28days

RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1*3 h0


If f cm 35Mpa ,
1 = 2 = 1
If not,
0.7 0.2
35 35
1 = 2 =
f
cm f
cm
and
In this case,

, therefore 1 = 2 = 1
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %

2 Ac 2 * 400 * 800
h0 = = = 266.67 mm
u 2 * (400 + 800)
50
1
RH =1+ 100 = 1.78 (, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.78 * 2.92 * 0.488 = 2.55
0.1 * 3 266.67
The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:
Under quasi-permanent combinations:

Es
e =
Ecm
1 + ( , t 0 )
Where:
0.3 0.3
f +8 25 + 8
Ecm = 22 * ck = 22 * = 31476 MPa
10 10
E s = 200000 MPa
(, t0 ) = 2.55

469
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Es 200000
e = = = 22.56
Ecm 31476
1 + (, t0 ) 1 + 2.55

Material characteristics:

The maximum compression on the concrete is:


bc = 0,6 f ck = 0,6 * 25 = 15Mpa

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit s = 0,8 * f yk = 400Mpa

Neutral axis position calculation:


1
Neutral axis equation: * b w * x1 A st * e * (d x1 ) + A sc * e * ( x1 d' ) = 0
2

e * ( A sc + A st ) + e2 * ( A sc + A st ) + 2 * b w * e * (d'* A sc + d * A st )
x1 =
bw

By simplifying the previous equation, by considering Asc = 0 , it will be obtained:

e * A st + e2 * A st + 2 * b w * e * d * A st )
x1 = =
b
22.56 * 30.16 + 22.56 * 30.16 + 2 * 40 * 22.56 * 71 * 30.16
= = 35 cm
40

Calculating the second moment:

b * x3
I = w 1 + A st * e * (d x1 ) + A sc * e * ( x1 d' ) =
3
0.4 * 0.3503
= + 30,16 * 10 4 * 22.56 * (0.71 0.350) = 0.0145m4
3

Stresses calculation:

M ser 0,330
c = * x1 = * 0,350 = 7.96Mpa
I 0,0145
d x1 0,71 0,350
st = e * c * = 22.56 * 7.96 * = 184.7 Mpa s = 400 Mpa
x1 0,350

Maximum spacing of cracks:


Bottom reinforcement 3HA20+3HA16=15.46cm2


2.5 * (h d ) 2.5 * (0.8 0.71) = 0.255
(h x) (0.8 0.350)
Ac , eff = b * min =0.40 * min = 0.15 = 0.4 * 0.15 = 0.06m 2
3 3
h 0 .8
= 0.4
2 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(2); Figure 7.1

As 30.16 * 104
p , eff = = = 0.0500
Ac , eff 0.06

470
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

n1 * 12 + n2 * 22
eq = = 16mm
n1 * 1 + n2 * 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(3)

0.425 * k1 * k 2 *
sr ,max = k3 * c +
p ,eff
Where:
c=0.051m
2/3 2/3
25 25
k 3 = 3.4 * = 3.4 * = 2.113
c 51
Therefore:

0.425 * k1 * k2 * 0.425 * 0.8 * 0.5 * (16 * 103 )


sr , max = k3 * c + = 2.113 * 0.051 + = 162mm
p , eff 0.050

Calculation of average strain:

Es 200000
e = = = 6.41
Ecm 31187
f ct ,eff 2.56
s kt * * (1 + e . p ,eff ) 184.71 0.4 * * (1 + 6.41 * 0.050)
p ,eff 0.050
sm cm = = = 7.88 *10 4 0,6 * s = 5.54 *10 4
Es 200000 Es

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(2)

Calculation of crack widths:

wk = sr , max * ( sm cm ) = 0.162 * (7.88 104 ) = 0.128mm


According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(1)
For an exposure class XD1, using the French national annex, we retained an opening crack of 0.20mm max.
This criterion is satisfied.

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
11 nodes,
1 linear element.

471
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

SLS load combinations (kNm) and stresses (MPa)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: MEd=774kNm)

SLS characteristic (reference value: Mser-cq=540kNm)

SLS quasi-permanent (reference value: Mser-qp=330kNm)

Compressing stresses in concrete section c-qp


(reference value: c-qp =7.96MPa )

Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s-qp


(reference value: s-qp=185MPa)

Maximum cracking space Sr,max


(reference value: Sr,max=162mm)

472
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Maximum crack opening Wk


(reference value: Wk=0.128mm)

5.47.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
MEd My corresponding to 102 combination (ULS) [kNm] 774 kNm
Mser-cq My corresponding to104 combination (SLS) [kNm] 540 kNm
Mser-qp My corresponding to 108 combination (SLS) [kNm] 330 kNm
c Compressing stresses in concrete section c [MPa] 7.96 MPa
s Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s [MPa] 185 Mpa
Sr,max Maximum cracking space Sr,max [cm] 16.2 cm
Wk Maximum crack opening Wk [cm] 0.0128 cm

5.47.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My My ULS -774 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My SLS cq -540 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My SLS qp -330 kN*m 0.0000 %
Sc QP Sc QP 7.76924 MPa -2.3965 %
Ss QP Ss QP -181.698 MPa 1.6307 %
Sr,max Sr,max 161.577 mm -0.2611 %
wk Wk -0.125137 mm 2.2367 %

473
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.48 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam with compressed
reinforcement Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 9)

Test ID: 4982


Test status: Passed

5.48.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
For these tests, the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied as a constitutive law for reinforcement steel.
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to
the defined loads. The test confirms the presence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

5.48.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses, the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum
reinforcement percentage are performed.
For these tests, the constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied.
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to
the defined loads. The test confirms the presence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.48.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Linear loadings :
Loadings from the structure: G = 55 kN/m+ dead load,
Live loads: Q=60kN/m
Point loads:
Loadings from the structure: G = 35kN;
Live loads: Q=25kN

2 = 0,8
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A
The calculation is performed considering inclined stress-strain diagram
The objective is to verify:
The stresses results
The longitudinal reinforcement
The minimum reinforcement percentage

474
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.80 m,
Width: b = 0.40 m,
Length: L = 6.30 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.32 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.50 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.707 m; d=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
3
Concrete density: 25kN/m
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A
The calculation is performed considering inclined stress-strain diagram
Cracking calculation required
Concrete C25/30:
fck 25
fcd = = = 16,67MPa
c 1,5

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
0.3 0.3
f +8 25 + 8
Ecm = 22000 ck = 22000 = 31476 MPa
10 10

475
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Steel S500 :

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 6.3) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Dead load:
G=0.4*0.8*2.5=8.00 kN/ml
Linear load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(55+8)+1.5*60=175.05 kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=55+8+60=123 kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q=55+8+0.8*60=111 kN/m
Point load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*35+1.5*25=84.75 kN
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=35+25=60 kN
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q=35+0.8*25=55 kN
Load calculations:
175.05 * 6.30 184.75 * 6.30
M Ed = + = 1002kNm
8 4
123 * 6.30 60 * 6.30
M Ecq = + = 705kNm
8 4
111* 6.30 55 * 6.30
M Eqp = + = 637 kNm
8 4

476
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.48.2.2 Reference results in calculating the equivalent coefficient


To determine the equivalence coefficient, we must first estimate the creep coefficient, related to elastic deformation at
28 days and 50% humidity:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.2

16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.925
f cm 25 + 8
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.4

at t0 = 28 days
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.5
The value of the RH coefficient depends of the concrete quality:

RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1 * 3 h 0


According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.3a

1 = 2 = 1 if f CM 35MPa
0.7 0.2
35 35
If not: 1 =
f and 2 =
cm f cm
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.8c
In this case,

f cm = f ck + 8Mpa = 33Mpa

1 = 2 = 1
50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 400 * 800 100 = 1.78
h0 = = = 266.67 mm RH = 1 +
u 2 * (400 + 800) 0.1* 3 266.67


According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.6

(, t 0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t 0 ) = 1.78 * 2.92 * 0.488 = 2.54


The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Es 200000
e = = = 20.94
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 637
1 + ( , t 0 ) * 1 + 2..54 *
M Ecar 705

477
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.48.2.3 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit
Due to exposure class XD3, we will verify the section having non-compressed steel reinforcement, determining the
reduced moment limit, using the formula defined by Jeans Roux in his book Practice of EC2:

This value can be determined by the next formula if f ck < 50MPa valid for a constitutive law to horizontal plateau:
f ck
luc = K ( e ) *
(4.62 1.66 * ) * f ck + (165.69 79.62 * )

(
K ( e ) = 104 * a + b * e + c * e
2
)
Where:

a = 75,3 * 25 189,8 = 1692.7


b = 5,6 * 25 + 874,5 = 734.5
c = 0,04 * 25 13 = 12
K ( e ) = 10 4 * (1692.7 + 734.5 * 20.94 12 * 20.94 ) = 1.181
Then:

1002
= = 1,422
705
f ck
luc = K ( e ) * = 0.271
(4.62 1.66 * ) * f ck + (165.69 79.62 * )

Calculation of reduced moment:

M Ed 1.002
cu = = = 0.301
bw * d * f cd 0.40 * 0.707 * 16.67
cu = 0.301 > luc = 0.271 therefore the compressed reinforcement is present in the beam section

Reference reinforcement calculation at SLU:


The calculation will be divided for theoretical sections:

Calculation of the tension steel section (Section A1):

The calculation of tensioned steel section must be conducted with the corresponding moment of lu :

M Ed 1 = lu * bw * d * f cd = 0.271 * 0.40 * 0.707 * 16.67 = 0.902 * 10 6 Nm


The value:

[ ] [
lu = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * lu ) = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.271) = 0.404 ]
Calculation of the lever arm zc:
zlu = d * (1 0.4 * lu ) = 0.707 * (1 0.4 * 0.404) = 0.593m
Tensioned reinforcement elongation calculation:
1 u 1 0.404
su = * cu 2 = * 3.5 = 5.17
u 0.404

478
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Tensioned reinforcement efforts calculation(S500A):

su = 432,71 + 952,38 * su 454MPa


su = 432,71 + 952,38 * 0.00517 = 437.63MPa 454Mpa
Calculation of the reinforcement area:

M Ed 1 0.902 *10 6 Nm
A1 = = = 34.76cm
z lu . f yd 0.593m * 437.63MPa

Compressed steel reinforcement reduction (Section As2):


Reduction coefficient:
3,5 3.5
sc = ( lu * d d' ) = (0.404 * 0.707 0.045) = 2.957
1000 * lu * d 1000 * 0.404 * 0.707

sc = 0.00295 > yd = 0.00217 sc = 432.71 + 952.38 * 0.00295 = 435.52MPa


Compressed reinforcement calculation:

M Ed M Ed 1 1.002 0.902
As 2 = = = 3.47cm
(d d ' ) sc (0.707 0.045) * 435.52
The steel reinforcement condition:

sc 435.52
A2 = As 2 . = 3.47 * = 3.48cm
f yd 437.64

Total area to be implemented:


In the lower part: As1=A1+A2=38.24 cm2 (tensioned reinforcement)
In the top part: As2=3.47 cm2 (compressed reinforcement)

Reference reinforcement calculation at SLS:


The concrete beam design at SLS will be made considering a limitation of the characteristic compressive cylinder
strength of concrete at 28 days, at 0.6*fck
The assumptions are:

The SLS moment: MEcq = 705kNm

The equivalence coefficient: e = 20.94


The stress on the concrete will be limited at 0.6*fck=15Mpa and the stress on steel at 0.8*fyk, or 400MPa

479
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculation of the resistance moment MRd for detecting the presence of the compressed reinforcement:

e * c 20.94 * 15
x1 = *d = * 0.707 = 0.311m
e * c + s 20.94 * 15 + 400
1 1
Fc = * bw * x1 * c = * 0.40 * 0.31115 = 0.933 *10 6 N
2 2
x1 0.311
zc = d = 0.707 = 0.603m
3 3
M rb = Fc * zc = 0.933 * 10 6 * 0.603 = 0.563 * 10 6 Nm
Therefore the compressed reinforced established earlier was correct.

Theoretical section 1 (tensioned reinforcement only)

M 1 = M rb = 0.563 * 10 6 Nm

x1 0.311
1 = = = 0.440
d 0.707
x1 0.311
zc = d = 0.707 = 0.603m
3 3
M1 0.563
A1 = = = 23.34cm
z c s 0.603 400

Theoretical section 2 (compressed reinforcement and complementary tensioned reinforcement)

M 2 = M ser ,cq M rb = (0.705 0.591) * 10 6 = 0.142 * 10 6 Nm


Compressed reinforcement stresses:

1 * d d '
sc = e * c *
1 * d
0.440 * 0.707 0.045
sc = 20.94 * 15 * = 268.66 MPa
0.440 * 0.707
Compressed reinforcement area:

M2 0.142
A' = = = 7.98cm
(d d ' ) * sc (0.707 0.045) * 268.66
Complementary tensioned reinforcement area:

sc 268.66
As = A' * = 7.98 * = 5.36cm
s 400

Section area:
Tensioned reinforcement: 23.34+5.36=28.7 cm2
Compressed reinforcement: 7.98 cm2
Considering an envelope calculation of ULS and SLS, it will be obtained:
Tensioned reinforcement ULS: A=38.24cm2
Compressed reinforcement SLS: A=7.98cm2

480
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

To optimize the reinforcement area, it is preferable a third iteration by recalculating with SLS as a baseline amount of
2
tensioned reinforcement (after ULS: Au=38.24cm )

Reference reinforcement third calculation at SLS:


For this third iteration, the calculation will begin considering the section of the tensile reinforcement found when
calculating for ULS: Au=38.24cm2
From this value, it will be calculated the stress obtained in the tensioned reinforcement:

AELS 28.70
s = * s = * 400 = 300.21MPa
AELU 38.24
Calculating the moment resistance Mrb for detecting the presence of compressed steel reinforcement:

e * c 20.94 *15
x1 = *d = * 0.707 = 0.361m
e * c + s 20.94 *15 + 300.21
1 1
Fc = * bw * x1 * c = * 0.40 * 0.36115 = 1.083 *10 6 N
2 2
x1 0.361
zc = d = 0.707 = 0.587 m
3 3
M rb = Fc * z c = 1.083 *10 6 * 0.587 = 0.636 *10 6 Nm
Therefore the compressed reinforced established earlier was correct.

Theoretical section 1 (tensioned reinforcement only)

M 1 = M rb = 0.636 *10 6 Nm

x1 0.361
1 = = = 0.511
d 0.707
x1 0.361
zc = d = 0.707 = 0.587 m
3 3
M1 0.36
A1 = = = 36.09cm
z c * s 0.578 * 400

Theoretical section 2 (compressed reinforcement and complementary tensioned reinforcement)

M 2 = M ser ,cq M rb = (0.705 0.636) *10 6 = 0.069 *10 6 Nm


Compressed reinforcement stresses:

1 * d d ' 0.511 * 0.707 0.045


sc = e * c * = 20.94 * 15 * = 275MPa
1 * d 0.511 * 0.707
Compressed reinforcement area:

M2 0.069
A' = = = 3.79cm
(d d ' ) * sc (0.707 0.045)* 275
Complementary tensioned reinforcement area:

sc 275
As = A' * = 3.79 * = 3.47cm
s 300.21

481
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Section area:
Tensioned reinforcement: 36.09+3.47=39.56 cm2
Compressed reinforcement: 3.79 cm2

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area


The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
As , min = Max f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:

f ct ,eff = f ctm = 2.56 MPa


from cracking conditions
Therefore:

2.56
0.26 * * 0.40 * 0.707 = 3.77 * 10 4 m
As ,min = max 500 = 3.77cm
0.0013 * 0.40 * 0.707 = 3.68 * 10 m
4

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
9 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS and SLS load combinations(kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 1002kNm)

SLS (reference value: 705kNm)

482
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

SLS Quasi-permanent (reference value: 637kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


For Class A reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=39.56cm2 and A=3.79cm2)

2
Minimum reinforcement area(cm )
(reference value: 3.77cm2)

5.48.2.4 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
My,ULS My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 1001 kNm
My,SLS,cq My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 705 kNm
My,SLS,qp My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 637 cm2
Az (Class A) Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 39.56 cm2
2
Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm ] 3.77 cm2

5.48.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My My USL -1001.92 kN*m 0.0080 %
My My SLS cq -704.714 kN*m 0.0406 %
My My SLS qp -637.304 kN*m -0.0477 %
Az Az -39.5884 cm -0.0718 %
Amin Amin 3.77193 cm 0.0512 %

483
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.49 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a


uniformly distributed load, with compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(Class XD1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 13)

Test ID: 4986


Test status: Passed

5.49.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit - Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from
concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending.
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement
and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
The verification of the bending stresses at service limit state is performed.

5.49.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.49.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 25 kN/m (including dead load),
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 30kN/m,


Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.60 m,

484
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Width: b = 0.25 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.150 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.519m; d=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
3
Concrete density: 25kN/m
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q = 25 + 30 = 55 kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q = 25 + 0.3*30 = 34 kN/ml
Load calculations:
(25 + 30) * 5.80
M Ecq = = 231.28kNm
8
(25 + 0.3 * 30) * 5.80
M Eqp = = 142.97kNm
8

485
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.49.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

(, t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:

16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.92MPa
f cm 25 + 8

1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
t0 : concrete age t0 = 28 days

RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1*3 h0


1 = 2 = 1 if f 35Mpa
cm

0.7 0 .2
35 35
1 = 2 =
f cm f cm
If not and

In this case, therefore:

1 = 2 = 1
In this case:
Humidity RH = 50 %

2 Ac 2 * 250 * 600
h0 = = = 176mm
u 2 * (250 + 600)
50
1
RH =1+ 100 = 1.89 (, t ) = * ( f ) * (t ) = 1.89 * 2.92 * 0.488 = 2.70
0 RH cm 0
0.1 * 3 176

Calculating the equivalence coefficient:


The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Es
e =
Ecm
M Eqp
1 + ( , t 0 ) *
M Ecar
Where:
0.3 0.3
f +8 25 + 8
Ecm = 22 * ck = 22 * = 31476 MPa
10 10
E s = 200000 MPa

486
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

M Eqp 143
1 + ( , t 0 ) * = 1 + 2.69 * = 2.67
M Ecar 231
Es 200000
e = = = 16.97
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 143
1 + ( , t 0 ) * 1 + 2.69 *
M Ecar 231

Material characteristics:

The maximum compression on the concrete is: bc = 0,6 * f ck = 0,6 *15 = 15Mpa
For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit s = 0,8 * f yk = 400Mpa

Neutral axis position calculation:

The position of the neutral axis must be determined by calculating 1 (position corresponding to the state of
maximum stress on the concrete and reinforcement):

e * c 16.97 *15
1 = = = 0.389
e * c + s 16.97 *18 + 400

Moment resistance calculation:

Knowing the 1 value, it can be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section, using the following
formulas:

x1 = 1 * d = 0.389 * 0.519 = 0.202 m

1 x 0.202
M rb = * bw * x1 * c * (d 1 ) = 0.5 * 0.25 * 0.202 * 15 * 0.519 = 0.171MNm
2 3 3
Where:
Utile height : d = h (0.06h + ebz) = 0.519m
The moment resistance Mrb = 171KNm

Because M Ecq = 231kNm > M rb = 171kNm , the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is
incorrect.

The calculation of the tension reinforcement theoretical section A1

x1 0.202
zc = d = 0.519 = 0.452m
3 3
M rb 0.171
A1 = = = 9.46cm
zc * s 0.452 * 400

Stress calculation for steel reinforcement sc:

d ' 0.045
'= = = 0.087
d 0.519
1 ' 0.389 0.087
sc = e * c * = 16.97 * 15 * = 197.75MPa
1 0.389

487
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculation of the steel compressed reinforcement A:

M ser M rb 0.231 0.171


A' = = = 6.44cm
(d d ' ) * sc (0.519 0.045) *197.75

Calculation of the steel tensioned reinforcement A2:

sc 197.75
A2 = A'* = 6.44 * = 3.18cm
s 400

Calculation of the steel reinforcement :

A = A1 + A2 = 9.46 + 3.18 = 12.64cm


A' = 6.44cm
Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area
The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:
fct,eff = fctm = 2.896MPa from cracking conditions

Therefore:

2.56
0.26 * * 0.25 * 0.519 = 1.73 * 10 4 m
As , min = max 500 = 1.73cm
0.0013 * 0.25 * 0.519 = 1.69 * 10 m
4

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS and SLS load combinations(kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: 231.28kNm)

488
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: As=12.64cm2; A=6.44cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 1.73cm2)

5.49.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 231.28 kNm
2
Az Theoretical reinforcement area [cm ] 12.64 cm2
2
Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm ] 1.73 cm2

5.49.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My My SLS -231.275 kN*m 0.0022 %
Az Az -12.6425 cm -0.0990 %
Amin Amin -1.73058 cm -0.0335 %

489
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.50 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a


uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram
(Class XD1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 17)

Test ID: 5000


Test status: Passed

5.50.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C20/25 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of compressing stresses in concrete section
and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section.

5.50.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C20/25 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section c and
compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.50.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 9.375 kN/m (including the dead load),
Mfq = Mcar = Mqp = 75 kNm
Structural class: S4
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The objective is to verify:
The stresses results
The compressing stresses in concrete section c
The compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s.

490
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.50 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Length: L = 8.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.10 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.5cm
Effective height: d=44cm;

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C20/25 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Inclined stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%

Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: f ck = 20Mpa


Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: f yk = 400Mpa
Ast = 9,42cm for 3 HA20

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G =9.375kN/ml
Load calculations:
Mfq = Mcar = Mqp = 75 kNm

491
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.50.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient

(, t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:

16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 3.17 MPa
f cm 20 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
t0 : concrete age t0=28days

RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1*3 h0


1 = 2 = 1 if f 35Mpa
cm

0.7 0.2
35 35
If not, 1 = and 2 =
f f
cm cm
In this case,

Therefore
1 = 2 = 1
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %

2 Ac 2 * 200 * 500
h0 = = = 142.86mm
u 2 * (200 + 500)
50
1
RH =1+ 100 = 1.96 (, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.96 * 3.17 * 0.488 = 3.03
0.1 * 142.86
3

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:


Es
e =
Ecm
M Eqp
1 + ( , t 0 ) *
M Ecar

492
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Where:
0.3 0.3
f +8 20 + 8
Ecm = 22 * ck = 22 * = 29962 MPa
10 10
E s = 200000 MPa
M Eqp
1 + ( , t 0 ) * = 1 + 3.03 * 1 = 4.03
M Ecar
Es 200000
e = = = 26.90
Ecm 29962
M Eqp 1 + 3.03 *1
1 + (, t 0 ) *
M Ecar

Material characteristics:

The maximum compression on the concrete is: bc = 0,6fck = 0,6 * 25 = 15Mpa

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit s = 0,8 * f yk = 320Mpa

Checking inertia cracked or not:


Before computing the constraints, check whether the section is cracked or not. For this, we determine the cracking
moment which corresponds to a tensile stress on the concrete equal to f ctm :

f ctm * I
M cr =
v
Where:

b * h3 0,20 * 0,503
I= = = 0,00208m 4
12 12
h
v= = 0,25m
2
The average stress in concrete is:
2 2
f ctm = 0.30 * f ck3 = 0.30 * 20 3 = 2,21Mpa
The critical moment of cracking is therefore:

f ctm * I 2,21 * 0,00208


M cr = = = 0,018MNm
v 0,25
The servility limit state moment is 0.075MNm therefore the cracking inertia is present.

493
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Neutral axis position calculation:

1
Neutral axis equation: * bw * x1 Ast * e * (d x1 ) + Asc * e * ( x1 d ' ) = 0
2

e * ( Asc + Ast ) + e2 * ( Asc + Ast ) + 2 * bw * e * (d '*Asc + d * Ast )


x1 =
bw

By simplifying the previous equation, by considering Asc = 0 , it will be obtained:

e * ( Ast ) + e2 * Ast + 2 * bw * e * d * Ast )


x1 =
bw

26.90 * 9,42 + 26.90 * 9,42 + 2 * 20 * 26,90 * (44 / 9,42)


x1 = = 23,04cm
20
Calculating the second moment:

b * x3 0,20 * 0,2303
I = w 1 + Ast * e * (d x1 ) = + 9,42 * 10 4 * 26.90 * (0,44 0,230) = 0,001929m 4
3 3

Stresses calculation:

M ser 0,075
c = * x1 = * 0,230 = 8,94 Mpa c = 12 Mpa
I 0,001929
d x1 0,44 0,230
st = e * c * = 26.90 * 8,94 * = 219.57 Mpa s = 320 Mpa
x1 0,230

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
9 nodes,
1 linear element.

SLS load combinations (kNm) and stresses (MPa)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

SLS (reference value: Mscq=75kNm)

494
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Compressing stresses in concrete section c


(reference value: c =8.94MPa )

Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s


(reference value: s=218.57MPa)

5.50.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
My,SLS My corresponding to the 103 combination (SLS) [kNm] 75 kNm
c Compressing stresses in concrete section c (MPa) 8.94 MPa
s Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s (MPa) 219.67 MPa

5.50.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My My SLS -75 kN*m 0.0000 %
Sc CQ Sc CQ 8.99322 MPa 0.5953 %
Ss CQ Ss CQ -219.639 MPa -0.0314 %

495
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.51 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete
beam with vertical transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 24)

Test ID: 5058


Test status: Passed

5.51.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C20/25 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) will be determined, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement (Asw) calculation.

5.51.2 Background
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C20/25 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) will be determined, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement (Asw) calculation.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.51.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Concrete C20/25
Reinforcement steel: S500B
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure:
The dead load will be represented by a punctual load of 105kN
Exploitation loadings:
The live load will be considered from one point load of 95kN
Structural class: S1
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The reinforcement will be displayed like in the picture below:

The objective is to verify:


The shear stresses results
The cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw

496
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.50 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Length: L = 3.00 m,
Concrete cover: c=3.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.435m; d=ehz=0.035m
Stirrup slope: = 90
Strut slope: =30

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.30) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.

Loading:
For a beam subjected to a point load, Pu, the shear stresses are defined by the formula below:

a
VEd = Pu 1
l
According to EC2 the Pu point load is defined by the next formula:
Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*105kN=1.50*95kN=284.25kN
In this case, (a = 1 m; l = 3 m):

1
VEd = 284,25 * 1 = 189,5 KN
3

Note: In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an
unreduced shear, that will be used for further calculations.

497
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.51.2.2 Reference results in calculating the maximum design shear resistance

VRd, max = cw * 1 * fcd * z u * b w *


(cot + cot )
1 + cot 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 6.2.3.(3)
Where:

f
cw = 1 coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and v 1 = 0,6 * 1 ck
250
When the transverse frames are vertical, the above formula simplifies to:
v 1 * f cd * z u * b w
VRd,max =
tg + cot

In this case,

= 45 and = 90
v1 strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear

f 20
v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.6 * 1 = 0.55
250 250
zu = 0.9 * d = 0.9 * 0.435 = 0.392m
0.55 * 13.33 * 0.392 * 0.20
VRd , max = = 0.288MN
2
VEd = 0.1895MN < VRd , max = 0.288MN

Calculation of transversal reinforcement:


is determined by considering the transverse reinforcement steel vertical (=90) and connecting rods inclined
at 45 , at different points of the beam
Asw VEd . * tg 0,18950 * tg 45
before the first point load: = = = 11.13cm / ml
s zu * f ywd 500
0,392 *
1,15
beyond the point load, the shear force is constant and equal to Rb, therefore:
a 1
Vu = Pu * = 284,25 * = 94,75 KN
l 3
it also calculates the required reinforcement area to the right side of the beam:

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
3 nodes,
1 linear element.

498
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Advance Design gives the following results for Atz (cm2/ml)

5.51.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
Fz,1 Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) x=1m [kNm] 189.5 kN
Fz,2 Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) x=1.01m [kNm] 94.75 kN
2
At,z,1 Theoretical reinforcement area x=1m [cm /ml] 11.13 cm2/ml
At,z,2 Theoretical reinforcement area x=1.01m [cm2/ml] 5.57 cm2/ml

5.51.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Fz Fz,1 -189.5 kN 0.0000 %
Fz Fz,2 94.75 kN 0.0000 %
Atz Atz,1 11.1328 cm 0.1151 %
Atz Atz,2 5.56641 cm -0.0645 %

499
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.52 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete
beam with inclined transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 25)

Test ID: 5065


Test status: Passed

5.52.1 Description
Verifies the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam C20/25 with inclined transversal reinforcement -
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
For this test, the shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be
sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) is calculated, along with the
cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement (Asw).

5.52.2 Background
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C20/25 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) is calculated, along with the cross-sectional area of
the shear reinforcement (Asw).
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.52.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Concrete C20/25
Reinforcement steel: S500B
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure:
The dead load will be represented by a punctual load of 105kN
Exploitation loadings:
The live load will be considered from one point load of 95kN
Structural class: S1
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The reinforcement will be displayed like in the picture below:

The objective is to verify:


The shear stresses results
The cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw

500
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.50 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Length: L = 3.00 m,
Concrete cover: c=3.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.435m; d=ehz=0.035m
Stirrup slope: = 45
Strut slope: =30

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.30) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.

Loading:
For a beam subjected to a point load, Pu, the shear stresses are defined by the formula below:

a
VEd = Pu 1
l
According to EC2 the Pu point load is defined by the next formula:
Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*105kN=1.50*95kN=284.25kN
In this case (a=1m; l=3m):

1
VEd = 284,25 * 1 = 189,5 KN
3

Note: In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an
unreduced shear, that will be used for further calculations.

501
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.52.2.2 Reference results in calculating the maximum design shear resistance

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 6.2.3.(3)


Where:

f ck
cw = 1 coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and v1 = 0,6 * 1
250
In this case,

= 30 and = 45
v1 strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear

f 20
v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.6 * 1 = 0.55
250 250
zu = 0.9 * d = 0.9 * 0.435 = 0.392m

VRd, max = 0.54 * 13.33 * 0.392 * 0.20 *


(cot 45 + cot30) = 0.394
1 + cot 2 30
VEd = 0.1895MN < VRd , max = 0.394MN

Calculation of transverse reinforcement:


The transverse reinforcement is calculated using the following formula:

Asw VEd 0.18950


= = = 5.76cm / ml
s zu * f ywd * (cot + cot ) * sin 0.392 * 434.78 * (cot 30 + cot 45) * sin 45
Beyond the point load, the shear force is constant and equal to Rb, therefore,

it also calculates the required reinforcement area to the right side of the beam:

Asw 0.09475
= = 2.88cm / ml
s 0.392 * 434.78 * (cot 30 + cot 45) * sin 45

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
3 nodes,
1 linear element.

502
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Advance Design gives the following results for Atz (cm2/ml)

5.52.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
Fz,1 Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) x=1.0m [kN] 189.5 kN
Fz,2 Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) x=1.01m [kN] 94.75 kN
2
At,z,1 Theoretical reinforcement area at x=1.0m [cm /ml] 5.76 cm2/ml
2
At,z,2 Theoretical reinforcement area at x=1.01m [cm /ml] 2.88 cm2/ml

5.52.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Fz Fz,1 -189.5 kN 0.0000 %
Fz Fz,2 94.75 kN 0.0000 %
Atz Atz,1 5.76277 cm 0.0000 %
Atz Atz,2 2.88139 cm 0.0000 %

503
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.53 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam -
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 28)

Test ID: 5083


Test status: Passed

5.53.1 Description
Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force
diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member,
limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional area of the
shear reinforcement, Asw, calculation.
The test will not use the reduced shear force value.

5.53.2 Background
Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force
diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member,
limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional area of the
shear reinforcement, Asw, calculation. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.53.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Concrete: C25/30
Reinforcement steel: S500B
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure:
The dead load will be represented by a linear load of 13.83kN/m
Exploitation loadings:
The live load will be considered from one linear load of 26.60kN/m

Structural class: S1
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
Exposure class: X0
Concrete density: 25kN/m3

504
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The reinforcement will be displayed like in the picture below:

The objective is to:


Verify the shear stresses results
Verify the transverse reinforcement
Verify the transverse reinforcement distribution by the Caqout method
Identify the steel sewing

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Length: L = 10.00 m,
Concrete cover: c=3.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.764m; d=ehz=0.035m
Stirrup slope: = 90
Strut slope: =30

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 10.00) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.

505
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading:
For a beam under a uniformly distributed load Pu, the shear force is defined by the following equation:

Pu * l
V ( x) = Pu * x
2
For the beam end, (x=0) the shear force will be:

Pu * l 58,57 * 10
VEd = = = 292,9kN
2 2
In the following calculations, the negative sign of the shear will be neglected, as this has no effect in the calculations.

Note: In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an
unreduced shear, that will be used for further calculations.

5.53.2.2 Reference results in calculating the maximum design shear resistance


v1 * f cd * zu * bw
VRd , max =
tg + cot
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 6.2.3.(3)
In this case:

= 30 and = 90
v1 strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear

f 25
v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.6 * 1 = 0.54
250 250
zu = 0.9 * d = 0.9 * 0.764 = 0.688m
0.54 * 16.67 * 0.688 * 0.22
VRd , max = = 0.590MN
tg 30 + cot 30
VEd = 0.293MN < VRd , max = 0.590MN

Calculation of transverse reinforcement:


The transverse reinforcement is calculated using the following formula:

Asw VEd . * tg 0.293 * tg 30


= = = 5.66cm / ml
s zu * f ywd 500
0.688 *
1,15

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
11 nodes,
1 linear element.

506
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Advance Design gives the following results for Atz (cm2/ml)

5.53.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
Fz Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 292.9 kN
At,z Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2/ml] 5.66 cm2/ml

5.53.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Fz Fz -292.852 kN -0.0007 %
Atz Atz 5.65562 cm -0.0774 %

507
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.54 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with
inclined transversal reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 29)

Test ID: 5092


Test status: Passed

5.54.1 Description
Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C35/40 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force
diagram and the moment diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be
sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max., will be determined, along with the
cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw, calculation. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.
The beam model was provided by Bouygues.

5.54.2 Background
Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C35/40 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force
diagram and the moment diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be
sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be determined, along with the
cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.
The beam model was provided by Bouygues.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.54.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Concrete: C35/40
Reinforcement steel: S500B
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure:
The dead load will be represented by two linear loads of 22.63kN/m and 47.38kN/m
Exploitation loadings:
The live load will be considered from one linear load of 80.00kN/m

Structural class: S3
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
Exposure class: XC1

Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days:

508
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Partial factor for concrete:


Relative humidity: RH=50%
Concrete age: t0=28days
Design value of concrete compressive strength: fcd=23 MPa
Secant modulus of elasticity of concrete: Ecm=34000 MPa

Concrete density:
Mean value of axial tensile strength of concrete: fctm=3.2 MPa

Final value of creep coefficient:

Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement:


Steel ductility: Class B
K coefficient: k=1.08

Design yield strength of reinforcement:


Design value of modulus of elasticity of reinforcing steel: Es=200000MPa

Steel density:

Characteristic strain of reinforcement or prestressing steel at maximum load:

Strain of reinforcement or prestressing steel at maximum load:


Slenderness ratio: = 0.80
The objective is to verify:
The of shear stresses results
The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to a 5cm concrete cover
The transverse reinforcement corresponding to a 2.7cm concrete cover

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Length: L = 10.00 m,
Stirrup slope: = 90
Strut slope: =29.74

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 10.00) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.

509
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading:

Note: In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an
unreduced shear, that will be used for further calculations.

5.54.2.2 Reference results in calculating the longitudinal reinforcement


For a 5 cm concrete cover and dinit=1.125m, the reference value will be 108.3 cm2:

For a 2.7 cm concrete cover and dinit=1.148m, the reference value will be 105.7 cm2:

5.54.2.3 Reference results in calculating the transversal reinforcement


Asw VEd . * tg
=
s zu * f ywd
Where:

zu = 0.9 * d = 0.9 *1.125 = 1.0125m


cot = 1.75 = 29.74
= 90
Asw VEd . * tg 1.502 * tg 29.74
= = = 19.50cm / ml
s zu * f ywd 500
1.0125 *
1,15

510
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The minimum reinforcement percentage calculation:

Asw 0,08 * f ck 0,08 * 35


w, min * bw * sin = * bw * sin = * 0.55 * sin 90 = 5.21cm / ml
s f yk 500

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
15 nodes,
1 linear element.
2
Advance Design gives the following results for Atz (cm /ml)

5.54.2.4 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
My My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 5255.58 kNm
Fz Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 1501.59 kN
Az(5cm cover) Az longitudinal reinforcement corresp. to a 5cm cover [cm2/ml] 108.30 cm2/ml
Az(2.7cm cover) Az longitudinal reinforcement corresp. to a 2.7cm cover [cm2/ml] 105.69 cm2/ml
2
At,z,1 At,z transversal reinforcement for the beam end [cm /ml] 19.10 cm2/ml

At,z,2 At,z transversal reinforcement for the middle of the beam [cm2/ml] 5.21 cm2/ml

5.54.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My My -5255.58 kN*m 0.0000 %
Fz Fz -1501.59 kN 0.0000 %
Az Az 5cm -108.301 cm 0.0000 %
Az Az 2.7cm -108.301 cm -2.4666 %
Atz Atz end 19.4877 cm 2.0443 %
Atz Atz middle 5.20615 cm 0.0000 %

511
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.55 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete
section - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test
23)

Test ID: 5053


Test status: Passed

5.55.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) will be determined, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement (Asw) calculation.

5.55.2 Background
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) will be determined, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement (Asw) calculation.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.55.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Concrete C25/30
Reinforcement steel: S500B
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure:
The dead load family is be considered from three loads: two point loads of 55kN and 65kN and one linear load
of 25kN/m, placed along the beam as described in the picture:

512
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Exploitation loadings:
The live load will consist of three loads: two point loads of 40kN and 35kN and one linear load of 20kN/m,
placed along the beam as described in the picture:

Structural class: S1
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The reinforcement will be displayed like in the picture below:

The objective is to verify:


The shear stresses results
The cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw
The theoretical reinforcement value

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.70 m,
Width: b = 0.30 m,
Length: L = 5.30 m,
Concrete cover: c=3.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.623m; d=ehz=0.0335m
Stirrup slope: = 90
Stirrup slope: 45

513
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.30) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.

Loading
The maximum shear stresses from the concrete beam:
Using the software structure calculation the following values were obtained:

x = 0m => VEd = 406 KN

x = 0.50m (for the first point load) => VEd = 373.76 KN and VEd = 239.51 KN

x = 0.95m (for the second point load) => VEd = 210.82 KN and VEd = 70.57 KN

x = 2.06m the shear force is null => VEd = 0 KN

Note: In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an
unreduced shear, that will be used for further calculations.

514
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.55.2.2 Reference results in calculating the maximum design shear resistance

VRd , max = cw * 1 * f cd * zu * bw *
(cot + cot )
1 + cot 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 6.2.3.(3)
Where:

f ck
cw = 1 coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and v1 = 0,6 * 1
250
When the transverse frames are vertical, the above formula simplifies to:

v1 * f cd * zu * bw
VRd , max =
tg + cot
In this case:

= 45 and = 90
v1 strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear

f 25
v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.6 * 1 = 0.54
250 250
zu = 0.9 * d = 0.9 * 0.623 = 0.561m
0.54 * 16.67 * 0.561 * 0.30
VRd , max = = 0.757 MN
2
VEd = 0.406 MN < VRd ,max = 0.757 MN

Calculation of transversal reinforcement:


Is determined by considering the transverse reinforcement steels vertical ( = 90) and connecting rods inclined
at 45 , at different points of the beam.
Before the first point load:

Asw VEd . * tg 0,406 * tg 45


= = = 16,65cm / ml
s zu * f ywd 500
0,561 *
1,15
Between the first and the second point load:

Asw 0,23951 * tg 45
= = 9,82cm / ml
s 500
0,561 *
1,15
It also calculates the required reinforcement area to the right side of the beam:

Asw 0,20674 * tg 45
= = 8,48cm / ml
s 500
0,561 *
1,15

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.

515
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Advance Design gives the following results for Atz (cm2/ml)

Note: after the second point load, the minimum transverse reinforcement is set (noted with Atmin in ADVANCE Design)
(in cm/ml):

The reinforcement theoretical value is calculated using the formula:

Asw 0,08 * f ck 0,08 * 25


w, min * bw * sin = * bw * sin = * 0.30 * sin 90 = 2.4cm / ml
s f yk 500

5.55.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
Fz Fz corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) x=0m [kN] 405.63 kN
Fz Fz corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) x=0.5m [kN] 373.76 kN
Fz Fz corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) x=0.501m [kN] 239.51 kN
Fz Fz corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) x=0.95m [kN] 210.82 kN
Fz Fz corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) x=0.9501m [kN] 70.57 kN
2
Atz Transversal reinforcement area x=0m [cm /ml] 16,65 cm2/ml
Atz Transversal reinforcement area x=0.501m [cm2/ml] 9.82 cm2/ml
Atz Transversal reinforcement area x=5.3m [cm2/ml] 8.84 cm2/ml
At,min,z Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2/ml] 2.40 cm2/ml

5.55.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Fz Fz,0 -405.633 kN -0.0007 %
Fz Fz,1 -373.758 kN 0.0005 %
Fz Fz,1' -239.445 kN 0.0271 %
Fz Fz,2 -210.821 kN -0.0005 %
Fz Fz,2' -70.5644 kN 0.0079 %
Atz Atz,0 16.6391 cm 0.0547 %
Atz Atz,1 9.82205 cm 0.0209 %
Atz Atz,r 8.48058 cm 0.0068 %
Atminz At,min,z 2.4 cm 0.0000 %

516
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.56 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete
beam with vertical transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 27)

Test ID: 5076


Test status: Passed

5.56.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram is generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max., will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement, Asw, and the theoretical reinforcement. For the calculation, the reduced shear force
values will be used.

5.56.2 Background
Description: Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this
test, the shear force diagram is generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by
the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max. will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement, Asw, and the theoretical reinforcement.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.56.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Concrete C25/30
Reinforcement steel: S500B
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure:
The dead load will be represented by a linear load of 40kN/m
Exploitation loadings:
The live load will be considered from one linear load of 25kN
Structural class: S1
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The reinforcement will be displayed like in the picture below:

The objective is to verify:


The shear stresses results
The theoretical reinforcement value

517
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.70 m,
Width: b = 0.35 m,
Length: L = 5.75 m,
Concrete cover: c=3.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.623m; d=ehz=0.035m
Stirrup slope: = 90
Strut slope: =45

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.30) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.

Loading:
For a beam subjected to a point load, Pu, the shear stresses are defined by the formula below:

Pu * l
VEd =
2
According to EC2 the Pu point load is defined by the next formula:
Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*40kN+1.50*25kN=91.5kN
In this case :

5.75 * 91.5
VEd = = 263KN
2

5.56.2.2 Reference results in calculating the lever arm zc:


The lever arm is calculated using the design formula for pure bending:

Pu = 91.5kN / ml
91.5 * 5.75
M Ed = = 378.15kNm
8
M Ed 0.378
cu = = = 0.167
bw * d * f cd 0.35 * 0.623 * 16.67

518
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

( ) (
u = 1.25 * 1 1 2 * cu = 1.25 * 1 1 2 * 0.167 = 0.230 )
zc = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.623 * (1 0.4 * 0.230) = 0.566m

Calculation of reduced shear force


When the shear force curve has no discontinuities, the EC2 allows to consider, as a reduction, the shear force to a
horizontal axis x = z. cot .
In the case of a member subjected to a distributed load, the equation of the shear force is:

Pu * l
V ( x) = Pu * x
2
Therefore:

x = z * cot = 0.566 * cot 45 = 0.566m


VEd , red = 91.5 * 0.566 263 = 211kN
Warning: Advance Design does not apply the reduction of shear force corresponding to the distributed loads (cutting
edge at x = d).

Calculation of maximum design shear resistance:

VRd, max = cw * 1 * fcd * z u * b w *


(cot + cot )
1 + cot 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 6.2.3.(3)
Where:

cw = 1 coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and

f
v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck
250
When the transverse frames are vertical, the above formula simplifies to:

v1 * f cd * zu * bw
VRd , max =
tg + cot
In this case:

= 45 and = 90
v1 strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear

f 25
v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.6 * 1 = 0.54
250 250
zu = 0.9 * d = 0.9 * 0.623 = 0.56m
0.54 * 16.67 * 0.566 * 0.35
VRd , max = = 0.891MN = 891kN
2
VEd = 236kN < VRd , max = 891kN

519
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculation of transversal reinforcement:


Given the vertical transversal reinforcement ( = 90), the transverse reinforcement is calculated using the following
formula:

Asw VEd . * tg 0,211 * tg 45


= = = 8,67cm / ml
s zu * f ywd 500
0,566 *
1,15

Calculation of theoretical reinforcement value:


The French national annex indicates the formula:

Asw
w, min * bw * sin
s
With:

0,08 * f ck 0,08 * 20
w, min = = = 7.15 10 4
f yk 500

Asw
w, min * bw * sin = 7.15 * 10 4 * 0.2 * sin 90 = 1.43cm / ml
s
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
3 nodes,
1 linear element.
2
Advance Design gives the following results for At,min,z (cm /ml)

5.56.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
Fz Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 263 kN
At,min,z Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2/ml] 1.43 cm2/ml

5.56.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Atminz Atmin,z 1.43108 cm 0.0755 %

520
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.57 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to


compression and rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 31)

Test ID: 5101


Test status: Passed

5.57.1 Description
Nominal rigidity method.
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section column made from concrete C25/30.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced. Verifies the column to resist simple bending.
The verification of the axial stresses and rotation moment, applied on top, at ultimate limit state is performed.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

5.57.2 Background
Nominal rigidity method.
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.57.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure:
15t axial force
1.5tm rotation moment applied to the column top
The self-weight is neglected
Exploitation loadings:
6.5t axial force
0.7tm rotation moment applied to the column top
2 = 0,3
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Concrete cover 5cm
Transversal reinforcement spacing a=30cm
Concrete C25/30
Steel reinforcement S500B
The column is considered isolated and braced

521
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.40 m,
Width: b = 0.40 m,
Length: L = 6.00 m,
Concrete cover: c=5cm

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
NEd =1.35*15+150*6.5=30t=0.300MN
MEd=1.35*1.50+1.5*0.7=3.075t=0.31MNm
MEd 0.031
e0 = = = 0.10m
NEd 0.300

522
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.57.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Geometric characteristics of the column:


The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is
considered to be:

l0 = 2 * l = 12m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:

2 3 * l0 2 3 * 12
= = = 104
a 0.40
Effective creep coefficient calculation:
The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

M EQP
ef = (, t0 ).
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
Where:

(,t0 ) creep coefficient

serviceability first order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)


First order eccentricity evaluation:

e1 = e0 + ei

ei = 0.03m
The first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:

M Eqp 0 1.50 + 0.30 * 0.70


e1 = e0 + ei = + ei = + 0.30 = 0.13m
N Eqp 0 15 + 0.30 * 0.65

N Eqp1 = 1.50 + 0.30 * 0.70 = 16.95t

M Eqp1 = N Eqp1 * e1 = 16.95 * 0.13 = 2.20tm = 0.022MNm


The first order ULS moment is defined latter in this example:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.92
f cm 25 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
(for t0= 28 days concrete age).

523
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

RH
1
RH =1+ 100
0.1 * 3 h0
50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 400 * 400 100 = 1.85
h0 = = = 200mm RH =1+
u 2 * (400 + 400 ) 0.1 * 3 200
(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.85 * 2.92 * 0.488 = 2.64
The effective creep coefficient calculation:

M EQP 0.022
ef = (, t0 ) * = 2.64 * = 1.49
M Ed 0.039
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

The second order effects; The buckling calculation:


For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:

20 * A * B * C
lim =
n
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)
Where:

N Ed 0.300
n= = = 0.112
Ac * f cd 0.40 * 16.67
1 1
A=
(1 + 0,2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 *1.49 = 0.77
=

B = 1 + 2 * = 1.1 because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known

C = 1,7 rm = 0.70 because the ratio of the first order moment is not known

20 * 0.77 *1.1* 0.7


lim = = 35.43
0.112
= 104 > lim = 35.43
Therefore, the second order effects most be considered.

The second order effects; The buckling calculation:


The stresses for the ULS load combination are:
NEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*6.50= 30 t = 0,300MN
MEd= 1.35*1.50 + 1.50*0.7= 3.075 t = 0,031MNm
Therefore it must be determined:
The eccentricity of the first order ULS moment, due to the stresses applied
The additional eccentricity considered for the geometrical imperfections

524
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Initial eccentricity:

M Ed 0.031
e0 = = = 0.10m
N Ed 0.300
Additional eccentricity:

l0 12
ei = = = 0.03m
400 400
The first order eccentricity: stresses correction:
The forces correction, used for the combined flexural calculations:

N Ed = 0.300 MN

e1 = e0 + ei = 0.13m

M Ed = e1 * N Ed = (0.10 + 0.03) * 0.300 = 0.039MNm

M = N Ed * e0

According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 6.1.(4)

Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation:


To play the nominal rigidity method a starting section frame is needed. For this it will be used a concrete section
considering only the first order effects.
Advance Design iterates as many time as necessary.
The needed frames will be determined assuming a compound bending with compressive stress. All the results above
were obtained in the center of gravity for the concrete section alone. The stresses must be reduced in the centroid of
the tensioned steel.

h 0.40
M ua = M G 0 + N * (d ) = 0.039 + 0.300 * 0.35 = 0.084MNm
2 2
Verification if the section is partially compressed:

h h 0,40 0,40
BC = 0,8 * * (1 0,4 * ) = 0,8 * * (1 0,4 * ) = 0,496
d d 0,35 0,35
M ua 0.084
cu = = = 0.103
bw * d * f cd 0.40 * 0.35 * 16.67

525
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

cu = 0.103 < 0.496 = BC therefore the section is partially compressed.

Calculations of steel reinforcement in pure bending:

cu = 0.103

[
u = 1,25 * 1 (1 2 * 0,103) = 0,136]
zc = d * (1 0,4 * u ) = 0,35 * (1 0,4 * 0,136) = 0,331m

Calculations of steel reinforcement in combined bending:


For the combined bending:

N 0.300
A = A' = 5.84 * 10 4 = 1.06cm 2
f yd 434.78
The minimum reinforcement percentage:

0,10 * N Ed 0.10 * 0.300


As , min = = = 0.69cm 0.002 * Ac = 3.02cm 2
f yd 434.78
2
The reinforcement will be 4HA10 representing a 3.14cm section

The second order effects calculation:


The second order effect will be determined by applying the method of nominal rigidity:

Calculation of nominal rigidity:


The nominal rigidity of a post or frame member, it is estimated from the following formula:

EI = K c * Ecd * I c + K s * Es * I s
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.7.2 (1)
With:

Ecm
Ecd =
1.2
f cm = f ck + 8Mpa = 33Mpa
0.3 0.3
f 33
Ecm = 22000 * cm = 22000 * = 31476 Mpa
10 10
Ecm 31476
Ecd = = = 26230 Mpa
1.2 1.2
b * h 3 0.40 4
Ic = = = 2,133.10 3 m4
12 12 (cross section inertia)

Es = 200000 Mpa

I s : Inertia

526
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

As 3,14.104
= = = 0.002
Ac 0.40 0.40
As
0.002 = < 0.01
Ac

f ck 25
k1 = = = 1.12Mpa
20 20
N Ed 0.300
n= = = 0.112
Ac * f cd 0.40 *16.67
104
k2 = n * = 0.112 * = 0.069 0.20
170 170
2 2
A h 3,14 * 104 0.40
Is = 2 * s * c = 2 * * 0.05 = 7,06 * 10 6 m4
2 2 2 2
k1 * k2 1.12 * 0.069
Kc = = = 0.031
1 + ef 1 + 1.49
K s = 1 and
Therefore:

EI = 0.031 * 26230 * 2,133 * 103 + 1 * 200000 * 7,06 * 106 = 3.15MNm

Corrected stresses:
The total moment, including the second order effects is defined as a value and is added to the first order moment
value:



M Ed = M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB
1
N Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.7.3 (1)

M 0 Ed = 0.039 MNm (time of first order (ULS) taking into account the geometric imperfections, relative to the
center of gravity of concrete).

N Ed = 0.300MN (normal force acting at ULS).


And:


= with c0 = 8 because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).
c0
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.7.3 (2)


= = 1.234
8
EI 3.15
NB = * 2
=* = 0.216 MN
l0 12

527
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore the second order moment is:


1.234
M Ed = 0.039 * 1 + = 0.133MNm
0.216
1
0.300
There is a second order moment that is negative because it was critical that the normal force, NB, is less than the
applied normal force => instability.
A section corresponding to a ratio of 5 will be considered and the corresponding equivalent stiffness is
recalculated.

EI = K c * Ecd * I c + K s * Es * I s
With:

Ecd = 26230 Mpa ; I c = 2,133.103 m4

Es = 200000 Mpa
Is : Inertia

= 0,005 As = 0,005 * Ac = 0,005 * 0,40 = 8cm

It sets up : 4HA16 =>


= 0,005 As = 8,04cm
As
0.002 = < 0.01
Ac
2 2
As h 8,04 * 104 0.40
Is = 2 * * c = 2 * * 0.05 = 1,81 * 10 5 m 4
2 2 2 2
k1 * k2 1.12 * 0.069
Kc = = = 0.031
1 + ef 1 + 1.49
K s = 1 and
Therefore:

EI = 0.031 * 26230 * 2,133.103 + 1 * 200000 * 1,81.105 = 5.35MNm


The second order effects must be recalculated:



M Ed = M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB
1
N Ed
= 1.234
EI 5.35
NB = * 2
=* = 0.367 MN
l0 12


1.234
M Ed = 0.039 * 1 + = 0.254MNm
0.367
1
0.300

528
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

There is thus a second order moment of 0.254MNm.


This moment is expressed relative to the center of gravity.

Reinforcement calculation for combined bending


The necessary frames for the second order stresses can now be determined.
A column frames can be calculated from the diagram below:

The input parameters in the diagram are:

M Ed 0.254
= 2
= = 0.238
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 *16.67
N Ed 0.300
v= = = 0.112
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 * 16.67
* b * h * f cd 0.485 * 0.40 * 16.67
= 0.485 is obtained, which gives: A s =
f yd
=
434.78
= 29.75cm

Therefore set up a section 14.87cm per side must be set, or 3HA32 per side (by excess)

Buckling checking
The column in place will be verified without buckling. The new reinforcement area must be considered for the
2
previous calculations: 6HA32 provides As=48.25cm

The normal rigidity evaluation:


It is estimated nominal rigidity of a post or frame member from the following formula:

EI = K c .E cd . I c + K s .E s . I s
With:

Is : Inertia

As 48,25 * 104
= = = 0.03
Ac 0.40 * 0.40

529
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

2 2
A h 48,25 * 104 0.40
Is = 2 * s * c = 2 * * 0.05 = 1,086.10 4 m 4
2 2 2 2
k1 = 1.12
k2 = 0.069
k1 * k2 1.12 * 0.069
Kc = = = 0.031
1 + ef 1 + 1.49
K s = 1 and
The following conditions are not implemented in Advance Design:

As
= 0.01
If:
Ac

0,3
Kc =
1 + 0,5 * ef
Then:

EI = 0.031 * 26230 * 2,133 * 103 + 200000 * 1,086 * 104 = 23.45MNm

Corrected stresses
The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the moment of the first order:



M Ed = M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB
1
N Ed

M 0 Ed = 0.039 MNm
N Ed = 0.300MN (normal force acting at ULS)

= 1.234
EI 23.45
NB = * 2
=* = 1.607 MN
l0 12
It was therefore a moment of second order which is:


1.234
M Ed = 0.039 * 1 + = 0.05MNm
1.607
1
0.300
Reinforcement calculation:

M Ed 0.05
M Ed = 0.05MNm => = 2
= = 0.047
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 * 16.67
N Ed 0.300
N Ed = 0.300MN => v = = = 0.112
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 * 16.67

530
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The minimum reinforcement percentage conditions are not satisfied therefore there will be one more iteration.

Additional iteration:
The additional iteration will be made for a section corresponding to 1%; As=0.009*0.40=14.4cm2, which is 7.2cm2 per
side. A 3HA16 reinforcement will be chosen by either side (6HA16 for the entire column), which will give
As=12.03cm2.

Nominal rigidity evaluation:

EI = K c .E cd . I c + K s .E s . I s .

Is : Inertia

As 12,06 *10 4
= = = 0.00754
Ac 0.40 * 0.40
As
0.002 = < 0.01
if
Ac
2 2
As h 12,06 * 104 0.40
Is = 2 * * c = 2* * 0.05 = 2,71.10 5 m 4
2 2 2 2
k1 * k2 1.12 * 0.069
Kc = = = 0.031
1 + ef 1 + 1.49
K s = 1 and
Therefore:

EI = 0.031 * 26230 * 2,133 * 103 + 1 * 200000 * 2,71 * 105 = 7.15MNm

531
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Second order loads calculation:



M Ed = M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB
1
N Ed
M 0 Ed = 0.039 MNm

N Ed = 0.300MN (normal force acting at ULS).

= 1.234
EI 7.15
NB = * 2
=* = 0.49 MN
l0 12


1.234
M Ed = 0.039 * 1 + = 0.115MNm
0.49
1
0.300

Reinforcement calculation:
Frames are calculated again from the interaction diagram:

M Ed 0.115
= 2
= = 0.108
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 *16.67
N Ed 0.300
v= = = 0.112
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 * 16.67
* b * h * f cd 0.18 * 0.40 *16.67
= 0.18 is obtained, which gives: A s =
f yd
=
434.78
= 11.04cm

Therefore set up a section 5.52cm per side must be set; this will be the final column reinforcement

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.

532
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 11.04cm2)

Theoretical value (cm2)


(reference value: 11.16 cm2 = 2 x 5.58 cm2)

5.57.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
2
Az Reinforcement area [cm ] 5.58 cm2

5.57.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Az Az -5.58 cm 0.0000 %

533
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.58 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to


compression and rotation moment to the top Method based on nominal curvature- Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 32)

Test ID: 5102


Test status: Passed

5.58.1 Description
Verifies a square concrete column subjected to compression and rotation moment to the top Method based on
nominal curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
The column is made of concrete C25/30. Determination of the axial and bending efforts at ultimate limit state is
performed.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal curvature, and
then calculate the reinforcement by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.

5.58.2 Background
Nominal curvature method is applied in this example.
Verifies the adequacy of a square cross section column made from concrete C25/30.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.58.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases are used:
Loadings from the structure:
147.15 kN (15 t) axial force
14.71 kNm (1.5 tm) bending moment applied to the top of the column
The self-weight is neglected
Exploitation loadings ( 2 = 0.3 ):
63.77 kN (6.5 t) axial force
6.87 kNm (0.7 tm) bending moment applied to the top of the column
Concrete cover 5cm
Spacing between the reinforcement bar legs: s = 30cm
Concrete C25/30
Steel reinforcement S500B
The column is considered isolated and braced

534
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = a = 0.40 m,
Width: b = a = 0.40 m,
Length: L = 6.00 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5 cm

Materials properties
Concrete class C25/30 and steel reinforcement S500B are used. The following characteristics are used in relation to
theses materials:
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
Exposure class: X0
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: f ck = 25MPa
Mean value of concrete cylinder compressive strength: fcm = fck + 8 = 33 MPa
Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: f yk = 500 MPa

f ck 25
Design value of concrete compressive strength: f cd = = = 16.67 MPa
c 1.5
f yk 500 MPa
Design value of yield strength of reinforcement: f yd = = = 434.78MPa
s 1.15

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free at the top.

535
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
NEd = 1.35 * 147.15kN + 1.5 * 63.77kN = 294.3kN = 0.2943MN
MEd = 1.35 * 14.71 + 1.5 * 6.87 kNm = 30.16kNm = 0.03016MNm
Characteristic combination of actions defined by: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
M Ed 0.03016MNm
e0 = = = 0.10m
N Ed 0.2943MN

5.58.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Geometric characteristics of the column


The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is
considered to be:

l0 = 2 * L = 12m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)

Calculating the slenderness of the column:

2 3 * l0 2 3 *12m
= = = 104
a 0.40m
Effective creep coefficient calculation:
The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

M EQP
ef = (, t0 ).
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
Where:

(,t0 ) creep coefficient

M EQP
serviceability first order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

M Ed ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

First order eccentricity evaluation:

e1 = e0 + ei
l0 12m
ei = = = 0.03m
400 400

536
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:

M Eqp 0 14.71kNm + 0.30 * 6.87 kNm


e1 = e0 + ei = + ei = + 0.03m = 0.13m
N Eqp 0 147.15kN + 0.30 * 63.77 kN

N Eqp1 = 147.15kN + 0.30 * 63.77 kN = 166.281kN

M Eqp1 = N Eqp1 * e1 = 166.281kN * 0.13m = 21.616kNm = 0.0216MNm


The first order ULS moment is defined latter in this example:
MEd1 = 0.0383 MNm

The creep coefficient (,t0 ) is defined as follows:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.92
f cm 25 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488 (for t0= 28 days concrete age).
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20

RH
1
RH =1+ 100
0.1 * 3 h0
50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 0.4m * 0.4m 100 = 1.85
h0 = = = 0.2m = 200mm RH = 1 +
u 2 * (0.4m + 0.4m ) 0.1 * 3 200
(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.85 * 2.92 * 0.488 = 2.64
The effective creep coefficient calculation:

M EQP1 0.0216 MNm


ef = (, t0 ) * = 2.64 * = 1.49
M Ed 1 0.0383MNm
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

The necessity of buckling calculation (second order effects):


For an isolated column, the slenderness limit verification is done using the next formula:

20 * A * B * C
lim =
n
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)
Where:

N Ed 0.2943MN
n= = = 0.11
Ac * f cd 0.40 m 2 * 16.67 MPa
1 1
A=
(1 + 0.2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 *1.46 = 0.77
=

B = 1 + 2 * = 1.1 because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known

537
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

C = 1.7 rm = 0.70 because the ratio of the first order moment is unknown

20 * 0.77 * 1.1 * 0.7


lim = = 35.75
0.11
= 104 > lim = 35.75
Therefore, the second order effects must be considered.

The second order effects - buckling calculation


The stresses for the ULS load combination are:
NEd = 1.35 * 147.15kN + 1.5 * 63.77kN = 294.3kN = 0.2943MN
MEd = 1.35 * 14.71 + 1.5 * 6.87 kNm = 30.16kNm = 0.03016MNm
Therefore, it must be determined:
The eccentricity of the first order ULS moment, due to the applied loadings
The additional eccentricity considered for the geometrical imperfections
Initial eccentricity:

M Ed 0.03016MNm
e0 = = = 0.10m
N Ed 0.2943MN
Additional eccentricity:

l0 12m
ei = = = 0.03m
400 400
The first order eccentricity - loadings correction
The forces correction, used for the combined flexural calculations, is done as following:

N Ed = 0.2943MN

e1 = e0 + ei = 0.10m + 0.03m = 0.13m

M Ed = e1 * N Ed = 0.13m * 0.2943MN = 0.0383MNm


According to clause 6.1 (4) from EN 1992-1-1, for sections subjected to combined bending and compression efforts,
the design bending moment value should be at least M = NEd * e0, where

20mm
20mm
20mm
e0 = max h = max 400mm = max = 20mm
13.3mm
30 30
Corrected bending moment is bigger than this value, so clause 6.1 (4) is fulfilled.

538
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation


To apply the nominal curvature method a starting section frame is needed. For this it will be used a concrete section
considering only the first order effects.
Advance Design iterates as many time as necessary.
The needed reinforcement will be determined assuming a combined bending with compressive effort. All the results
above were obtained in the center of gravity for the concrete section alone. The stresses must be reduced in the
centroid of the tensioned steel.

h 0.40m
M ua = M G 0 + N * (d ) = 0.0383MNm + 0.2943MN * 0.35m = 0.0824MNm
2 2
Verifying if the section is partially compressed:

h h 0.40m 0.40m
BC = 0.8 * * (1 0.4 * ) = 0.8 * * (1 0.4 * ) = 0.496
d d 0.35m 0.35m
M ua 0.0824MNm
cu = = = 0.101
bw * d * f cd 0.40m * 0.35 m 2 * 16.67 MPa

cu = 0.101 < 0.496 = BC therefore the section is partially compressed.

Calculations of the steel reinforcement in pure bending

cu = 0.101

[ ]
u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.101) = 0.133
zc = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.35m * (1 0.4 * 0.133) = 0.331m
M ua 0.0824MNm
As = = = 5.73 * 10 4 m 2 = 5.73cm
zc * f yd 0.331m * 434.78MPa

Calculations of steel reinforcement in combined bending with compressive effort


For the combined bending:

N 0.2943MN
A = A' = 5.73 * 10 4 m 2 = 1.04cm 2
f yd 434.78MPa
The minimum reinforcement percentage must be applied:

0.10 * N Ed 0.10 * 0.2943MN


As , min = = = 0.68 * 10 4 m 2 = 0.68cm 0.002 * Ac = 3.2cm 2
f yd 434.78MPa
The proposed reinforcement area will be 4HA10 representing 3.14cm2.

539
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The second order effects calculation


The second order effect will be determined by applying the nominal curvature method.

Calculation of nominal curvature


Considering a symmetrical reinforcement 4HA10 (3.14cm), the curvature can be determined by the following
formula:

1 1
= K r * K *
r r0
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.8.3 (1)
With:

f yd
434.78MPa
1 yd Es
= = = 200000MPa = 0.0138m 1
r0 0.45 * d 0.45 * d 0.45 * 0.35m
nu n
Kr : is a correction factor depending on axial load,=> Kr = 1
nu nbal
N Ed 0.2943MN
n= = = 0.110
Ac * f cd 0.40 m 2 * 16.67 MPa

As * f yd 3.14.104 m 2 * 434.78MPa
= = = 0.0512
Ac * f cd 0.40 m 2 * 16.67 MPa
nu = 1 + = 1 + 0.0512 = 1.0512
nbal = 0.4
1.0512 0.110
Kr = = 1.445 1 K r = 1
1.0512 0.40
K : is a factor for taking account of creep=> K = 1 + * ef 1

f ck 25 104
= 0.35 + = 0.35 + = 0.218
200 150 200 150
K = 1 + * ef = 1 0.218 * 1.49 = 0.68 1 K = 1
Therefore the curvature becomes:

1 1
= K r * K * = 0.0138m 1
r r0
Calculation moment:

M Ed = M 0 Ed + M 2
Where:

M 0 Ed : first order moment including the geometrical imperfections.

M2 : second order moment

540
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The second order moment must be calculated from the curvature:

M 2 = N Ed * e2

1 l2 12 m 2
e2 = * 0 = 0.0138m 1 * = 0.248m
r c 8
Note: c = 8 according to 5.8.8.2 (4) from EN 1992-1-1; because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top
of column).

M 2 = N Ed * e2 = 0.2943MN * 0.248m = 0.073MNm

M Ed = M 0 Ed + M 2 = 0.0383MN + 0.073MN = 0.1113MNm


The reinforcement must be sized considering the demands of the second order effects:

N Ed = 0.2943MN

M Ed = 0.1113MNm

Reinforcement calculation corresponding to the second order:


The input parameters in the diagram are:

M Ed 0.1113MNm
= = = 0.104
b * h * f cd 0.40m * 0.40 m 2 * 16.67 MPa
2

N Ed 0.2943MN
v= = = 0.110
b * h * f cd 0.40m * 0.40m *16.67 MPa

* b * h * f cd 0.15 * 0.40 m 2 * 16.67 MPa


= 0.15 ; => As = f yd
=
434.78MPa
= 9.20cm ; which means 4.60cm2 per

side.

Buckling checking
The verification will be made considering the reinforcement area found previously (9.20cm2)

541
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Curvature evaluation:

The reinforcement has an influence only on the K r parameter:

1
= 0.0138m 1
r0
nu n
Kr = 1
nu nbal
n = 0.110
As * f yd 9.20 * 104 m 2 * 434.78MPa
= = = 0.15
Ac * f cd 0.40 m 2 * 16.67 MPa
nu = 1 + = 1 + 0.15 = 1.15

nbal = 0.4
1.15 0.110
Kr = = 1.387 1 K r = 1
1.15 0.40
K - coefficient which takes account of the creep K = 1 + * ef 1

K = 1 + * ef = 1 0.218 * 1.49 = 0.68 1 K = 1


The curvature becomes:

1 1
= K r * K * = 0.0138m 1 It was obtained the same curvature and therefore the same second order
r r0
moment, which validates the section reinforcement found.

542
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)


(reference value: 9.20 cm2 = 2 x 4.60 cm2)

5.58.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
2
As Reinforcement area [cm ] 4.60 cm2

5.58.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Az Az -4.64 cm -0.8696 %

543
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.59 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to


compression by nominal rigidity method- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated
by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 33)

Test ID: 5109


Test status: Passed

5.59.1 Description
Verifies a square concrete column subjected to compression by nominal rigidity method- Bilinear stress-strain
diagram (Class XC1).
The column is made of concrete C30/37. The verification of the axial force, applied on top, at ultimate limit state is
performed.
Nominal rigidity method.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection (all the translations and rotations are
blocked) and to the top part, the translations along X and Y axis are also blocked.
This test is based on the example from "Applications of Eurocode 2" (J. & JA Calgaro Cortade).

5.59.2 Background
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity of a
square cross section made from concrete C30/37, and then calculate the frames by considering a section
symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.59.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases are used:
Loadings from the structure (G):
1260 kN axial force (1.260 MN) axial force
The self-weight is neglected
The column is considered isolated and braced
2 = 0.3
2 2
The reinforcement is set to 4HA20 (2 x 6.28cm = 12.56cm )

544
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.30 m;
Width: b = 0.30 m;
Length: L = 4.74 m;
Concrete cover: c = 5 cm (for the concrete cover of the bottom / top external fiber measured along the local z
axis, Advance Design is having the following notation: ebz = 5 cm; ehz = 5 cm; while for the concrete cover
measured along the local y axis the following notations are used: eby = 5 cm; ehy = 5 cm )

Materials Properties
Used materials:
Concrete C30/37
Steel reinforcement S500B
The following characteristics are used in relation to this / these material(s):
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck = 30 MPa
Value of concrete cylinder compressive strength: fcm = fck + 8(MPa)
Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: fyk = 500 MPa
f ck 30MPa
Design value of concrete compressive strength: f cd = = = 20 MPa
c 1.5
f yk 500 MPa
Design value of yield strength of reinforcement: f yd = = = 434.78MPa
s 1.15

Boundary conditions
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and to the top part, the translations along X
and Y axes are also blocked.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G
The characteristic combination of actions is: CCQ = 1.0 x G

545
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:


NEd = 1.35 * 1.260 MN = 1.701 MN
The characteristic combination of actions is:
NEqp = 1.0 * 1.260 MN = 1.260 MN

Mu 0
Initial eccentricity: e0 = = = 0m
N u 1.7

5.59.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Load calculation:
Additional eccentricity due to geometric imperfections:
Buckling length: L0 = 0.7*4.74 = 3.32 m

L 332
ei = max 2cm; 0 = max 2cm; = max(2cm;0.83cm ) = 2cm = 0.02m
400 400
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.2(7)

The first order eccentricity: e1 = e0 + ei = 0.02m

The necessity of buckling calculation (second order effect):


Calculating the slenderness of the column:

L0 * 12 3.32 * 12
= = = 38.34
h 0.3
For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:

20 * A * B * C
lim =
n
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)
Where:

N Ed 1.7
n= = = 0.944
Ac * f cd 0.30 * 20
1
A = 0.7 if ef is not known, if it is, A=
1 + 0.2 * ef

As * f yd
B = 1.1 if (reinforcement ratio) is not known, if it is, B = 1 + 2 * = 1 + 2 *
Ac * f cd

12.56 * 104 * 434.78


In this case B = 1+ 2* = 1.27
0.3 * 20
C = 0.70 if rm is not known, if it is, C = 1.7 rm

546
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

In this case:

20 * A * B * C 20 * 0.7 * 1.27 * 0.7


lim = = = 12.81
n 0.944
= 38.34 > lim = 12.81
Therefore, the second order effects must be considered.

Effective creep coefficient calculation:


The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

M 0 EQP
ef = (, t 0 ).
M 0 Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
Where:

(,t0 ) final creep coefficient

M 0 EQP is the first order bending moment in quasi-permanent load combination (SLS)

M 0 Ed is the first order bending moment in design load combination (ULS)

t0 is the concrete age

The ratio of the moment is in this case:

M 0 Eqp N eqp * e1 N eqp 1.26


= = = = 0.74
M 0 Ed N ed *e1 N ed 1.7
According to annex B of EN 1992-1-1, the creep coefficient (,t0 ) is defined as:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
With:

16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.73MPa
f cm 30 + 8

1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488 (for t0 = 28 days concrete age).
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20

RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1 * 3 h0


1 = 2 = 1 if f cm 35MPa
0.7 0.2
35 35
1 = and 2 = if f cm > 35MPa
f
cm f
cm
2 * Ac 2 * 300 * 300
h0 = = = 150mm
u 2 * (300 + 300)

547
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Where:
RH relative humidity: RH=50%
h0: is the notional size of the member (in mm)
u: column section perimeter
0.7 0.2
35 35
f cm = 38MPa 35MPa 1 = = 0.944 and 2 = = 0.984
38 38
RH 50
1 1
RH = 1 + 100 * * = 1 + 100 * 0.944 * 0.984 = 1.86
1 2
0.1 * 3 h0 0.1 * 3 150


(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.86 * 2.73 * 0.488 = 2.48
M 0 Eqp
ef = (, t0 ) * = 2.48 * 0.74 = 1.835
M 0 Ed
1 + ef = 1 + 1.835 = 2.835

Calculation of nominal rigidity:


The nominal rigidity of a post or frame member, it is estimated from the following formula:

EI = K c * Ecd * I c + K s * Es * I s
Where:

E cd : is the design value of the modulus of elasticity of concrete

I c : is the moment of inertia of concrete cross section


E s : is the design value of the modulus of elasticity of reinforcement
I s : is the second moment of area of reinforcement, about the center of area of the concrete
K c : is a factor for effects of cracking, creep etc.
K s : is a factor for contribution of reinforcement

548
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.7.2 (1)

k1 * k2
Kc =
1 + e
1 + ef = 2.835

f ck 30
k1 = = = 1.22
20 20
n*
k2 =
170
N Ed 1.7
n= = = 0.944
Ac * f cd 0.3 * 20
= 38.34
n * 0.944 * 38.34
k2 = = = 0.213 k2 = 0.20
170 170
k1 * k 2 1.22 0.20
Kc = = = 0.086
1 + e 2.835
Ecm
Ecd =
CE
0.3 0.3
f +8 30 + 8
E cm = 22 * ck = 22 * = 32837 MPa
10 10
Ecm 32837
Ecd = = = 27364MPa
CE 1.2

b * h3 0.3 * 0.33
Ic = = = 0.000675m 4
12 12
Ks = 1

E s = 200GPa
2 2
A d d' 12.56 *10 4 0.25 0.05 5 4
I s = 2 * theo * = 2* * = 1.256 *10 m
2 2 2 2
EI = 0.086 * 27364 * 0.000675 + 1 * 200000 * 1.256 * 10 5 = 4.1MNm

549
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Stresses correction:
The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as an increased value of the first order moment:


1.234
M Ed = M 0 Ed * 1 + = 0.034 * 1 + = 0.070 MNm
NB 3.67
1 1
N Ed 1.7

M 0 Ed = 0.0231MNm (moment of first order (ULS) taking into account geometric imperfections)

N Ed = 1.155MN (normal force acting at ULS)



= and c0 = 8 for a constant first order moment (no horizontal force at the top of column).
c0

= = 1.234
8
* EI * 4.10
NB = = = 3.67 MN
Lf 3.32
The calculation made with flexural:

N Ed = 1.7 MN and M Ed = 0.070 MNm


2
Therefore, a 2 x 6.64cm reinforcement area is obtained.

The calculated reinforcement is very close to the initial assumption (2*6.28cm2).


It is not necessary to continue the calculations; it retains a section of 2*6.64cm2 and it sets up 4HA20.

550
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
2
Theoretical reinforcement area(cm )

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 13.08 cm2 = 2 x 6.64cm2)

5.59.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
2
Az Reinforcement area [cm ] 6.64 cm2

5.59.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Az Az -6.53615 cm 0.0295 %

551
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.60 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete
beam with vertical transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 26)

Test ID: 5072


Test status: Passed

5.60.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement, Asw. For the calculation, the reduced shear force values will be used.

5.60.2 Background
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional area
of the shear reinforcement, Asw. For the calculation, the reduced shear force values will be used.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.60.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Concrete C25/30
Reinforcement steel: S500B
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure:
The dead load will be represented by a linear load of 40kN/m
Exploitation loadings:
The live load will be considered from one linear load of 25kN
Structural class: S1
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The reinforcement will be displayed like in the picture below:

The objective is to verify:


The shear stresses results
The cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw

552
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.70 m,
Width: b = 0.35 m,
Length: L = 5.75 m,
Concrete cover: c=3.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.623m; d=ehz=0.035m
Stirrup slope: = 90
Strut slope: =45

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.30) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.

Loading:
For a beam subjected to a point load, Pu, the shear stresses are defined by the formula below:

Pu * l
VEd =
2
According to EC2 the Pu point load is defined by the next formula:
Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*40kN+1.50*25kN=91.5kN
In this case :

5.75 * 91.5
VEd = = 263KN
2

553
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.60.2.2 Reference results in calculating the lever arm zc:


The lever arm will be calculated from the design formula for pure bending:

Pu = 91.5kN / ml
91.5 * 5.75
M Ed = = 378.15kNm
8
M Ed 0.378
cu = = = 0.167
bw * d * f cd 0.35 * 0.623 * 16.67

( ) (
u = 1.25 * 1 1 2 * cu = 1.25 * 1 1 2 * 0.167 = 0.230 )
zc = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.623 * (1 0.4 * 0.230) = 0.566m

Calculation of reduced shear force


When the shear force curve has no discontinuities, the EC2 allows to consider, as a reduction, the shear force to a
horizontal axis
In case of a member subjected to a distributed load, the equation of the shear force is:

Pu * l
V ( x) = Pu * x
2
Therefore:

x = z * cot = 0.566 * cot 45 = 0.566m


VEd , red = 91.5 * 0.566 263 = 211kN
Warning: Advance Design does not apply the reduction of shear force corresponding to the distributed loads (cutting
edge at x = d).

Calculation of maximum design shear resistance:

VRd, max = cw * 1 * fcd * z u * b w *


(cot + cot )
1 + cot 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 6.2.3.(3)
Where:

cw = 1 coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and

f
v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck
250
When the transverse frames are vertical, the above formula simplifies to:
v 1 * f cd * z u * b w
VRd,max =
tg + cot

In this case:

= 45 and = 90
v1 strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear

f 25
v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.6 * 1 = 0.54
250 250

554
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

zu = 0.9 * d = 0.9 * 0.623 = 0.56m


0.54 * 16.67 * 0.566 * 0.35
VRd , max = = 0.891MN = 891kN
2
VEd = 236kN < VRd , max = 891kN

Calculation of transversal reinforcement:


Given the vertical transversal reinforcement ( = 90), the following formula is used:

Asw VEd . * tg 0,211 * tg 45


= = = 8,67cm / ml
s zu * f ywd 500
0,566 *
1,15

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
3 nodes,
1 linear element.
2
Advance Design gives the following results for Atz (cm /ml)

5.60.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
Fz Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 263 kN
2
At,z Theoretical reinforcement area [cm /ml] 8.67 cm2/ml

5.60.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Fz Fz -263.062 kN -0.0008 %
Atz Atz 8.68636 cm 0.1887 %

555
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.61 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with
inclined transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 30)

Test ID: 5098


Test status: Passed

5.61.1 Description
Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force
diagram and the moment diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be
sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be determined, along with the
cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.
The beam model and the results were provided by Bouygues.

5.61.2 Background
Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force
diagram and the moment diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be
sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be determined, along with the
cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.
The beam model was provided by Bouygues.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.61.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Concrete: C35/40
Reinforcement steel: S500B
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure:
The dead load will be represented by two linear loads of 23.50kN/m and 43.50kN/m
Exploitation loadings:
The live load will be considered from one linear load of 25.00kN/m

Structural class: S3
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
Exposure class: XC1

Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days:

556
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Partial factor for concrete:


Relative humidity: RH=50%
Concrete age: t0=28days
Design value of concrete compressive strength: fcd=20 MPa
Secant modulus of elasticity of concrete: Ecm=33000 MPa

Concrete density:
Mean value of axial tensile strength of concrete: fctm=2.9 MPa

Final value of creep coefficient:

Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement:


Steel ductility: Class B
K coefficient: k=1.08

Design yield strength of reinforcement:


Design value of modulus of elasticity of reinforcing steel: Es=200000MPa

Steel density:

Characteristic strain of reinforcement or prestressing steel at maximum load:

Strain of reinforcement or prestressing steel at maximum load:

Slenderness ratio:

The objective is to verify:


The shear stresses results
The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to a 6.4cm concrete cover
The transverse reinforcement corresponding to a 4.3cm concrete cover

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Length: L = 8.10 m,
Stirrup slope: = 90
Strut slope: =22.00

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 10.00) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.

557
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading:

Note: In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an
unreduced shear, that will be used for further calculations.

5.61.2.2 Reference results in calculating the longitudinal reinforcement


For a 6.4 cm concrete cover and dinit=0.50m, the reference value will be 57.1 cm2:

2
For a 4.3 cm concrete cover and dinit=0.521, the reference value will be 54.3 cm :

5.61.2.3 Reference results in calculating the transversal reinforcement


Asw VEd . * tg
=
s zu * f ywd
Where:

zu = 0.9 * d = 0.9 * 0.521 = 0.469m


cot = 2.5 = 22
= 90
Asw VEd . * tg 0.589 * tg 22
= = = 11.67cm / ml
s zu * f ywd 500
0.469 *
1,15
The minimum reinforcement percentage calculation:

558
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Asw 0,08 * f ck 0,08 * 30


w, min * bw * sin = * bw * sin = * 0.80 * sin 90 = 7.01cm / ml
s f yk 500

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
9 nodes,
1 linear element.
2
Advance Design gives the following results for Atz (cm /ml)

5.61.2.4 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
My My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 1193.28 kNm
Fz Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 589.28 kN
Az(6.4cm cover) Az longitudinal reinforcement corresp. to a 6.4cm cover [cm2/ml] 57.07 cm2/ml
Az(4.3cm cover) Az longitudinal reinforcement corresp. to a 4.3cm cover [cm2/ml] 54.28 cm2/ml
2
At,z,1 At,z transversal reinforcement for the beam end [cm /ml] 11.68 cm2/ml

At,z,2 At,z transversal reinforcement for the middle of the beam [cm2/ml] 7.01 cm2/ml

5.61.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My My -1193.28 kN*m 0.0000 %
Fz Fz -589.275 kN 0.0000 %
Az Az 4.3cm cover -54.2801 cm 0.0366 %
Atz Atz beam end 11.6782 cm 0.0703 %
Atz Atz middle 7.01085 cm 0.0121 %

559
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.62 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the method
based on nominal curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 36)

Test ID: 5125


Test status: Passed

5.62.1 Description
Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the method based on nominal curvature - Bilinear stress-strain
diagram (Class XC1)
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section column made from concrete C30/37.
Method based on nominal curvature
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal curvature, and
then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
The column is considered connected to the ground by an articulated connection (all the translations are blocked and
all the rotations are permitted) and to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation
along Z axis is also blocked.
This example is provided by the Calcul des Structures en beton book, by Jean-Marie Paille, edition Eyrolles.

5.62.2 Background
The calculation is based on nominal curvature method.
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal curvature, and
then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.62.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure:
NG = 0.40 MN axial force
The self-weight is neglected
Exploitation loadings:
NQ = 0.30 MN axial force
The quasi permanent coefficient 2 = 0,3
Wind loads:
Hw = 0.250 MN wind horizontal effect
The wind loads are applied horizontally on the middle of the column to the wider face (against the
positive sense of the Y local axis)
The quasi permanent coefficients are: 0 = 1 and 2 = 0
Concrete cover 5cm
Concrete C30/37
Steel reinforcement S500B
Relative humidity RH=50%
Concrete age t0=30days
2
The reinforcement is set to 8HA16 (16.08cm )

560
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.35 m,
Width: b = 0.60 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5 cm

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a articulated connection (all the translations are blocked and all
the rotations are permitted) and to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along
Z axis is also blocked.

Loading
The column is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
N ED = 1.35 * N G + 1.5 * N Q = 1.35 * 0.4 + 1.5 * 0.3 = 0.99MN
Mu
e0 = = 0cm
Nu

l 500
ei = max 2cm; 0 = max 2cm; = 2cm
400 400

First order eccentricity: e1 = e 0 + e i = 2cm = 0.02m

561
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.62.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Geometric characteristics of the column:


The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is
considered to be:

l0 = l = 5m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:

2 3 * l0 2 3 * 5
= = = 49.5
a 0.35
Effective creep coefficient calculation:
The creep coefficient is determined by the next formula:

M EQP
ef = (, t0 ).
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
Where:

(,t0 ) creep coefficient

M EQP
serviceability firs order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

The M EQP value is calculated using the following combination: M EQP = G + 0.3Q + 0 * W

M 0 Eqp = N qp * e1 = (0.4 + 0.3 * 0.3) * 0.02 = 0.0098MNm

M Ed ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

M 0 ED value is calculated using the following combination: M oED = 1.35G + 1.5 * Q + 1.5 * W

L 5
M 0 Eqp = N ed * e1 + 1.5 * HW * = 0.99 * 0.02 + 1.5 * 0.25 * = 0.48855MNm
4 4
The moment report becomes:

M 0 Eqp 0.0098
= = 0.02
M 0 Ed 0.48855
The creep coefficient (,t0 ) is:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.73MPa
f cm 30 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.482 (for t0= 30 days concrete age).
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 300.20

562
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1 * 3 h0


RH = relative humidity; RH = 50%
0.7 0.2
35 35
Where 1 = 2 = 1 if f cm 35MPa if not 1 = and 2 =
f
cm f
cm
2 * Ac 2 * 0.35m * 0.60m
h0 = = = 0.221m = 221mm
u 2 * (0.35m + 0.60m )
0.7 0.7
35 35
f cm = 38MPa > 35MPa therefore 1 = = = 0.944 and
f
cm 38
0.2 0.2
35 35
2 = = = 0.984
f
cm 38

RH 50
1 1
RH
= 1+ 100
* 1 * 2 = 1 + 100 * 0.944 * 0.984 = 1.752
0.1 * 3 h0 0.1 * 3 221


(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.752 * 2.73 * 0.482 = 2.30

The effective creep coefficient calculation:

M EQP
ef = (, t0 ) * = 2.30 * 0.02 = 0.046
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

1 + ef = 1 + 0.046 = 1.046

The necessity of buckling calculation (second order effect):

The M2 moment is calculated from the curvature formula: M 2 = N Ed * e2

1 l02
e2 = *
r c
l0 is the buckling length: l0 = l = 5m
c is a factor depending on the curvature distribution. According to chapter 5.8.8.2 (4) from EN 1992-1-1, c = 10.

1 1
= K r * K *
r r0
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(1)

1 yd f yd 434.78 2.1739
= and yd = = =
r0 (0.45 * d ) Es 200000 1000

563
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

2.1739
1 yd 1000
= = = 0.0161m 1
r0 (0.45 * d ) (0.45 * 0.30)
Kr is the correction coefficient depending of the normal force:

nu n
Kr = 1
nu nbal
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(3)

N Ed 0.99
n= = = 0.236
Ac * f cd 0.6 * 0.35 * 20
nu = 1 +

As f yd 16.08 * 104 * 434.78


= = = 0.166
Ac f cd 0.6 * 0.35 * 20
nu = 1 + = 1. + 0.166 = 1.166
nbal = 0,4
nu n 1.166 0.236
Kr = = = 1.214
nu nbal 1.166 0.4
Condition: K r 1 , therefore it will be considered: K r = 1
K creep coefficient: K = 1 + * ef 1
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(4)

f ck
= 0,35 +
200 150
l0 12 5 12
= = = 49.5
h 0.35
f ck 30 49.5
= 0.35 + = 0.35 + = 0.17
200 150 200 150
K = 1 + * ef = 1 + 0.17 * 0.046 = 1.008
Therefore:

1 1
= K r * K * = 1 * 1.008 * 0.0161 = 0.0162
r r0

1 l2 5
e2 = * 0 = 0.0162 * = 0.04057 m
r c 10
M 2 = N Ed * e2 = 0.990 * 0.04057 = 0.04017 MNm

M Ed = M 0 Ed + M 2 = 0.48855 + 0.04017 = 0.5287 MNm


The frames must be sized considering the demands of the second order effects, as follows:

N Ed = 0.990 MN

564
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

M Ed = 0.5287 MNm

Reinforcement calculation according the second order effects:


The calculation is considering the combined bending and axial solicitation and it is using the following values:

N Ed = 0.990 MN

M Ed = 0.5287 MNm
The calculation resulted in 38.02cm2 tensioned reinforcement and a 20cm2 compressed reinforcement, meaning a
total of 58.02cm2 reinforcement area.

Buckling checking:
The calculation is performed considering the reinforcement area found previously (58.02cm2):

Curvature calculation:
The reinforcement area has an influence only over the Kr parameter:

1
= 0.0161m 1
r0

nu n
Kr = 1
nu nbal
n = 0.112
As * f yd 58,02 * 104 * 434.78
= = = 0.60
Ac * f cd 0.60 * 0.35 * 20
nu = 1 + = 1 + 0.60 = 1.60

nbal = 0,4
1.60 0.112
Kr = = 1.24 1 K r = 1
1.60 0.40
K = 1 K = 1 + . ef 1
the creep coefficient
Therefore the curvature becomes:

1 1
= K r * K * = 0.0161m 1
r r0
Considering this result, the same curvature is obtained, which means that the second order moment is the same. The
reinforcement section is correctly chosen.

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
5 nodes,
1 linear element.

565
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)


(reference value: 38.02cm2)

Theoretical value (cm2)


(reference value: 76.02 cm2)

5.62.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
2
Ay Tensioned reinforcement area [cm ] 38.02cm2

5.62.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Ay Ay -38.01 cm 0.0263 %

566
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.63 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column using the simplified
method Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 37)

Test ID: 5126


Test status: Passed

5.63.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a square concrete column made of concrete C25/30, using the simplified method
Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection (all the translations and rotations are
blocked), while on the top part translations along X, Y axis and rotation along Z axis are blocked.

5.63.2 Background
Simplified Method
Verifies the adequacy of a square cross section made from concrete C25/30.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.63.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure:
800kN axial force
The self-weight is neglected
Exploitation loadings:
800kN axial force
Concrete cover 5cm
Concrete C25/30
Steel reinforcement S500B
Relative humidity RH=50%
Buckling length L0=0.70*4=2.80m

567
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.40 m,
Width: b = 0.400 m,
Length: L = 4.00 m,
Concrete cover: c=5cm

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection (all the translations and rotations are
blocked) and to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along Z axis is also
blocked.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
N ED = 1.35 * 800 + 1.5 * 800 = 2280kN

568
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.63.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Scope of the method:

L0 L L L L L * 12 2.8 * 12
= = 0 = 0 = 0 = 0 = 0 = = 24.25
i I a 4
a 2 a a 0.4
A 12 12 12
2
a
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 (2004) Chapter 5.8.3.2(1)
The method of professional rules can be applied as:

< 120
20 < f ck < 50 MPa
h > 0.15m

Reinforcement calculation:

= 24.25 < 60 , therefore:


0.86 0.86
= 2
= 2
= 0.746
24.25
1+ 1+
62 62
According to Conception Et Calcul Des Structures De Batiment, by Henry Thonier, page 283
Not knowing the values for and , we can considered k h = 0.93

f yk 500
k s = 1.6 0.6 * = 1.6 0.6 * =1
500 500

1 N ed 1 2.280
As = * b * h * f cd = * 0.4 * 0.4 *16.67 = 14,24cm
f yd k *
h s k * 434 . 78 0 . 93 * 1 * 0 . 746
According to Conception Et Calcul Des Structures De Batiment, by Henry Thonier, page 283

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
5 nodes,
1 linear element.

569
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 14.24cm2=4*3.56cm2)

5.63.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
2
Ay Reinforcement area [cm ] 3.57cm2

5.63.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Ay Ay -3.28231 cm 0.2337 %

570
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.64 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small
compression force and significant rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 40)

Test ID: 5153


Test status: Passed

5.64.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a small compression force and
significant rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram is used (Class XC1).
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then
calculate the frames by considering a symmetrically reinforced section.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

5.64.2 Background
Nominal rigidity method.
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.64.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure:
15kN axial force
150kMm rotation moment applied to the column top
The self-weight is neglected
Exploitation loadings:
7kN axial force
100kNm rotation moment applied to the column top


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Concrete cover 5cm
Transversal reinforcement spacing a = 40cm
Concrete C30/37
Steel reinforcement S500B
The column is considered isolated and braced

571
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.50 m,
Width: b = 0.50 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5cm

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
NEd =1.35*15+150*7=30.75kN=0.03075MN
MEd=1.35*150+1.50*100=352.50kNm=0.352MNm
MEd 0.352
e0 = = = 11.45m
NEd 0.03075

572
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.64.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Geometric characteristics of the column:


The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is
considered to be:

l0 = 2 * l = 11.60m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:

2 3 * l0 2 3 * 11.60
= = = 80.37
a 0.50
Effective creep coefficient calculation:
The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

M EQP
ef = (, t0 ).
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
Where:

(,t0 ) creep coefficient

M EQP serviceability firs order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

M Ed ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

First order eccentricity evaluation:

e1 = e0 + ei

ei = 0.03m
The first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:

N Eqp1 = 15 + 0.30 * 7 = 17.10kN

M Eqp1 = N Eqp1 * e1 = 17.10 * 10.56 = 180.58kNm = 0.181MNm


The first order ULS moment is defined latter in this example:

The creep coefficient (,t0 ) is defined as follows:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.72
f cm 30 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488 (for t0= 28 days concrete age).
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20

573
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1 * 3 h0


0.7 0.7 0.2 0.2
35 35 35 35
1 = = = 0.944 2 = = = 0.984
f cm 38 f cm 38
f cm > 35MPa therefore: and

50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 500 * 500 100 * 0.944 * 0.984 = 1.72
h0 = = = 250mm RH = 1 +
u 2 * (500 + 500 ) 0.1 * 3 250


(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.72 * 2.72 * 0.488 = 2.28
The effective creep coefficient calculation:

M EQP 0.181
ef = (, t0 ) * = 2.28 * = 1.17
M Ed 0.352
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

The second order effects; The buckling calculation:


For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:

20 * A * B * C
lim =
n
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)
Where:

N Ed 0.031
n= = = 0.0062
Ac * f cd 0.50 * 20
1 1
A=
(1 + 0,2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 *1.17 = 0.81
=

B = 1 + 2 * = 1.1 because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known

C = 1,7 rm = 0.70 because the ratio of the first order moment is not known

20 * 0.81 * 1.1 * 0.7


lim = = 158.42
0.0062
= 80.37 < lim = 158.42
Therefore, the second order effects can be neglected.

Calculation of the eccentricities and solicitations corrected for ULS:


The stresses for the ULS load combination are:
NEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*7= 30.75kN = 0,03075 MN
MEd= 1.35*150 + 1.50*100= 352.5kN= 0.3525MNm

574
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore, we must calculate:


The eccentricity of the first order ULS moment, due to the stresses applied
The additional eccentricity considered for the geometrical imperfections
Initial eccentricity:

M Ed 0.3525
e0 = = = 11.46m
N Ed 0.03075
Additional eccentricity:

l0 11.6
ei = = = 0.03m
400 400
The first order eccentricity: stresses correction:
The forces correction, used for the combined flexural calculations:

N Ed = 0.03075MN

e1 = e0 + ei = 11.49m

M Ed = e1 * N Ed = 11.49 * 0.03075 = 0.353MNm


M = N Ed * e0

20mm
20mm
20mm
e0 = max h = max 500mm = max = 20mm
16.7mm
30 30
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 6.1.(4)

575
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation:


The theoretical reinforcement will be determined by the following diagram

The input parameters of the diagram are:

M Ed 0.353
= = = 0.141
b * h * f cd 0.50 * 0.502 * 20
2

N Ed 0.03075
= = = 0.00615
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.5 * 20
Therefore:

= 0.35
The reinforcement area will be:

* 0.502 * 20
As = 434.78
= 40.25cm 2
which means 20.13cm2 per face.
The total area will be 40.25cm2.

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.

576
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 19.32cm2)

Theoretical value (cm2)


(reference value: 38.64 cm2= 2 x 19.32cm2)

5.64.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
2
Az Reinforcement area [cm ] 19.32 cm2

5.64.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Az Az -19.32 cm 4.0000 %

577
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.65 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a


significant compression force and small rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain
diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 41)

Test ID: 5195


Test status: Passed

5.65.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section concrete column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a significant compression
force and a small rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram is used (Class XC1).
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal rigidity method and then
calculate the frames by considering a symmetrically reinforced section.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

5.65.2 Background
Nominal rigidity method.
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.65.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure:
150kN axial force
15kMm rotation moment applied to the column top
The self-weight is neglected
Exploitation loadings:
100kN axial force
7kNm rotation moment applied to the column top
2 = 0,3
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Concrete cover 3cm and 5cm
Transversal reinforcement spacing a=40cm
Concrete C30/37
Steel reinforcement S500B
The column is considered isolated and braced

578
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.50 m,
Width: b = 0.50 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5cm

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
NEd = 1.35*150+1.50*100 = 352.50kN = 0.035MN
MEd = 1.35*15+1.50*7 = 30.75kNm = 0.03075MNm
MEd 0.03705
e0 = = = 0.087m
NEd 0.353

579
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.65.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Geometric characteristics of the column:


The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is
considered to be:

l0 = 2 * l = 11.60m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:

2 3 * l0 2 3 * 11.60
= = = 80.37
a 0.50
Effective creep coefficient calculation:
The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

M EQP
ef = (, t0 ).
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
Where:

(,t0 ) creep coefficient

M EQP serviceability firs order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

M Ed ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

First order eccentricity evaluation:

e1 = e0 + ei

ei = 0.03m
The first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:

M Eqp 0 15 + 0.30 * 7
e1 = e0 + ei = + ei = + 0.30 = 0.125m
N Eqp 0 150 + 0.30 * 100

N Eqp1 = 150 + 0.30 * 100 = 180kN

M Eqp1 = N Eqp1 * e1 = 180 * 0.125 = 22.50kNm = 0.0225MNm


The first order ULS moment is defined latter in this example:

M Ed 1 = 0.041MNm
The creep coefficient (,t0 ) is defined as follows:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.72
f cm 30 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488 (for t0= 28 days concrete age).
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20

580
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1 * 3 h0


0.7 0.7 0.2 0.2
35 35 35 35
f cm > 35MPa therefore: 1 = = = 0.944 and 2 = = = 0.984
f cm 38 f cm 38

50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 500 * 500 100 * 0.944 * 0.984 = 1.72
h0 = = = 250mm RH = 1 +
u 2 * (500 + 500 ) 0.1 * 3 250


(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.72 * 2.72 * 0.488 = 2.28
The effective creep coefficient calculation:

M EQP 0.0225
ef = (, t0 ) * = 2.28 * = 1.25
M Ed 0.041
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

The second order effects; The buckling calculation:


For an isolated column, the slenderness limit verification is done using the next formula:

20 * A * B * C
lim =
n
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)
Where:

N Ed 0.353
n= = = 0.071
Ac * f cd 0.50 * 20
1 1
A=
(1 + 0,2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 *1.25 = 0.80
=

B = 1 + 2 * = 1.1 because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known

C = 1,7 rm = 0.70 because the ratio of the first order moment is not known

20 * 0.80 * 1.1 * 0.7


lim = = 46.24
0.071
= 80.37 > lim = 46.24
Therefore, the second order effects must be taken into account.

Calculation of the eccentricities and solicitations corrected for ULS:


The stresses for the ULS load combination are:
NEd= 1.35*150 + 1.50*100= 352.5kN = 0,3525 MN
MEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*7= 352.5kN= 0.03075MNm
Therefore, we must calculate:
The eccentricity of the first order ULS moment, due to the stresses applied
The additional eccentricity considered for the geometrical imperfections

581
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Initial eccentricity:

M Ed 0.03075
e0 = = = 0.087 m
N Ed 0.353
Additional eccentricity:

l0 11.6
ei = = = 0.03m
400 400
The first order eccentricity: stresses correction:
The forces correction, used for the combined flexural calculations:

N Ed = 0.353MN

e1 = e0 + ei = 0.117 m

M Ed = e1 * N Ed = 0.117 * 0.353 = 0.041MNm

M = N Ed * e0

20mm
20mm
20mm
e0 = max h = max 500mm = max = 20mm
16 .7 mm
30 30
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 6.1.(4)

Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation:


To apply the nominal rigidity method, we need an initial reinforcement area to start from. For this, the concrete
section will be sized considering only the first order effect.
The Advance Design calculation is different: it is iterating as many time as necessary starting from the minimum
percentage area.
The reinforcement will be determined using a compound bending with compressive stress. The determined
solicitations were calculated from the center of gravity of the concrete section alone. Those stresses must be reduced
to the centroid of tensioned steel:

h 0.50
M ua = M G 0 + N * (d ) = 0.041 + 0.353 * 0.45 = 0.112MNm
2 2

Verification about the partially compressed section:

h h 0,50 0,50
BC = 0,8 * * (1 0,4 * ) = 0,8 * * (1 0,4 * ) = 0,494
d d 0,45 0,45
M ua 0.112
cu = = = 0.055
bw * d * f cd 0.50 * 0.45 * 20

582
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

cu = 0.055 < BC = 0.494 therefore the section is partially compressed

The calculation for the tensioned steel in pure bending:

cu = 0.055

[ ]
u = 1,25 * 1 (1 2 * 0,055) = 0,071
zc = d * (1 0,4 * u ) = 0,45 * (1 0,4 * 0,071) = 0,437 m
M ua 0,112
A = = = 5,89cm
zc * f yd 0,437 * 434,78

The calculation for the compressed steel in bending:


For the compound bending:

N 0.353
A = A = 5.89 * 10 4 = 2.23cm 2
Fyd 434.78
The minimum column percentage reinforcement must be considered:

0,10 * N Ed 0.10 * 0.353


As , min = = = 0.81cm
Fyd 434.78
Therefore, a 5cm2 reinforcement area will be considered.

583
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.65.2.3 Calculation of the second order effects:

Estimation of the nominal rigidity:


It is estimated the nominal rigidity of a post or frame member from the following formula:

EI = K c * Ecd * I c + K s * Es * I s
Where:

Ecm
Ecd =
1.2
f cm = f ck + 8Mpa = 38Mpa
0.3 0.3
f 38
Ecm = 22000 * cm = 22000 * = 32836.57 Mpa
10 10
Ecm 32837
Ecd = = = 27364 Mpa
1.2 1.2
b * h3 0.50 4
Ic = = = 5,208.10 3 m 4
12 12 inertia of the concrete section only

Es = 200000 Mpa
Is : Inertia

As 5.104
= = = 0.002
Ac 0.50 * 0.50
As
0.002 = < 0.01
Ac

f ck 30
k1 = = = 1.22
20 20
N Ed 0.353
n= = = 0.071
Ac * f cd 0.50 * 20
80.37
k2 = n * = 0.071 * = 0.0336 0.20
170 170
2 2
A h 5 * 104 0.50
Is = 2 * s * c = 2 * * 0.05 = 2.10 5 m 4
2 2 2 2
Ks = 1 k1 * k2 1.22 * 0.0336
and Kc = = = 0.018
1 + ef 1 + 1.25
Therefore:

EI = 0.018 * 27364 * 5,208 * 103 + 1 * 200000 * 2 * 105 = 6.56MNm

584
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Stress correction:
The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the moment of the first order:



M Ed = M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB
1
N Ed

M 0 Ed = 0.041MNm (moment of first order (ULS) taking into account geometric imperfections)

N Ed = 0.353MN (normal force acting at ULS).


In addition:


=
c0 and c0 = 8 because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).


= = 1.234
8
EI 6.56
NB = * 2
=* = 0.48MN
l0 11.60
It was therefore a moment of 2nd order which is:


1.234
M Ed = 0.041 * 1 + = 0.182MNm
0.48
1
0.353
There is thus a second order moment of 0.182MNm

585
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculation of the flexural combined reinforcement


The theoretical reinforcement will be determined by the following diagram:

M Ed = 0.182MNm

N Ed = 0.353MN

The input parameters of the diagram are:

M Ed 0.182
= = = 0.073
b * h * f cd 0.50 * 0.502 * 20
2

N Ed 0.353
= = = 0.071
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.5 * 20
Therefore:

= 0.11
The reinforcement area will be:

* b * h * f cd 0.11 * 0.502 * 20
As = f yd
=
434.78
= 12.65cm 2

This means a total of 12.65cm2


The initial calculations must be repeated by increasing the section; a 6cm2 reinforcement section will be considered.

Additional iteration:
One more iteration by considering an initial section of 6.5cm

586
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Estimation of the nominal rigidity:

EI = K c * Ecd * I c + K s * Es * I s
Where:

Ecm
Ecd =
1.2
f cm = f ck + 8Mpa = 38Mpa
0.3 0.3
f 38
Ecm = 22000 * cm = 22000 * = 32836.57 Mpa
10 10
Ecm 32837
Ecd = = = 27364 Mpa
1.2 1.2
b * h3 0.50 4
Ic = = = 5,208.10 3 m 4 considering only the concrete section only
12 12
Es = 200000 Mpa
Is : Inertia

As 6.5 * 104
= = = 0.0026
Ac 0.50 * 0.50
As
0.002 = < 0.01
Ac

f ck 30
k1 = = = 1.22
20 20
N Ed 0.353
n= = = 0.071
Ac * f cd 0.50 * 20
80.37
k2 = n * = 0.071 * = 0.0336 0.20
170 170
2 2
A h 6.5 * 104 0.50
Is = 2 * s * c = 2 * 0.05 = 2.6 10 5 m 4
2 2 2 2
K s = 1 and k1 * k2 1.22 * 0.0336
Kc = = = 0.018
1 + ef 1 + 1.25
Therefore:

EI = 0.018 * 27364 * 5,208 *103 + 1 * 200000 * 2.6 *105 = 7.78MNm

587
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Stress correction:
The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the moment of the first order:



M Ed = M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB
1
N Ed

M 0 Ed = 0.041MNm (moment of first order (ULS) taking into account geometric imperfections)

N Ed = 0.353MN (normal force acting at ULS).


In addition:


=
c0 and c0 = 8 because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).


= = 1.234
8
EI 7.78
NB = * 2
=* = 0.57 MN
l0 11.60
It was therefore a moment of 2nd order which is:


1.234
M Ed = 0.041 * 1 + = 0.123MNm
0.57
1
0.353
There is thus a second order moment of 0.123MNm

Calculation of the flexural compound reinforcement


The theoretical reinforcement will be determined, from the following diagram:

M Ed = 0.123MNm

N Ed = 0.353MN

588
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The input parameters of the diagram are:

M Ed 0.123
= = = 0.049
b * h * f cd 0.50 * 0.502 * 20
2

N Ed 0.353
= = = 0.071
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.5 * 20
Therefore:

= 0.05
The reinforcement area will be:

* b * h * f cd 0.05 * 0.502 * 20
As = f yd
=
434.78
= 5.75cm 2

This means a total of 5.75cm2

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.

589
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 5.75cm2=2*2.88cm2)

Theoretical value (cm2)


(reference value: 6.02 cm2)

5.65.2.4 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
2
Az Reinforcement area [cm ] 2.88 cm2

5.65.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Az Az -3.01 cm -4.6957 %

590
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.66 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete column subjected to


compression to top Based on nominal rigidity method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class
XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 35)

Test ID: 5123


Test status: Passed

5.66.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular concrete column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to compression to top
Based on nominal rigidity method- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
Based on nominal rigidity method
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal rigidity method, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

5.66.2 Background
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal stiffness method on a
rectangular cross section made of concrete C30/37, and then calculate the frames by considering a section
symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.66.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure:
0.45 MN axial force
0.10 MNm rotation moment applied to the column top
The self-weight is neglected
Exploitation loadings:
0.50 MN axial force
0.06 MNm rotation moment applied to the column top
2 = 0,3
The column is considered isolated and braced

591
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.45 m,
Width: b = 0.70 m,
Length: L = 4.50 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5 cm (for the concrete cover of the bottom / top external fiber measured along the local z
axis, Advance Design is having the following notation: ebz = 5 cm; ehz = 5 cm; while for the concrete cover
measured along the local y axis the following notations are used: eby = 5 cm; ehy = 5 cm )

Materials Properties
Used materials:
Concrete C30/37
Steel reinforcement S500B
The following characteristics are used in relation to this / these material(s):
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck = 30 MPa
Value of concrete cylinder compressive strength: fcm = fck + 8(MPa) = 38MPa
Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: fyk = 500 MPa
f ck 30MPa
Design value of concrete compressive strength: f cd = = = 20 MPa
c 1.5
f yk 500 MPa
Design value of yield strength of reinforcement: f yd = = = 434.78MPa
s 1.15

Boundary conditions
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
The characteristic combination of actions is: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

592
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:


NEd = 1.35 * 0.45 MN + 1.5 * 0.5 MN = 1.3575 MN
MEd = 1.35 * 0.1 MNm + 1.5 * 0.06 MNm = 0.225 MNm
The characteristic combination of actions is:
NEqp = 1.0 * 0.45 MN + 0.30 * 0.5 MN = 0.6 MN
MEqp = 1.0 * 0.1 MNm + 0.30 * 0.06 MNm = 0.118 MNm
Mu 0.225
Initial eccentricity: e0 = = = 0.166m
N u 1.3575

5.66.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Geometric characteristics of the column:


The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is
considered to be:

l0 = 2 * l = 2 * 4.50 = 9m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:

2 3 * l0 2 3 * 9
= = = 69.28
a 0.45
Effective creep coefficient calculation:
The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

M EQP
ef = (, t0 ).
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
Where:
Where:

(,t0 ) final creep coefficient

M 0 EQP is the first order bending moment in quasi-permanent load combination (SLS)

M 0 Ed is the first order bending moment in design load combination (ULS)

t0 is the concrete age

M 0 Eqp = 1.0 * 0.1 MNm + 0.30 * 0.06 MNm = 0.118 MNm

M 0 Ed = 1.35 * 0.1 MN + 1.5 * 0.06 MNm = 0.225 MNm

593
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The moment report becomes:

M 0 Eqp 0.118
= = 0.524
M 0 Ed 0.225
The creep coefficient (,t0 ) is defined as follows:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
With:

16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.73MPa
f cm 30 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488 (for t0 = 28 days concrete age).
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20

RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1 * 3 h0


RH = relative humidity; RH = 50%

1 = 2 = 1 if f cm 35MPa
0.7 0.2
35 35
1 = and 2 = if f cm > 35MPa
f
cm f cm
2 * Ac 2 * 450 * 700
h0 = = = 274mm
u 2 * (450 + 700)
Where:
RH relative humidity: RH = 50%
h0: is the notional size of the member (in mm)
u: column section perimeter
0.7 0.2
35 35
f cm = 38MPa 35MPa 1 = = 0.944 and 2 = = 0.984
38 38

594
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

RH 50
1 1
RH = 1 + 100 * * = 1 + 100 * 0.944 * 0.984 = 1.70
1 2
0.1 * 3 h0 0.1 * 3 274


(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.70 * 2.73 * 0.488 = 2.26
The effective creep coefficient calculation:

M EQP
ef = (, t 0 ) * = 2.26 * 0.524 = 1.18 , according to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
M Ed
1 + ef = 1 + 1.18 = 2.18

The necessity of buckling calculation (second order effect):


For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:
20 * A * B * C
lim = , according to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)
n
Where:

N Ed 1.3575
n= = = 0.215
Ac * f cd 0.45 * 0.70 * 20
1 1
A=
(1 + 0.2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 *1.18 = 0.81
=

As * f yd
B = 1.1 if (reinforcement ratio) is not known, if it is, B = 1 + 2 * = 1 + 2 *
Ac * f cd
In this case B = 1.1 , because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known.
C = 0.70 if rm is not known, if it is, C = 1.7 rm
In this case C = 0.70 , because the ratio between the first order moments is not known.
20 * 0.81 * 1.1 * 0.7
lim = = 26.90
0.215
= 69.28 > lim = 26.90
Therefore, the second order effects must be considered.

5.66.2.3 The eccentricity calculation and the corrected loads on ULS:

Initial eccentricity:

0.225
e0 = = 0.166m
1.3575
Additional eccentricity:

l0 9
ei = = = 0.0225m
400 400

595
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

First order eccentricity- stresses correction:

N Ed = 1.3575MN
e1 = e0 + ei = 0.166m + 0.0225m = 0.1885m = 18.85cm

M Ed = N Ed * e1 = 1.3575MN * 0.1885m = 0.256 MNm

Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation:


To play the nominal rigidity method, a starting section frame is needed. For this, a concrete section considering only
the first order effects will be used.
Advance Design iterates as many time as necessary.
The needed frames will be determined assuming a compound bending with compressive stress. All the results below
were obtained in the center of gravity for the concrete section alone. The stresses must be reduced in the centroid of
the tensioned steel.

h 0.45
M ua = M G 0 + N * (d ) = 0.256 + 1.3575 * 0.40 = 0.494MNm
2 2
Verification if the section is partially compressed:

h h 0.45 0.45
BC = 0.8 * * (1 0.4 * ) = 0.8 * * (1 0.4 * ) = 0.495
d d 0.40 0.40
M ua 0.494
cu = = = 0.220
bw * d * f cd 0.70 * 0.40 * 20
cu = 0.220 < 0.495 = BC , therefore the section is partially compressed.

596
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculations of steel reinforcement in pure bending:

cu = 0.220

[
u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.220) = 0.315]
z c = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.40 * (1 0.4 * 0.315) = 0.350m
M ua 0.494
A = = = 32.46cm
z c * f yd 0.350 * 434.78

Calculations of steel reinforcement in combined bending:


For the combined bending:

N 1.3575
A = A' = 32.46 *10 4 = 1.24cm 2
f yd 434.78
The minimum reinforcement percentage:

0.10 * N Ed 0.10 *1.3575


As ,min = = = 3.12cm < 0.002 * Ac = 6.3cm 2
f yd 434.78
2
Therefore, the reinforcement will be 8HA10 representing a 6.28 cm section.

The second order effects calculation:


The second order effect will be determined by applying the method of nominal rigidity:

Calculation of nominal rigidity:


It is estimated nominal rigidity of a post or frame member from the following formula:

EI = K c * Ecd * I c + K s * Es * I s
Where:

E cd : is the design value of the modulus of elasticity of concrete

I c : is the moment of inertia of concrete cross section


E s : is the design value of the modulus of elasticity of reinforcement ( E s = 200000 MPa )
I s : is the second moment of area of reinforcement, about the center of area of the concrete
K c : is a factor for effects of cracking, creep etc.
K s : is a factor for contribution of reinforcement

597
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

With:

Ecm
Ecd =
1.2
f cm = f ck + 8MPa = 38MPa
0.3 0.3
f 38
Ecm = 22000 * cm = 22000 * = 32837 MPa
10 10
Ecm 32837
Ecd = = = 27364 MPa
1.2 1.2
b * h 3 0.70 * 0.45 3
Ic = = = 5.316 * 10 3 m 4 (concrete only inertia)
12 12
Es = 200000 MPa

As 6.28 * 10 4
= = = 0.002
Ac 0.70 * 0.45
As
0.002 = < 0.01
Ac

f ck 30
k1 = = = 1.22 MPa
20 20
N Ed 1.3575
n= = = 0.215
Ac . f cd 0.45 * 0.70 * 20
69.28
k2 = n * = 0.215 * = 0.088 0.20
170 170
2 2
As h 6.28.10 4 0.45
Is = 2* * c = 2* * 0.05 = 1.92.10 5 m 4
2 2 2 2
k1 * k2 1.22 * 0.088
K s = 1 and K c = = = 0.049
1 + ef 1 + 1.18
Therefore:

EI = 0.049 * 27364 * 5.316 * 103 + 1 * 200000 * 1.92 * 105 = 10.97 MNm


Stresses correction:
The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the time of the first order:



M Ed = M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB
1
N Ed

M 0 Ed = 0.256 MNm (moment of first order (ULS)) taking into account geometric imperfections

N Ed = 1.3575MN (normal force acting at ULS).

598
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE


= and c0 = 8 the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).
c0

= = 1.234
8
EI 10.82
NB = * 2
=* = 1.32MN
l0 9
The second order moment is:


1.234
M Ed 2 = 0.256 * 1 + = 11.18MNm
1.32
1
1.3575
An additional iteration must be made by increasing the ratio of reinforcement.

599
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Additional iteration:
The iteration is made considering 8HA12 or As = 9.05 cm2

9.05 * 10 4
Therefore = = 0.0029
0.70 * 0.45
Followings are obtained:

Therefore:

N Ed 2 = 1.3575MN

M Ed 2 = 2.48MNm

600
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Given the mentioned reports, there must be another reiteration.

The reinforcement section must be increased to 8HA20 or As = 25.13 cm2 and = 0.008 .
The followings results are obtained:

Therefore:

N Ed 2 = 1.3575MN

M Ed 2 = 0.563MNm
2
Using the Concrete Tools EC2, combined bending analytical calculation, a 28.80 cm value is found. There must
be another iteration.

601
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The new considered reinforcement section is As = 30 cm2 and = 0.0095 :

Therefore:

N Ed 2 = 1.3575MN

M Ed 2 = 0.499 MNm
2
Using the Concrete Tools EC2, combined bending analytical calculation, a 22.22 cm value is found the
reinforcement of the column is correct.
We therefore retain a theoretical section of 30 cm.

602
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 30 cm2 = 2 x 15 cm2)

5.66.2.4 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
2
Az Reinforcement area [cm ] 15 cm2

5.66.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Az Az -16 cm -0.0313 %

603
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.67 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a circular concrete column using the simplified
method Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 39)

Test ID: 5146


Test status: Passed

5.67.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a concrete (C25/30) column with circular cross section using the simplified method
Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
Simplified Method
The column is considered connected to the ground by an articulated connection (all the translations are blocked). To
the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along the Z axis is also blocked.

5.67.2 Background
Determines the longitudinal reinforcement of a circular cross section made from concrete C25/30, using the simplified
method (with professional recommendations).
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.67.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure (G):
5000 kN axial force
The self-weight is neglected
Buckling length L0 = 5.00 m

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: H = 5.00 m,

604
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Radius: r = 0.40 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5 cm (for the concrete cover of the bottom / top external fiber measured along the local z
axis, Advance Design is having the following notation: ebz = 5 cm; ehz = 5 cm; while for the concrete cover
measured along the local y axis the following notations are used: eby = 5 cm; ehy = 5 cm )

Materials properties
Concrete class C25/30 and steel reinforcement S500B are used. The following characteristics are used in relation to
these materials:
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
Exposure class: XC1
Relative humidity RH=50%
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: f ck = 25MPa
Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: f yk = 500 MPa

f ck 25
Design value of concrete compressive strength: f cd = = = 16.67 MPa
c 1.5
f yk 500 MPa
Design value of yield strength of reinforcement: f yd = = = 434.78MPa
s 1.15

Boundary conditions
The column is considered connected to the ground by a hinged connection (all the translations are blocked) while at
the top part, the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along Z axis is also blocked.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
NEd = 1.35 * 5000 kN = 6750 kN = 6.750 MN

605
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.67.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Scope of the method:

According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 (2004): Chapter 5.8.3.2(1)


L0: buckling length L0 = L = 5 m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 (2004): Chapter 5.8.3.2(2)

I
i= , radius of giration of uncraked concrete section
A
Where:

*r4
I= , second moment of inertia for circular cross sections
4
* (0.4m) 4
I= = 0.02011m 4
4
A = * r 2 , cross section area
A = * (0.4m) 2 = 0.503m 2
Therefore:

*r4
I 4 = r 2 r 0.40m
i= = = = = 0.20m
A *r2 4 2 2
L0 L0 2 * L0 2 * 5.00m
= = = = = 25
i r r 0.40m
2
The method of professional rules can be applied If the following conditions are met:

< 120
20 < f ck < 50MPa
h > 0.15m
Reinforcement calculation:

= 25 60 , therefore:
0.84 0.84
= 2
= 2
= 0.68
25
1+ 1+
52 52

k h = (0.70 + 0.5 * D) * (1 8 * * ) for D < 0.60 m, if not k h = 1.00 , where D is the diameter of the cross
section
Therefore:

606
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

k h = 1.00

f yk
k s = 1.6 0.65 * for f yk > 500 MPa and > 30 ,if not k s = 1.00
500
f yk 500
f yd = = = 434.78MPa
1.15 1.15
Therefore:

k s = 1.00

1 N ed 1 6.750
As = * * r 2 * f cd = * * 0.4 2 *16.67 = 35.58cm
f yd k h * k s * 434 .78 1. 00 * 1. 00 * 0.68

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.

2
Theoretical reinforcement area(cm )
(reference value: 35.58 cm2 = 2 x 17.79 cm2)

5.67.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
Ay Reinforcement area [cm2] 17.79 cm2

5.67.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Az Az -17.4283 cm 0.0000 %

607
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.68 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small
rotation moment and significant compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method-
Bilinear stress-strain diagram(Class XC1)(SOCOTEC France-Test 43)

Test ID: 5211


Test status: Passed

5.68.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a square cross section column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a small rotation
moment and significant compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(Class XC1).
The verification of the axial stresses and rotation moment, applied on top, at ultimate limit state is performed.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal curvature method, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

5.68.2 Background
The calculation is based on the nominal curvature method.
Verify the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal curvature method, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.68.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure:
150 kN axial force
15 kMm rotation moment applied to the column top (about y axis)
the self-weight is neglected
Exploitation loadings:
100 kN axial force
7 kNm rotation moment applied to the column top (about y axis)


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Concrete cover 3 cm (on local y axis) and 5cm (on local z axis)
Transversal reinforcement spacing a = 40cm
Concrete C30/37
Steel reinforcement S500B
The column is considered isolated and braced

608
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.50 m,
Width: b = 0.50 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5 cm

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

Loading
The column is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
NEd = 1.35 * 150 + 1.50 * 100 = 352.50kN = 0.353MN
MEd = 1.35 * 15 + 1.50 * 7 = 30.75kNm = 0.03075MNm

609
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.68.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Geometric characteristics of the column:


The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and it is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is
considered to be:

l0 = 2 * l = 11.60m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:

2 3 * l0 2 3 * 11.60
= = = 80.37
a 0.50
Effective creep coefficient calculation:
The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

M EQP
ef = (, t0 ).
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
Where:

(,t0 ) creep coefficient

M EQP serviceability firs order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

M Ed ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)


First order eccentricity evaluation:

e1 = e0 + ei
l0 11.60
ei = = = 0.029m
400 400
The first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:

M Eqp 0 15 + 0.30 * 7
e1 = e0 + ei = + ei = + 0.029 = 0.124m
N Eqp 0 150 + 0.30 * 100

N Eqp1 = 150 + 0.30 * 100 = 180kN

M Eqp1 = N Eqp1 * e1 = 180 * 0.124 = 22.32kNm = 0.02232 MNm


The first order ULS moment is defined latter in this example (see chapter The first order eccentricity: stresses
correction):

M Ed 1 = 0.041MNm

The creep coefficient


(,t0 ) is defined as follows:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.72
f cm 30 + 8

610
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488 (for t0= 28 days concrete age).
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20

RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1 * 3 h0


0.7 0.7 0.2 0.2
35 35 35 35
f cm > 35MPa therefore: 1 = = = 0.944 and 2 = = = 0.984
f cm 38 f cm 38

50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 500 * 500 100 * 0.944 * 0.984 = 1.72
h0 = = = 250mm RH = 1 +
u 2 * (500 + 500 ) 0.1 * 3 250


(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.72 * 2.72 * 0.488 = 2.28
The effective creep coefficient calculation:

M EQP 0.02232
ef = (, t 0 )* = 2.28 * = 1.24
M Ed 0.041

The second order effects; The buckling calculation


For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:

20 * A * B * C
lim =
n
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)
Where:

N Ed 0.353
n= = = 0.071
Ac * f cd 0.50 * 20
1 1
A=
(1 + 0.2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 *1.25 = 0.80
=

B = 1 + 2 * = 1.1 because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known

C = 1,7 rm = 0.70 because the ratio of the first order moment is not known

20 * 0.80 * 1.1 * 0.7


lim = = 46.24
0.071
= 80.37 > lim = 46.24

611
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore, the second order effects cannot be neglected.

Calculation of the eccentricities and solicitations corrected for ULS


The stresses for the ULS load combination are:
NEd= 1.35*150 + 1.50*100= 352.5kN = 0,3525 MN
MEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*7= 352.5kN= 0.03075MNm
Therefore it must be determined:
The eccentricity of the first order ULS moment, due to the stresses applied
The additional eccentricity considered for the geometrical imperfections
Initial eccentricity:

M Ed 0.03075
e0 = = = 0.087 m
N Ed 0.353
Additional eccentricity:

l0 11.6
ei = = = 0.029m
400 400
The first order eccentricity: stresses correction
For reinforced concrete section subjected to a combination of bending moment and compression, EN 1992-1-1
chapter 6.1 (4) recommends to consider the design value of bending moment at least M = N Ed * e0 , where:

20mm
20mm
20mm
e0 = max h = max 500mm = max = 20mm
16.7mm
30 30
In this case, the corrected forces used for the combined flexural calculations are:

N Ed = 0.353MN

e1 = e0 + ei = 0.087 + 0.029 = 0.116m

M Ed = e1 * N Ed = 0.116 * 0.353 = 0.041MNm

Reinforcement calculation in the first order effects


To apply the nominal curvature method, we need an initial reinforcement area to start from. For this, the concrete
section will be sized considering only the first order effect.
Advance Design calculation is different: it is iterating as many time as necessary starting from the minimum
percentage area.
The reinforcement is determined using a combined bending with compressive stress. The determined solicitations
were calculated from the center of gravity of the concrete section alone. Those stresses must be reduced to the
centroid of tensioned steel:

612
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

h 0.50
M ua = M G 0 + N * (d ) = 0.041 + 0.353 * 0.45 = 0.112MNm
2 2
Verification about the partially compressed section:

h h 0.50 0.50
BC = 0.8 * * (1 0.4 * ) = 0.8 * * (1 0.4 * ) = 0.494
d d 0.45 0.45
M ua 0.112
cu = = = 0.055
bw * d * f cd 0.50 * 0.45 * 20
cu = 0.055 < BC = 0.494 therefore the section is partially compressed

The calculation for the tensioned steel in pure bending:

cu = 0.055

[ ]
u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.055) = 0.071
z c = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.45 * (1 0.4 * 0.071) = 0.437 m
M ua 0.112
A = = = 5.89cm
z c * f yd 0.437 * 434.78

The calculation for the compressed steel in bending:


For combined bending:

The minimum column percentage reinforcement must be considered:

Therefore a 5cm2 reinforcement area will be considered

613
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.68.2.3 Nominal curvature method (second order effects)

The curvature calculation:


Considering a reinforcement of 5cm (considered symmetric), one can determine the curvature from the following
formula:

1 1
= K r * K *
r r0
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(1)

f yd
434.78
1 yd Es
= = = 200000 = 0.0107 m 1
r0 (0.45 * d ) (0.45 * d ) 0.45 * 0.45
Kr is the correction coefficient depending of the normal force:

nu n
Kr = 1
nu nbal
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(3)

N Ed 0.353
n= = = 0.0706
Ac * f cd 0.50 * 20

As * f yd 5 * 104 * 434.78
= = = 0.0435
Ac * f cd 0.50 * 20
nu = 1 + = 1 + 0.0435 = 1.0435

nbal = 0,4
1.0435 0.0706
Kr = = 1.51
1.0435 0.40
Condition: K r 1 , therefore we consider: K r = 1
K creep coefficient: K = 1 + * ef 1
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(4)

,
Therefore:

1 1
= K r * K * = 1 * 1 * 0.0107 = 0.0107m 1
r r0

Calculation moment:
The calculation of bending moment is defined by the following formula:

M Ed = M 0 Ed + M 2

614
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Where:

M 0 Ed is moment of the first order including geometric imperfections.

M2 is nominal moment of second order.

The 2nd order moment is calculated from the curvature:

M 2 = N Ed * e2

1 l02 11.60
e2 = * = 0.0107 * = 0.1799m
r c 8
Note: c = 8 according to chapter 5.8.8.2 (4) from EN 1992-1-1; because the moment is constant (no horizontal force
at the top of column).

M 2 = N Ed * e2 = 0.353 * 0.1799 = 0.0635MNm

M Ed = M 0 Ed + M 2 = 0.041 + 0.0635 = 0.1045MNm


The reinforcement must be sized considering the demands of the second degree effects, as follows:
NEd = 0.353 MN
MEd = 0.1045 MNm

Reinforcement calculation according the second order effects:


The interaction diagram will be used.
The input parameters in the diagram are:

M Ed 0.1045
= = = 0.0418
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.5 2 * 20
2

615
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

According to the diagram, it will be obtained minimal percentage reinforcement:

0.10 * N Ed 0.10 * 0.353


As ,min = = = 0.81cm 0.002 * Ac = 5cm 2
f yd 434.78

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.

616
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)


(reference value: Au = 5cm2)

Theoretical value (cm2)


(reference value: 5 cm2)

5.68.2.4 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
2
Amin Reinforcement area [cm ] 5 cm2

5.68.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Amin Amin 5 cm 0.0000 %

617
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.69 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to


eccentric loading - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France -
ref. Test 44)

Test ID: 5213


Test status: Passed

5.69.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made of concrete C30/37 subjected to eccentric loading - Bilinear stress-
strain diagram (Class X0).
The verification of the bending stresses at ultimate limit state is performed.
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal and transversal
reinforcement.
- Support at start point (x = 0) fixed connection
- Support at end point (x = 5.00) fixed connection

5.69.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist eccentric loading. During
this test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal and transversal
reinforcement.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.69.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 12 kN/m
The dead load is neglected
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 3kN/m,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

618
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.30 m,
Width: b = 0.18 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.054 m ,
Concrete cover: c=5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.25m; ebz=0.035m
The load eccentricity will be considered of 0.50m

The load eccentricity will produce the following rotation moments:


Mx,G=6.00kNm
Mx,Q=1.50kNm

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection,
Support at end point (x = 5.00) fixed connection
Inner: None.

619
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Reference results in calculating the concrete beam


The moment is defined by the following formulas:

b 3 3
TA = P * e * = 0,5 * P * = P
a+b 5 10
a 2 1
TB = P * e * = 0,5 * P * = P
a+b 5 5
Note: the diagram of bending moment is the same as the shear force multiplied by the eccentricity.

The ULS load calculation:

Pu = 1.35 *12 + 1.5 * 3 = 20.70kN


Before the point of application of torque, the torque is:

3 3
TEd = * Pu = * 20,7 = 6.21KNm
10 10
After the point of application of torque, the torque is:

Pu 20.7
TEd = = = 4.14 KNm
5 5
Result ADVANCE Design 2012 - Moment: (in kNm)
Reference value: 6.21 kNm and -4.14kNm

5.69.2.2 Calculation in pure bending

Bending moment at ULS:

Pu = 1,35 * 12 + 1,5 * 3 = 20,7 KN

620
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

6 * Pu 6 * 20,7
M Ed = = = 24,84 KNm = 0,0248MNm
5 5
Simple bending design:

0,0248
cu = = 0,110
0,18 * 0.25 * 20

( )
u = 1,25 * 1 1 2 * 0,110 = 0,146
zc = 0.25 * (1 0,4 * 0,146) = 0,235m
0,0248
Au = = 2,43 * 10 4 m = 2,43cm
0,235 * 434,78

5.69.2.3 Torsion reinforcement

Torsion longitudinal reinforcement - Before application of the moment

TEd * uk
Al = * cot
2 * Ak * f yd
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(3)

uk = 2 * ((b tef ) + (h tef ))

Ak = (b tef ) * (h tef )
with:

A 0.18 * 0.30
tef = max 2 * c; = max 2 * 0.035; = max(0.07;0.05625) = 0.07m
u 2 * (0.18 + 0.3)

uk = 2 * ((18 7) + (30 7)) = 68cm = 0.68m


Ak = (18 7) * (30 7) = 253cm = 0.0253m
0.0062 * 0.68
Al = = 1.92cm
2 * 0.0253 * 434.78
Torsion longitudinal reinforcement - After application of the moment

0.00414 * 0.68
Al = = 1.28cm
2 * 0.0253 * 434.78
Torsion transversal reinforcement - Before application of the moment

AswT TEd 0.0062


= = = 2.82cm / ml
sT 2 * Ak * f yd * cot 2 * 0.0253 * 434.78

Torsion transversal reinforcement - After application of the moment

AswT TEd 0.00414


= = = 1.88cm / ml
sT 2 * Ak * f yd * cot 2 * 0.0253 * 434.78

621
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Concrete verification:
Calculation of the maximum allowable stress under torsional moment:

TRd , max = 2 * v * cw * f cd * Ak * t ef ,i * sin * cos


According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(4)

f
v = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.528
250
TRd , max = 2 * 0.528 * 20 * 0.0253 * 0.07 * 0.70 * 0.70 = 0.018MN
Calculation of the maximum allowable stress under shear:

cot + cot
VRd , max = bw * z * v * f cd *
1 + cot
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.2.3(3)

z = zc = 0.235m (from the design in simple bending)

Vertical reinforcement: cot = 1


30
v = 0,6 * 1 = 0.528
250
cot + cot 1
VRd , max = bw * zc * v * f cd * = 0.18 * 0.235 * 0.528 * 20 * = 0.223MN
1 + cot 2
Because of the combined shear/moment effect, it must be calculated:

TEd VEd
+ 1,0
TRd , max VRd , max
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(4)

0.0062 0.0124
+ = 0.400 1,0
0.018 0.223
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.

622
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

ULS load combinations(kNm)


Longitudinal reinforcement (Al=1.92cm2 and Al=1.28cm2)

Transversal reinforcement (2.82cm2/ml and 1.88cm2/ml)

5.69.2.4 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
2
Al,1 Longitudinal reinforcement for the first part [cm ] 1.92 cm2
Al,2 Longitudinal reinforcement for the second part [cm2] 1.28 cm2
Ator,y,1 Transversal reinforcement for the first part [cm2/ml] 2.82 cm2/ml
2
Ator,y,2 Transversal reinforcement for the second part [cm /ml] 1.88 cm2/ml

5.69.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Al Al,1 1.91945 cm -0.0286 %
Al Al,2 1.27964 cm -0.0281 %
Ator,y / face Ator,y,1 2.82273 cm 0.0968 %
Ator,y / face Ator,y,2 1.88182 cm 0.0968 %

623
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.70 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam supporting a balcony
- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 45)

Test ID: 5225


Test status: Passed

5.70.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section beam made of concrete C25/30 supporting a balcony - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State
Verifies the column resistance to rotation moment along its length. During this test, the determination of stresses is
made along with the determination of the longitudinal and transversal reinforcement.

5.70.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist rotation moment along its
length. During this test, the calculation of stresses is performed, along with the calculation of the longitudinal and
transversal reinforcement.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.70.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The geometric dimension of the beam are:

The following load cases and load combination are used:


Concrete type: C25/30
Reinforcement type: S500B
Exposure class: XC1
Balcony load: 1kN/m2
The weight of the beam will be considered in calculation
Concrete density: 25kN/m3
The beam is considered fixed at both ends
Concrete cover: 40mm
Beam length: 4.00m

624
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.75 m,
Width: b = 0.25 m,
Length: L = 4.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.1875 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4cm

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection,
Support at end point (x = 4.00) fixed connection
Inner: None.

5.70.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam

The ULS load calculation:


The first step of the calculation is to determine charges transmitted to the beam:
Vertical loads applied to the beam (kN/ml) from the load distribution over the balcony
Rotation moment applied to the beam (kN/ml) from the load distribution over the balcony
Each action (self-weight and distributed load) is determined by summing the resulting vertical loads along the eaves
and the torsional moment by multiplying the resultant by the corresponding lever arm.
CAUTION, different lever arm must be considered from the center of the beam (by adding therefore the half-width).
The results are displayed in the table below:

625
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Load calculation:
From previously calculated results, the following stresses can be determined:

Shear:
VEd

Bending moment:
M Ed

Torque:
TEd

Shear and bending moment:


One can determine the load at ULS taken over by the beam:

Pu = 1,35 * 13.44 + 1,5 * 2 = 21.14 KN / m


For a beam fixed on both ends, the following values will be obtained:

Maximum shear (ULS):

Pu * l 21,14 * 4
VEd = = = 42,3KN = 0,042 MN
2 2
Bending moment at the supports:

Pu * l 21,14 * 4
M Ed = = = 28,2 KNm = 0,028MNm
12 12
Maximum Moment at middle of span:

Pu * l 21,14 * 4
M Ed = = = 14,1KNm = 0,014 MNm
24 24
Torsion moment:
For a beam subjected to a torque constant:

mtu = 1,35 * 8,59 + 1,5 * 2,25 = 14,97 KNm / m = 0,015MNm / m


l 4
TEd = mtu * = 0,015 * = 0,03MNm
2 2

626
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.70.2.3 Bending rebar

Span reinforcement (at bottom fiber)

0,014
cu = = 0,007
0,25 * 0.70 * 16.67

( )
u = 1,25 * 1 1 2 * 0,007 = 0,0088
zc = 0.70 * (1 0,4 * 0,0088) = 0,697 m
0,014
Au = = 4.62 * 10 4 m = 0.46cm
0,697 * 434,78

f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
Minimum reinforcement percentage verification: As , min = Max f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w

Cracking matrix required (calculation hypothesis): f ct , eff = f ctm = 2.56 Mpa

f ct , eff 2.56
0.26 * * bw * d = 0.26 * * 0.25 * 0.70 = 2.27cm
As , min = Max f yk 500 = 2.27cm
0.0013 * bw * d = 0.0013 * 0.25 * 0.70 = 2.27cm

Therefore, it retains 2.27 cm .

Reinforcement on supports (at top fiber)

0,028
cu = = 0,014
0,25 * 0.70 * 16.67

(
u = 1,25 * 1 1 2 * 0,014 = 0,018)
zc = 0.70 * (1 0,4 * 0,018) = 0,695m
0,028
Au = = 9.27 * 10 4 m = 0.93cm
0,695 * 434,78
It also retains 2.27 cm (minimum percentage).

Shear reinforcement

VEd = 0,042MN
The transmission to the support is not direct; it is considered a connecting rod inclined by 45, therefore cot = 1

Concrete rod verification:

cot + cot
VRd , max = bw * z * v * f cd *
1 + cot
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.2.3(4)

z = zc = 0.695m (from the design in simple bending of support)

627
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Vertical frames:

25
v = 0,6 * 1 = 0.54
250
cot + cot bw * zc * v * f cd 0.25 * 0.695 * 0.54 * 16.67
VRd , max = bw * zc * v * f cd * = = = 0.78MN
1 + cot tg + cot 2
v1 * f cd * zu * bw
VRd , max =
tg + cot
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.2.3(3)

VEd = 0.042MN < VRd , max = 0.78MN

Calculation of transverse reinforcement:

Asw VEd . * tg 0.042


= = = 1.39cm / ml
s zu * f yd 0.695 * 434.78
(over shear)

From the minimum reinforcement percentage:

Asw
w,min .bw . sin
s
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 9.2.2(5)
With:

0,08 * f ck 0,08 * 25
w, min = = = 0.0008
f yk 500

Asw
0.0008 * 0.25 = 2cm / ml
s
Therefore:

Asw
2cm / ml
s
Torsion calculation:

Torsion moment was calculated before: TEd = 0,03MNm

Torsional shear stress:

TEd
t ,i =
2 * tef ,i * Ak
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(1)

2 * c = 8cm
= max = A ( 25 * 75)
tef ,i = 9.375cm = 9.375cm
u 2(25 + 75)

Ak = (25 9.375) * (75 9.375) = 1025cm = 0.1025m

628
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

TEd 0.03
t,i = = = 1.56Mpa
2 * t ef ,i * A k 2 * 0.09375 * 0.1025

Concrete verification:
Calculate the maximum allowable stress in the rods:

TRd ,max = 2 * v * cw * f cd * Ak * tef ,i * sin * cos


According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(4)

f
v = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.54
250
TRd , max = 2 * 0.54 * 16.67 * 0.1025 * 0.09375 * 0.70 * 0.70 = 0.085MN
Because of the combined share/moment effect, we must calculate:

TEd VEd
+ 1,0
TRd , max VRd , max
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(4)

0.03 0.042
+ = 0.399 1,0
0.085 0.78
Torsion longitudinal reinforcement

TEd * uk
Al = * cot
2 * Ak * f yd
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(3)

uk = 2 * [(b tef ) + (h tef )] = 2 * [(25 9.375) + (75 9.375)] = 162.5cm = 1.625m

0.03 * 1.625
Al = = 5.47cm
2 * 0.1025 * 434.78
Torsion transversal reinforcement

AswT TEd 0.03


= = = 3.36cm / ml
sT 2 * Ak * f yd * cot 2 * 0.1025 * 434.78

AswT
Therefore 3,36cm / ml for each face.
sT

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
11 nodes,
1 linear element.

629
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

ULS load combinations(kNm)


Torsional moment (Ted=29.96kNm)

Longitudinal reinforcement (5.46cm2)

2
Transversal reinforcement (3.36cm /ml)

5.70.2.4 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
Mx Torsional moment [kNm] 29.96 cm2
2
Al Longitudinal reinforcement [cm ] 5.46 cm2
Ator,y Transversal reinforcement [cm2/ml] 3.36 cm2/ml

5.70.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Mx Mx 29.9565 kN*m -0.1450 %
Al Al 5.4595 cm -0.1920 %
Ator,y / face Ator,y/face 3.35969 cm -0.0092 %

630
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.71 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete column subjected to


compression on the top Method based on nominal stiffness - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 34)

Test ID: 5114


Test status: Passed

5.71.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section column made of concrete C30/37. The verification of the axial
stresses applied on top, at ultimate limit state is performed.
Method based on nominal stiffness - The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the
method of nominal stiffness, and then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free at the top part.

5.71.2 Background
Method based on nominal stiffness
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made of concrete C30/37.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal stiffness, and
then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.71.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure:
300kN axial force
The self-weight is neglected
Exploitation loadings:
500kN axial force
2 = 0,3
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Concrete cover 5cm
Transversal reinforcement spacing a=30cm
Concrete C30/37
Steel reinforcement S500B
The column is considered isolated and braced

631
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.40 m,
Width: b = 0.60 m,
Length: L = 4.00 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5 cm along the long section edge and 3cm along the short section edge

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
NEd =1.35*0.30+1.5*0.50=1.155MN
NQP=1.35*0.30+0.30*0.50=0.450MN

632
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.71.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Geometric characteristics of the column:


The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is
considered to be:

l0 = 2 * l = 2 * 4 = 8m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:

2 3 * l0 2 3 * 8
= = = 69.28
a 0.40
Effective creep coefficient calculation:
The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

M EQP
ef = (, t0 ).
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
Where:

(,t0 ) creep coefficient

M EQP serviceability first order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

M Ed ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)


The ratio between moments becomes:

M 0 Eqp N eqp * e1 N eqp 0.450


= = = = 0.39
M 0 Ed N ed *e1 N ed 1.155
The creep coefficient (,t0 ) is defined as:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.73MPa
f cm 30 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488 (for t0= 28 days concrete age).
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20

RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1 * 3 h0


RH = relative humidity; RH=50%
0.7 0.2
35 35
Where 1 = 2 = 1 if f cm 35MPa if not 1 = and 2 =
f
cm f cm
2 * Ac 2 * 400 * 600
h0 = = = 240mm
u 2 * (400 + 600 )

633
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

f cm = 38MPa > 35MPa ,


Therefore:
0.7 0.7 0.2 0.2
35 35 35 35
1 = = = 0.944 and 2 = = = 0.984
f cm 38 f cm 38

RH 50
1 1
RH = 1 + 100 * * = 1 + 100 * 0.944 * 0.984 = 1.73
1 2
0.1 * 3 h0 0.1 * 3 240


(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.73 * 2.73 * 0.488 = 2.30

The effective creep coefficient calculation:

M EQP
ef = (, t0 ) * = 2.30 * 0.39 = 0.90
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

The necessity of buckling calculation (second order effect):


For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:

20 * A * B * C
lim =
n
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)
Where:

N Ed 1.155
n= = = 0.241
Ac * f cd 0.40 * 0.60 * 20
1 1
A=
(1 + 0,2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 * 0.90 = 0.85
=

B = 1 + 2 * = 1.1 because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known

C = 1,7 rm = 0.70 because the ratio of the first order moment is not known

20 * 0.85 * 1.1 * 0.7


lim = = 26.66
0.112
= 69.28 > lim = 26.66
Therefore, the second order effects must be considered.

634
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.71.2.3 The eccentricity calculation and the corrected loads on ULS:

Initial eccentricity:
No initial eccentricity because the post is subjected only in simple compression.

Additional eccentricity:

l0 8
ei = = = 0.02m
400 400
First order eccentricity- stresses correction:

20mm
20mm
20mm
e0 = max h = max 400mm = max = 20mm
13.3mm
30 30
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 6.1.(4)
The corrected solicitations which are taken into account when calculating the column under combined bending effort
and compression, are:
NEd= 1.155MN
MEd= 1.155*0.02=0.0231MNm

Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation:


When using the nominal stiffness method, a starting section frame is needed. For this it will be used a concrete
section considering only the first order effects.
Advance Design iterates as many time as necessary.
The needed frames will be determined assuming a compound bending with compressive stress. All the results above
were obtained in the center of gravity for the concrete section alone. The stresses must be reduced in the centroid of
the tensioned steel.

First order moment in the centroid of the tensioned reinforcement is:

h 0.40
M ua = M G 0 + N * (d ) = 0.0231 + 1.155 * 0.35 = 0.196MNm
2 2
Verification if the section is partially compressed:

h h 0,40 0,40
BC = 0,8 * * (1 0,4 * ) = 0,8 * * (1 0,4 * ) = 0,496
d d 0,35 0,35
M ua 0.196
cu = = = 0.133
bw * d * f cd 0.60 * 0.35 * 20

cu = 0.133 < 0.496 = BC therefore the section is partially compressed.

635
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculations of steel reinforcement in pure bending:

cu = 0.133

[
u = 1,25 * 1 (1 2 * 0,133) = 0,179]
zc = d * (1 0,4 * u ) = 0,35 * (1 0,4 * 0,179) = 0,325m
M ua 0,196
A = = = 13.87cm
zc * f yd 0,325 * 434,78

Calculations of steel reinforcement in combined bending:


For the combined bending:

N 1.155
A = A' = 13.87 * 10 4 = 12.69cm 2
f yd 434.78
The minimum reinforcement percentage:

0,10 * N Ed 0.10 * 1.155


As , min = = = 2.66cm 0.002 * Ac = 4.80cm 2
f yd 434.78
The reinforcement will be 4HA12 + 2HA10 representing 6.09cm2.

The second order effects calculation:


The second order effect will be determined by applying the method of nominal stiffness:

Calculation of nominal stiffness:


It is estimated nominal stiffness of a post or frame member from the following formula:

EI = K c * Ecd * I c + K s * Es * I s
With:

Ecm
Ecd =
1.2
f cm = f ck + 8MPa = 38MPa
0.3 0.3
f 38
Ecm = 22000 * cm = 22000 * = 32837 MPa
10 10
Ecm 32837
Ecd = = = 27364 MPa
1.2 1.2
b * h3 0.60 * 0.403
Ic = = = 3,2.10 3 m4
12 12 (concrete only inertia)

Es = 200000 MPa

Is : Inertia of the steel rebars

As 6,09.10 4
= = = 0.00254
Ac 0.60 * 0.40

636
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

As
0.002 = < 0.01
Ac

f ck 30
k1 = = = 1.22 Mpa
20 20
N Ed 1.155
n= = = 0.241
Ac . f cd 0.40 * 0.60 * 20
69.28
k2 = n * = 0.241* = 0.098 0.20
170 170
2 2
A h 6,09.10 4 0.40
Is = 2 * s * c = 2 * * 0.05 = 1,37.10 5 m4
2 2 2 2
k1 * k2 1.22 * 0.098
K s = 1 and K c = = = 0.063
1 + ef 1 + 0.90
Therefore:

EI = 0.063 * 27364 * 3,2 * 10 3 + 1 * 200000 * 1,37 * 10 5 = 8.2566 MNm

Stresses correction:
The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the time of the first order:



M Ed = M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB
1
N Ed

M 0 Ed = 0.0231MNm (moment of first order (ULS) taking into account geometric imperfections)

(normal force acting at ULS).


= and c0 = 8 the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).
c0

= = 1.234
8
EI 8.2566
NB = * 2
=* = 1.27327 MN
l0 8
The second order efforts are:

N Ed 2 = 1.155MN
M Ed 2 = 0.3015MN .m

The reinforcement calculations considering the second order effect:


The reinforcement calculations for the combined flexural, under the second order effect, are done using the Graitec
EC2 tools. The obtained section is null, therefore the minimum reinforcement area defined above is sufficient for the
defined efforts.

637
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
5 nodes,
1 linear element.

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2) and minimum reinforcement area (cm2)


(reference value: 2.66cm2 and 4.8cm2)

Theoretical value (cm2)


(reference value: 5.32 cm2)

5.71.2.4 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
2
Ay Reinforcement area [cm ] 2.66 cm2
2
Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm ] 4.80 cm2

5.71.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Ay Ay -2.66 cm 0.0000 %
Amin Amin 4.8 cm 0.0000 %

638
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.72 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the
simplified method Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated
by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 38)

Test ID: 5127


Test status: Passed

5.72.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section concrete C25/30 column using the simplified method Professional rules -
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
The column is considered connected to the ground by an articulated connection (all the translations are blocked). At
the top part, the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along the Z axis is also blocked.

5.72.2 Background
Simplified Method
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.72.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure:
800kN axial force
The self-weight is neglected
Concrete cover 5cm
Concrete C25/30
Steel reinforcement S500B
Relative humidity RH=50%
Buckling length L0=6.50m

639
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.30 m,
Width: b = 0.50 m,
Length: L = 6.50 m,
Concrete cover: c=5cm

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a articulated connection (all the translations are blocked) and
to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along Z axis is also blocked.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
N ED = 1.35 * 800 = 1080kN

5.72.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Scope of the method:

L0 L L L L L * 12 6.5 * 12
= = 0 = 0 = 0 = 0 = 0 = = 75.06
i I a4 a2 a a 0.3
A 12 12 12
2
a
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 (2004) Chapter 5.8.3.2(1)
The method of professional rules can be applied as:

< 120
20 < f ck < 50 MPa
h > 0.15m

Reinforcement calculation:

60 < = 75.06 120


1.3 1.3
32 32
= = = 0.33
75.06
According to Conception Et Calcul Des Structures De Batiment, by Henry Thonier, page 283

k h = (0.75 + 0.5 * h) * (1 6 * * ) = 0.93

f yk 500
k s = 1.6 0.6 * = 1.6 0.6 * =1
500 500

1 N ed 1 1.08
As = * b * h * f cd = * 0.3 * 0.5 *16.67 = 23.43cm
f yd k *
h s k * 434. 78 0 . 93 * 1 * 0 .33

640
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
8 nodes,
1 linear element.

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 23.43cm2=4*5.86cm2)

5.72.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
2
Ay Reinforcement area [cm ] 5.85cm2

5.72.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Ay Ay -6.91808 cm -0.8908 %

641
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.73 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA-France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a significant


rotation moment and small compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method-
Bilinear stress-strain diagram(Class XC1)(SOCOTEC France-Test 42)

Test ID: 5205


Test status: Passed

5.73.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a significant rotation moment and small
compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
The verification of the axial stresses and rotation moment, applied on top, at ultimate limit state is performed.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal curvature method, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

5.73.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of a square cross section made from concrete C30/37.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal curvature method, and then
calculate the member by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.73.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure (G):
15 kN axial force
150 kMm rotation moment applied to the column top
The self-weight is neglected
Exploitation loadings (Q) from B exploitation category ( 2 = 0.3 ):
7 kN axial force
100 kNm bending moment applied to the column top
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Distance between the reinforcement legs: a = 40 cm = 0.40 m
The column is considered isolated and braced

642
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height and width are equal (square shape): b = h = 0.50 m,
Length: l = 5.80 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5 cm (for the concrete cover of the bottom / top external fiber measured along the local z
axis, Advance Design is having the following notation: ebz = 5 cm; ehz = 5 cm; while for the concrete cover
measured along the local y axis the following notations are used: eby = 3 cm; ehy = 3 cm)

Materials properties
The following characteristics are used in relation to concrete class C30/37 and steel reinforcement S500B materials:
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
Exposure class: XC1
Concrete density: 25kN/m3
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: f ck = 30MPa
Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: f yk = 500 MPa

f ck 30
Design value of concrete compressive strength: f cd = = = 20MPa
c 1.5
f yk 500 MPa
Design value of yield strength of reinforcement: f yd = = = 434.78MPa
s 1.15
Design value of modulus of elasticity of reinforcing steel: Es = 200000 MPa

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
NEd = 1.35 * 15kN + 1.50 * 7kN = 30.75 kN = 0.03075 MN
MEd = 1.35 * 150kNm + 1.50 * 100kNm = 352.50 kNm = 0.3525 MNm

M Ed 0.352 MNm
e0 = = = 11.45m
N Ed 0.03075MN

643
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.73.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Geometric characteristics of the column


The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is
considered to be:

l0 = 2 * l = 11.60m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:

2 3 * l0 2 3 *11.60m
= = = 80.37
h 0.50m
Effective creep coefficient calculation
The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:

M Eqp
ef = (, t0 ).
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
Where:

(,t0 ) creep coefficient

M Eqp serviceability first order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

M Ed ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)


First order eccentricity evaluation:

e1 = e0 + ei

ei = 0.029m
Eccentricity e1 is determined considering the first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:

M Eqp 0 150kNm + 0.30 *100kNm


e1 = e0 + ei = + ei = + 0.029m 10.56m
N Eqp 0 15kN + 0.30 * 7 kN

N Eqp1 = 15kN + 0.30 * 7 kN = 17.10kN

M Eqp1 = N Eqp1 * e1 = 17.10kN *10.56m = 180.58kNm = 0.181MNm


The first order ULS moment was defined at the beginning, in the Loading chapter:

M Ed = 0.3525MNm
The creep coefficient (,t0 ) is defined as follows:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.72
f cm 30 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488 (for t0= 28 days concrete age).
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20

644
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1 * 3 h0


0.7 0.7 0.2 0.2
35 35 35 35
f cm > 35MPa therefore: 1 = = = 0.944 and 2 = = = 0.984
f cm 38 f cm 38

h0 is the notional size of the member (in mm):

50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 0.5m * 0.5m 100
h0 = = = 0.250m = 250mm RH = 1 + * 0 .944 * 0.984 = 1.72
u 2 * (0.5m + 0.5m ) 0.1* 3 250

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.72 * 2.72 * 0.488 = 2.28


After a numerical replacement of each term, effective creep coefficient becomes:

M EQP 0.181MNm
ef = (, t0 ) * = 2.28 * = 1.17
M Ed 0.352 MNm
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)

The second order effects; The buckling calculation


For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:

20 * A * B * C
lim =
n
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)
Where:

N Ed 0.031
n= = = 0.0062
Ac * f cd 0.50 * 20
1 1
A=
(1 + 0,2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 *1.17 = 0.81
=

B = 1 + 2 * = 1.1 because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known

C = 1.7 rm = 0.70 because the ratio of the first order moment is not known

20 * 0.81 * 1.1 * 0.7


lim = = 158.42
0.0062
= 80.37 < lim = 158.42
Therefore, the second order effects can be neglected.

645
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculation of the eccentricities and solicitations corrected for ULS


The solicitations for the ULS load combination are:
NEd = 0.03075 MN
MEd = 0.3525 MNm
Therefore it must be determined:
The eccentricity of the first order at ULS, due to the applied stresses
The additional eccentricity considered for the geometrical imperfections
Initial eccentricity:

M Ed 0.3525MNm
e0 = = = 11.46m
N Ed 0.03075MN
Additional eccentricity:

l0 11.6m
ei = = = 0.029m
400 400
The corrected forces, which are used for the combined flexural calculations, are the following:

N Ed = 0.03075MN

e1 = e0 + ei = 11.46m + 0.029m 11.49m


M Ed = e1 * N Ed = 11.49m * 0.03075MN = 0.353MNm
According to clause 6.1 (4) from EN 1992-1-1, for sections subjected to combined bending and compression efforts,
the design bending moment value should be at least M = NEd * e0, where

h 500 mm
e0 = max 20 mm; = max 20 mm; = max( 20 mm; 16.7 mm ) = 20 mm
30 30

Corrected bending moment is bigger than this value, so clause 6.1 (4) is fulfilled.

Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation


The theoretical reinforcement will be determined by using the following diagram:

646
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The input parameters of the diagram are:

M Ed 0.353MNm
= = = 0.141
b * h * f cd 0.50m * 0.50 2 m 2 * 20 MPa
2

N Ed 0.03075MN
= = = 0.00615
b * h * f cd 0.5m * 0.5m * 20 MPa
Therefore:

= 0.35
The total reinforcement area will be:

* 0.50 2 m 2 * 20MPa
As = 434.78MPa
= 40.25cm 2 which means 20.125cm2 per face.

The nominal curvature method (second order effect)


In the following, the steps necessary to calculate the curvature are shown.
Considering a reinforcement of 40.25cm (considered symmetric), one can determine the curvature from the following
formula:

1 1
= K r * K *
r r0
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(1)

f yd
434.78MPa
1 yd Es
= = = 200000 MPa = 0.0107 m 1
r0 (0.45 * d ) (0.45 * d ) 0.45 * 0.45m
Kr is the correction coefficient depending of the normal force:

nu n
Kr = 1
nu nbal
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(3)

N Ed 0.03075MN
n= = = 0.00615
Ac * f cd 0.50 m 2 * 20 MPa

As * f yd 40.25 *10 4 m 2 * 434.78MPa


= = = 0.350
Ac * f cd 0.50 m 2 * 20 MPa
nu = 1 + = 1 + 0.350 = 1.350

nbal = 0.4
1.350 0.00615
Kr = = 1.41
1.350 0.40
Condition: K r 1 , therefore it will be considered: K r = 1
K K = 1 + * ef 1
creep coefficient:
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(4)

647
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

therefore

Calculation of design bending moment


The calculation of design bending moment is estimated from the formula:

M Ed = M 0 Ed + M 2
Where:

M 0 Ed is moment of the first order including geometric imperfections;

M2 is nominal moment of second order.

The 2nd order moment is given by the curvature:

M 2 = N Ed * e2

1 l2 11.60
e2 = * 0 = 0.0107 * = 0.1799m
r c 8
Note: c = 8 according to 5.8.8.2 (4) from EN 1992-1-1; because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top
of column).

M 2 = N Ed * e2 = 0.03075MN * 0.1799m = 0.00553MNm

M Ed = M 0 Ed + M 2 = 0.353MNm + 0.00553MNm = 0.35853MNm


The reinforcement must be sized considering the demands of the second order effects, as follows:

N Ed = 0.03075MN

M Ed = 0.35853MNm

Reinforcement calculation according to the second order effects


The interaction diagram will be used.
The input parameters in the diagram are:

M Ed 0.35853
= = = 0.143
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.52 * 20
2

648
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

From the diagram = 0.35 will be obtained, which gives:


* b * h * f cd 0.35 * 0.50 m 2 * 20 MPa
As = f yd
=
434.78MPa
= 0.004025m 2 = 40.25cm

Meaning a 20.125 cm2 per side (which confirms the initial section)

649
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.

Theoretical longitudinal reinforcement area (cm2)


(reference value: 40.25 cm2 = 2 * 20.125 cm2)

5.73.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
Az Longitudinal reinforcement area [cm2] 20.125 cm2

5.73.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Az Az -19.32 cm 4.0000 %

650
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.74 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal
force of traction - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France -
ref. Test 46 II)

Test ID: 5231


Test status: Passed

5.74.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section beam made of concrete C20/25 subjected to a normal force of traction - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class X0).
Tie sizing
Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Determines the armature of a pulling reinforced concrete, subjected to a normal force of traction.
The load combinations will produce the following rotation efforts:
NEd=1.35*233.3+1.5+56.67=400kNm
The boundary conditions are described below:
- Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection
- Support at end point (x = 5.00) translation along the Z axis is blocked

5.74.2 Background
Determines the reinforcement of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30, subjected to a normal force
of traction, analyzed with both bilinear stress-strain and inclined stress-strain laws.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.74.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure:
233.33 kN axial force
The self-weight is neglected
Exploitation loadings:
56.67 kN axial force

651
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.15 m,
Width: b = 0.15 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.00225 m ,
Concrete cover: c = 3 cm (for the concrete cover of the bottom / top external fiber measured along the local z
axis, Advance Design is having the following notation: ebz = 3 cm; ehz = 3 cm; while for the concrete cover
measured along the local y axis the following notations are used: eby = 3 cm; ehy = 3 cm )

Materials Properties
C20/25
Reinforcement S400, Class: B
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck = 20 MPa
Value of concrete cylinder compressive strength: fcm = fck + 8(MPa) = 28MPa
Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: fyk = 400 MPa
2
Mean value of axial tensile strength of concrete: f ctm = 0.30 * ( f ck ) = 2.21MPa
3

f ck 20 MPa
Design value of concrete compressive strength: f cd = = = 13.33MPa
c 1 .5
f yk 400 MPa
Design value of yield strength of reinforcement: f yd = = = 347.82 MPa
s 1.15

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) fixed connection,
Support at end point (x = 5.00) translation along the Z axis is blocked
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

652
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:


NEd = 1.35 * 233.3 kN + 1.5 * 56.67 kN = 400 kN = 0.400 MN

5.74.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam


There will be two successive calculations, considering a bilinear stress-strain diagram constitutive law and then an
inclined stress-strain diagram constitutive law.

Calculations according a bilinear stress-strain diagram

N Ed 0.400
As ,U = = 11.50 * 10 4 m = 11.50cm
s ,U 400
1.15
It will be used a 4HA20 A = 12.57cm2

Calculations according a inclined stress-strain diagram

S 400 B s ,U = 373MPa

N Ed 0.400
As ,U = = 10.72 * 10 4 m = 10.72cm
s ,U 373
It can be seen that the gain is not negligible (about 7%).

Checking the condition of non-fragility:

f ctm
As Ac *
f yk

Ac = 0.15m * 0.15m = 0.0225m


f ctm 2.21
As Ac * = 0.0225 * = 1.24cm
f yk 400

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS load combinations (kNm)


In case of using the bilinear stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az = 11.50 cm2 = 2*5.75 cm2)

653
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

In case of using the inclined stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az = 10.74 cm2 = 2*5.36 cm2)

5.74.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
Az,1 Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the bilinear stress-strain 5.75 cm2
diagram [cm2]
Az,2 Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the inclined stress-strain 5.36 cm2
diagram [cm2]

5.74.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Az Az-i -5.75001 cm 0.0000 %

654
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.75 NTC 2008 - Italy: Longitudinal reinforcement on a simply supported beam

Test ID: 6278


Test status: Passed

5.75.1 Description
Verifies the beam''s longitudinal reinforcement area on the support with linear load applied along the linear element

5.75.2 Background

5.75.2.1 Model description


Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.

Units
Metric

Geometry
Length: L = 13.50 m,
Area: A = 3000 cm

Materials properties

655
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
Hinge at end x = 4.50, 9.00, 13.50 m
Restrained in translation on x,y axes and restrained in rotation on x axis x = 0.00 m.

Loading
Uniformly distributed load of G1k = -33.00 kN/m
Uniformly distributed load of G2k = -25.74 kN/m
Uniformly distributed load of Q1k = -13.20 kN/m

5.75.2.2 Reference results


Calculation method used to obtain the reference solution

5.75.2.3 Theoretical results


Result name Result description Reference value
Longitudinal Verification of the longitudinal reinforcement area on the support 25.23 cm2
reinforcement

5.75.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Az Theoretical reinforcement on the support 0 cm 3.9635 %

656
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.76 EC2 / CSN EN 1992-1-1 - Czech Republic: Main reinforcement design for simple supported
beam

Test ID: 6261


Test status: Passed

5.76.1 Description
CSN EN1992-1-1: Required tension reinforcement design for simple supported rectangular beam

5.76.2 Background
Design of main reinforcement for simple supported beam
Verifies values of minimal and theoretical reinforcement areas for rectangular beam made of concrete C20/25,
reinforcement B500B. Design is considered for Ultimate Limit State with uniform distribution of stresses in
compressed concrete and unlimited reshaping of tensioned reinforcement. Self weight is taken into account.
Bilinear stress-strain diagram for reinforcement.

5.76.2.1 Model description


Reference: Manually calculated example
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem)
Element type: linear
Load cases and load combinations:
Dead load: g = 10 kN/m, G = 1.35,
Live load: q = 15 kN/m, Q = 1.5
CULS = 1.35*(g+g) + 1.5*q

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 450 mm,
Width: b = 250 mm,
Length: L = 6000 mm,
3 2
Section area: A = 112.5*10 mm ,
Reinforcement center of gravity position: d = 38 mm,
Effective height: d = 412 mm

657
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Concrete: C20/25
Weight: 2500 kg/m3
c = 1.15
Reinforcement: B500B
fyk = 500 MPa
s = 1.15
Es = 200 GPa

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (Z=0), hinged connection,
Support at end point (Z = 6.0) hinged connection restrained to rotate around Z
Inner: none

Loading
The beam is subjected to following load combination:
Ultimate Limit State:
qEd = 1.35*(g + g) + 1.5*q = 1.35*(10 + 0,25*0,45*2500*9.81) + 1.5*15 = 39.72 kN/m

5.76.2.2 Reinforcement design


Material characteristics
Concrete C20/25:
fyk 20
fcd = cc = 1.0 1.5 = 13.3 MPa
c
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 3.1.6(1)P, Formula (3.15)
fctm = 2.2 MPa
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 3.1.3, Table 3.1
Reinforcement B500B:
fyk = 500 MPa
fyk 500
fyd = s
= 1.15 = 435 MPa
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 3.2.7(2), Picture 3.8

Design moment for Ultimate Limit State


1 1
= 2 = 39.72 62 = 178.74
8 8

Reinforcement design
Theoretical reinforcement

b d f cd 2 M Ed 0.25 0.412 13.3 10 6 2 178.74 103 2


As , req = 1 1 =
1 1 = 12.42cm
f yd b d 2 f cd 435 10 6 0.25 0.412 2 13.3 103

Minimal reinforcement
2.2
0.26 = 0.26 0.25 0.412 = 119 106 2
= 500
0.0013 = 0.0013 0.25 0.412 = 134 106 2

658
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

ASmin = 1.34 cm2


According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1), Formula (9.1N)

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.

FEM Results
Bending moment for Ultimate Limit State (reference value 178.74 kNm)

Concrete design results


Theoretical reinforcement area (reference value 12.42 cm2)

2
Minimal reinforcement area (reference value 1.34 cm )

5.76.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
My Bending moment for Ultimate Limit State [kNm] 178.74 kNm
2
Az Theoretical reinforcement area [cm ] 12.42 cm2
Amin Minimal reinforcement area [cm2] 1.34 cm2

5.76.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My Design moment -178.756 kN*m -0.0090 %
Az RC required -12.4214 cm -0.0113 %
Amin RC minimal -1.339 cm 0.0746 %

659
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.77 EC2 / NF EN1992-1-1 - France: Verifying a T concrete section - Inclined stress-strain diagram
(Class XC3)

Test ID: 6274


Test status: Passed

5.77.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to calculate the longitudinal reinforcement of a T-Beam with inclinated stress-strain
diagram with a XC3 class concrete.

5.77.2 Background
Verifies the reinforcement area on a T concrete section (C35/45)..

5.77.2.1 Model description


Reference: Calcul des structures en bton Jean-Marie Paill;
Analysis type: static linear (plane workspace);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 53 kN/m + self weight
Exploitation loadings (0=0.8, 1=0.8, 2=0.5): Q = 80 kN/m
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 1.25 m,
Width: b = 0.55 m,
Length: L = 14.00 m,
Concrete cover: cnom=4 cm
Reinforcement S500, Class: B, ss=500 MPa Inclinated stress-strain diagram

660
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Fck=355 MPa
The load combinations will produce the following efforts:
MEd= 214.5 kN.m

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) hinged connection,
Support at end point (x=14) hinged connection.
Inner: None.

5.77.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Moment values
MEd =pEd x L/8
Combination type Value (kN.m)
ULS combination 5 255
SLS CQ combination 2 695

Bottom reinforcement calculation


= 454 MPa,


M Ed 5.255
As = = = 110 cm
(1 0.4 )d (1 0.4 0.122)1.10 454
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
29 nodes,
1 linear element.

5.77.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
As Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the inclined stress-strain 110 cm2
diagram [cm2]

5.77.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My ULS Bending moment -5261.45 kN*m -0.1227 %
My SLS CQ Bending moment -2699.59 kN*m -0.1703 %
Az Longitudinal bottom reinforcement -107.285 cm 2.4682 %

661
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.78 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot B
efforts Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 4 II)

Test ID: 5893


Test status: Passed

5.78.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement.
The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for Pivot B efforts. For these tests, the constitutive law for
reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied.
The objective is to verify the longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class B reinforcement steel ductility.

5.78.2 Background
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
This test performs the verification of the value (hence the position of the neutral axis) to determine the Pivot efforts
(A or B) to be considered for the calculations.
The distinction between the Pivot A and Pivot B efforts is from the following diagram:

xu cu 2 cu 2
= = x u = .d = .d
d ud + cu 2 ud + cu 2
The limit for depends of the ductility class:

For a Class A steel: ud = 22.50 u = 0.1346



For a Class B steel: ud = 45 u = 0.072

For a Class C steel: ud = 67.50 u = 0.049

The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for Pivot A efforts. For these tests, it will be used the
constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram.

S 500 A su = 432,71 + 952,38. su 454 MPa

S 500 B su = 432,71 + 727,27. su 466 MPa

S 500C su = 432,71 + 895,52. su 493MPa


The Pivot efforts types are described below:
Pivot A: Simple traction and simple bending or combined
Pivot B: Simple or combined bending
Pivot C: Combined bending with compression and simple compression

662
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.78.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 25 kN/m+ dead load,
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 50kN/m,

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
There will be considered a Class B reinforcement steel
The calculation will be made considering inclined stress-strain diagram
The objective is to verify:
The stresses results
The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class B reinforcement steel ductility
The minimum reinforcement percentage

663
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.90 m,
Width: b = 0.50 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.45 m ,
Concrete cover: c = 4.00 cm
Effective height: d = h - (0.6 * h + ebz)=0.806 m; d = ebz = 0.040 m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XC1
3
Concrete density: 25kN/m
There will be considered a Class B reinforcement steel ductility
The calculation will be made considering inclined stress-strain diagram
Cracking calculation required
fck 25
Concrete C25/30: fcd = = = 16,67MPa
c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N
2/3
fctm = 0.30 * fck = 0.30 * 25 2 / 3 = 2.56MPa
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
f yk 500
Steel S500 : f yd = = = 434,78MPa
s 1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.8) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.

664
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Dead load:
G=0.9*0.5*2.5=11.25 kN/ml
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(25+11.25)+1.5*50=123.94 kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=25+11.25+50=86.25kN/ml
Load calculations:
123.94 * 5.80
M Ed = = 521.16kNm
8
86.25 * 5.80
M Ecq = = 362.68kNm
8
5.78.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit
For S500B reinforcement steel, we have lu = 0.372 (since we consider no limit on the compression concrete to
SLS).

Reference solution for reinforcement from Class B steel ductility


If the Class B reinforcement steel is chosen, the calculations must be done considering the Pivot B efforts.
The calculation of the reinforcement is detailed below:
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.806 m
Calculation of reduced moment:

M Ed 0.52116 * 103 Nm
cu = = = 0,096
bw * d * f cd 0,50m * 0.806 m 2 * 16,67 MPa

The value:
A design in simple bending is performed and it will be considered a design stress of concrete equal to f cd .

zc = d * (1 0,4 * cu ) = 0.806 * (1 0.4 * 0.127) = 0.765m


1 u 1 0,127
Tensioned reinforcement steel elongation : su = * cu 2 = * 3.5 = 24.1
u 0,127
Reinforcement steel stresses :
su = 432,71 + 727,27 * su 466MPa
su = 432,71 + 727,27 * 0,0241 = 450.25Mpa 466MPa
M Ed 0.52116
Au = = = 15.13cm
z c * f yd 0.765 * 450.25

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.

665
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 521.16kNm)

SLS (reference value: 362.68kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)

2
For Class B reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=15.13cm )

5.78.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
My,ULS My corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 521.16 kNm
My,SLS My corresponding to 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 362.68 kNm
2
Az Theoretical reinforcement area (Class B) [cm ] 15.13 cm2

5.78.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My My corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) -521.125 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My corresponding to 102 combination (SLS) -362.657 kN*m 0.0000 %
Az Theoretical reinforcement area (Class B) -15.1105 cm 0.0000 %

666
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.79 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to tension
load - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD2) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 47I)

Test ID: 5964


Test status: Passed

5.79.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple tension. Verification of the
bending stresses at ultimate limit state and serviceability limit state is performed.
Verification is done according to EN 1992-1-1 French annex.

5.79.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate and Service State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple tension. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.79.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 135 kN/m (including dead load),
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 150kN/m,


Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.04 m ,
Concrete cover: c=5.00cm

667
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500, class A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are
used in relation to this material:
Exposure class XD2
Concrete density: 25kN/m3
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) , fixed connection,
Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Z.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
Ultimate Limit State:
NEd = 1.35 * G + 1.5 * Q = 1.35 * 135 + 1.5 * 150 = 407 kN

Characteristic combination of actions:


Nser,cq = G + Q = 135 + 150 = 285 KN

Quasi-permanent combination of actions:


Nser,qp = G + 0.3 * Q = 135 + 0.3 * 150 = 180 KN

5.79.2.2 Reference results in calculating the longitudinal reinforcement and the crack width

Calculating for ultimate limit state:

N Ed 0.407
As ,U = = 9.37 * 10 4 m = 9.37cm
s ,U 500
1.15
Calculating for serviceability limit state:

N ser
As , ser
S
s = 0,8 * f yk = 0,8 * 500 = 400Mpa
0.285
As ,ser = 7.13 *10 4 m = 7.13cm
400

668
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Final reinforcement
Is retained the steel section between the maximum theoretical calculation at ULS and calculating the SLS or
Ath = 9.37 cm .
Therefore, 4HA20 = A = 12.57 cm .
Constraint checking to the ELS:

N ser 0.285
s = s => = 226.80 MPa s = 400 MPa
As ,ser 0.001257

Crack opening verification:


It will be checked the openings of cracks by considering 4HA20.

Calculating the maximum spacing between the cracks


The maximum spacing of cracks is given by the formula:

0.425 * k1 * k2 *
sr , max = k3 * c +
p , eff
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(3)
The effective depth d must be estimated by considering the real reinforcement of the beam:

2
d = 20 5 0.6 = 13.4cm
2
2.5 * (h d ) 2.5 * (0.20 0.134) = 0.165

Ac , eff = b * min h = 0.20 * min 0.20 = 0.020
= 0 . 100
2 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2); Figure: 7.1

Ac ,eff = 0.040m this value was multiplied by two because the section is fully stretched

As 12.57 * 104
p , eff = = = 0.031
Ac , eff 0.040
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2)

n1 * 12 + n2 * 22
eq = = 20mm
n1 * 1 + n2 * 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2)

0.425 * k1 * k2 *
sr , max = k3 * c +
p , eff
Concrete cover of 5cm and HA6 reinforcement, therefore c=5+0.6=5.6cm

k 1 = 0.8 HA bars

k 2 = 1 pure tension sizing


2/3 2/3
25 25
k 3 = 3.4 * = 3.4 * = 1.99
c 56

0.425 * k1 * k2 * 0.425 * 0.8 * 1 * 20


sr , max = k3 * c + = 1.99 * 56 + = 331mm
p , eff 0.031

669
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculation of average deformations

Es 200000
e = = = 6.35
Ecm 31476
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2)
Steel stresses in SLSqp:

N ser qp 0.180
s = = = 143.2Mpa
As ,ser 0.001257
fct,eff 2.56
s k t * * (1 + e * p,eff ) 143 0.4 * * (1 + 6.35 * 0.031)
p,eff 0.031
sm cm = = =
Es 200000
s
= 5.17 * 10 4 0,6 * = 4.30 * 10 4
Es

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2)


Calculation of crack widths:

wk = sr , max * ( sm cm ) = 331 * (5.17 * 104 ) = 0.171mm


According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(1)
For an exposure class XD2, applying the French national annex, it retained a maximum opening of 0.20mm crack.
This criterion is satisfied.

Checking the condition of non-fragility:


In case one control for cracking is required:

f ctm
As Ac .
f yk
Because h<0.3m

f ctm = 0.30 * f ck2 / 3 = 0.30 * 252 / 3 = 2,56Mpa


According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2);Table 3.1

Ac = 0.20 * 0.20 = 0.04m


f ctm 2.56
As Ac * = 0.04 * = 2.05cm
f yk 500

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.

Longitudinal reinforcement for ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)


ULS (reference value: Az=9.36 cm2=2*4.68 cm2)

670
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

SLS (reference value: Az=7.12 cm2=2*3.56 cm2)

Stresses in the steel reinforcement


(reference value: s= 226.80Mpa)

Maximum spacing of cracks Sr, max (m)


(reference value: Sr,max= 0.331m)

Crack width wk (mm)


(reference value: wk= 0.171mm)

5.79.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
2
Az,ULS Theoretical reinforcement area for the ULS load combination [cm ] 4.68 cm2
s Stresses in steel reinforcement [MPa] 226.77 MPa
Sr, max Maximum spacing of cracks [m] 33.1 cm
wk Crack width [mm] 0.017 cm

671
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.79.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Az Az,USL -4.68337 cm 0.0000 %
Ss CQ SigmaS -226.766 MPa 0.0018 %
Sr,max Sr,max 32.7639 cm -0.7155 %
wk wk -0.0170451 cm -0.2653 %

672
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.80 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a


tension distributed load - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD2) (evaluated by SOCOTEC
France - ref. Test 47 II)

Test ID: 5887


Test status: Passed

5.80.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made of concrete C25/30 subjected to a tension distributed load - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class XD2).
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement
area and the verification of the minimum reinforcement area.

5.80.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple tension. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.80.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure (G):
135 kN/m axial force
The self-weight is included
Exploitation loadings (category A) (Q):
150 kN/m axial force

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.04 m ,

673
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Concrete cover: c = 5.00 cm (for the concrete cover of the bottom / top external fiber measured along the local
z axis, Advance Design is having the following notation: ebz = 5 cm; ehz = 5 cm; while for the concrete cover
measured along the local y axis the following notations are used: eby = 5 cm; ehy = 5 cm )

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500, class A reinforcement steel are used. The following characteristics are
used in relation to this material:
Exposure class XD2
3
Concrete density: 25 kN/m
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0 = 28 days
Humidity RH = 50%
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: f ck = 25MPa
Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: f yk = 500 MPa

f ck 25
Design value of concrete compressive strength: f cd = = = 16.67 MPa
c 1.5
f yk 500 MPa
Design value of yield strength of reinforcement: f yd = = = 434.78MPa
s 1.15
2
Mean value of axial tensile strength of concrete: f ctm = 0.30 * ( f ck ) = 2.56 MPa
3

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) , fixed connection,
Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Z.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions:

N ser ,cq = G + Q = 135 + 150 = 285 KN = 0.285MN


Quasi-permanent combination of actions:

N ser ,qp = G + 0.3 * Q = 135 + 0.3 *150 = 180 KN = 0.180 MN

5.80.2.2 Reference results in calculating the longitudinal and the minimum reinforcement

Calculating the longitudinal reinforcement for serviceability limit state:

N ser
As , ser
S

674
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

s = 0.8 * f yk = 0.8 * 500 = 400MPa


0.285
As ,ser = 7.13 *10 4 m = 7.13cm
400
Calculating the minimum reinforcement:

Ac = 0.20 * 0.20 = 0.04m


f ctm 2.56
As Ac * = 0.04 * = 2.05cm
f yk 500

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.

Longitudinal reinforcement for SLS load combinations


SLS (reference value: Az = 7.13 cm2 = 2*3.565 cm2)

Minimum longitudinal reinforcement


(reference value: Amin= 2.05 cm2)

5.80.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
2
Az,SLS Theoretical reinforcement area for the SLS load combination [cm ] 3.565 cm2
2
Amin Minimum longitudinal reinforcement [cm ] 2.05 cm2

5.80.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Az Theoretical reinforcement area for the SLS load -3.5625 cm 0.0000 %
combination
Amin Minimum longitudinal reinforcement 2.05197 cm 0.0000 %

675
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.81 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1 - France: Reinforcement calculation for a simple bending beam

Test ID: 6263


Test status: Passed

5.81.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to calculate the bottom reinforcement area for a beam in simple bending.

5.81.2 Background
Bottom reinforcement area for a beam in simple bending
Determines the reinforcement of the middle section of the beam in ultimate limit state in the case of the steel
inclined deformation diagram.

5.81.2.1 Model description


Reference: Pratique de lEurocode 2 Jean Roux;
Analysis type: Static.
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
ULS: Cmax = 1.35 G * 1.5 Q
SLS: Cser = 1 G * 1 Q

Units
Metric System
Geometry

Materials characteristics
Exposure class XD2.
Cracking verification not required.
Materials:
concrete: fck = 25 MPa, cu2 = cu3 = 3, 5 / 1 000
steel: S 500 A
Concrete:

676
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

,
f ck >< 50 MPa

= 0,8
f ck = 25MPa < 50 MPa
=1
f ck
f cu = cc
c
25
f cu = 1 1 = 16,7 MPa
1,5

f ck 50 MPa f ctm = 0,3[ f ck ] 3


2

f ctm = 0,3[25] 3 = 2,56 MPa


2

c = k1 f ck
c = 0,6 25 = 15MPa
Steel:
f yk
f yd =
s
500
f yd = = 435MPa
1,15

s = k 3 f yk
s = 0,8 500 = 400MPa

Boundary conditions
Start point (x=0) : Hinged,
End point (x=5) : Hinged.

5.81.2.2 Reference results

Resistance ultimate limit state


Actions at m1:
= specific weight of reinforced concrete

= 25 kN/m3
g = g1 + .bw .h

g = 15,40 + 25.0,18.0,60 = 18,10 kN/m


pu = 1, 35.g + 1, 5.q

p u = 1,35.18,10 + 1,5.9

p u = 37,94 kN/m

Maximum bending moment:

l eff2
M Ed = Pu
8

677
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

6,85 2
M Ed = 37,94
8
M Ed = 222,53mkN

Serviceability limit state


Actions at m1:
pser = g + q

pser = 18,10 + 9

pser = 27,10 kN/m


Maximum bending moment:
leff2
M ser = Pser
8
6,85 2
M ser = 27,10
8
M ser = 158,95mkN

Coefficient
M Ed
=
M ser
222,53
= = 1,40
158,95

Calculation of tensioned reinforcements at ultimate limit state in the case of the steel inclined
deformation diagram

M Ed
cu =
bw d 2 f cu
0,22253
cu = = 0,245
0,18 0,55 2 16,7
1
[
u = 1 1 2 cu

]
u =
1
0,8
[1 1 2 0,245 ] = 0,357
Ductility class and f ck AB
S 500 A steel and f ck = 25MPa

= 0,1346
AB
AB = 0,1019

678
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

cu >< AB Pivot

cu = 0,245 > 0,1019 = AB Pivot B


3,5
c = cu 2 = cu 3 =
1000
1 u
s1 = c
u
3,5 1 0,357 6,30
s1 = =
1000 0,357 1000
435 2,175
yd = 5
=
2 10 1000
s1 >< yd
6,30 2,175 deformation of the steel diagram
s1 = > = yd
1000 1000
s1 = 432,71 + 952,38 s1 454 (MPa)

s1 = 432,71 + 952,38 6,30 10 3 = 439MPa


z c = d 1 u
2
0,8
z c = 0,551 0,357 = 0,472m
2
M Ed
As1,u =
z c s1
0,22253
As1,u = 10 4 = 10,74cm 2
0,472 439

5.81.2.3 Theoretical results


Result name Result description Reference value
Az Bottom longitudinal reinforcement 10.74 cm
My ULS maximum bending moment 222.53 kN.m

5.81.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My ULS Bending moment -222.501 kN*m 0.0130 %
My SLS Bending moment -158.95 kN*m 0.0000 %
Az Bottom reinforcement area -10.7894 cm -0.4600 %

679
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.82 A23.3-04 - Canada: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement value on a one-way reinforced
concrete slab

Test ID: 6264


Test status: Passed

5.82.1 Description
This test is about the calculation of the bottom longitudinal reinforcement values for a one-way slab loaded with a
distributed load (dead loads + live loads)

5.82.2 Background
This test checks the calculation of the bottom longitudinal reinforcement for a one way reinforced concrete slab
simply supported. This slab is loaded by distributed loads (dead loads and live loads).

5.82.2.1 Model description


Reference: Reinforced Concrete Design, a practical approach A23.3-04;
Analysis type: static linear (gris workspace);
Element type: planar.

The following load cases and load combination are used:


Distributed planar loads:
DL: -6 kN/m (including the self weight)
LL: -5 kN/m
The ultimate limit state combination (ULS) is: 1.25 x DL + 1.5 x LL

Dead Loads Live Loads

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the concrete slab characteristics:
Thickness: e = 300 mm,
Width: b = 1000mm,
Length: L = 6 m,
Concrete cover: c=30 mm => means an effective slab depth equal to 270mm
Concrete material: fc= 25 Mpa (c= 0.65)
Steel reinforcement material: fy= 400Mpa (s= 0.85)

680
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
The slab is considered as simply supported.

Finite elements modeling


Planar element: shell,
Mesh size: 0.50m

5.82.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete slab

Calculation of the factored bending moment

The factored load ( w f ) is determined according to Cl.4.1.3.2 of NBC 2005:

w f = 1.25 DL + 1.50 LL = 1.25 6 + 1.50 5 = 15 KN / m

This is a simply supported slab and the maximum bending moment at the midspan can be calculated from the
following equation:

w f .l 15 6
Mf = = = 67.50 KN .m / m
8 8

With this equation, we consider the one-way slab as a rectangular beam of 1m width.

Calculation of the required area of tensioned reinforcement

We calculate the required area of tensioned reinforcement using the direct procedure, considering that Mr = M f

3,85.M r
As = 0,0015. f c' .b. d d

f c' .b
3,85 67,50.106
As = 0,0015 25 1000 270 270 = 750mm / m
25 1000

681
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Reinforcement calculated value


The values calculated by Advance Design are the following ones:

5.82.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
Ax,b Longitudinal bottom reinforcement in the slab (mm/m) 750 mm2/m

5.82.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Axb Longitudinal reinforcement value in the middle span 758.163 mm 1.0884 %

682
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.83 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a


uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 2)

Test ID: 4970


Test status: Passed

5.83.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.

5.83.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.83.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 15 kN/m + dead load,
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 20kN/m,

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.60 m,
Width: b = 0.25 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,

683
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Section area: A = 0.15 m2 ,


Concrete cover: c=4.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.519m; d=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
3
Concrete density: 25kN/m
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Cracking calculation required
fck 25
Concrete C25/30: fcd = = = 16,67MPa
c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N
2/3
fctm = 0.30 * fck = 0.30 * 25 2 / 3 = 2.56MPa
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
f yk 500
Steel S500 : f yd = = = 434,78MPa
s 1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2
0. 3 0. 3
f +8 25 + 8
E cm = 22000 * ck = 22000 * = 31476MPa
10 10

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Permanent loads:
G=0.25*0.6*2.5=3.75kN/ml
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(15+3.75)+1.5*20=55.31kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=15+3.75+20=38.75kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=15+3.75+0.3*20=24.75kN/ml
Load calculations:

684
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

55,31 * 5,80
M Ed = = 232,59kN .m
8
38,75 * 5,80
M Ecq = = 162,94kN .m
8
24,75 * 5,80
M Eqp = = 104,07kN .m
8

5.83.2.2 Reference results in calculating the equivalent coefficient


To determine the equivalence coefficient, we must first estimate the creep coefficient, related to elastic deformation at
28 days and 50% humidity:

(, t 0 ) = RH * ( fcm ) * ( t 0 )

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.2
16.8 16.8
( fcm ) = = = 2.925
fcm 25 + 8

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.4
1 1
( t 0 ) = = = 0.488 at t0=28 days
0.1 + t 00.20 0.1 + 28 0.20

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.5
The value of the RH coefficient depends of the concrete quality:

RH
1
= 1 + 100 * 1 * 2
RH
0.1 * 3 h
0

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.3a

1 = 2 = 1 if fCM = 35MPa

0.7 0.2
35 35
If not: 1 =
and 2 =

fcm fcm
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.8c

In this case: fcm = fck + 8Mpa = 33Mpa 1 = 2 = 1

50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 250 * 600 100
h0 = = = 176.47mm RH = 1+ = 1.89
u 2 * ( 250 + 600) 0.1 * 3 176.47
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.6

(, t 0 ) = RH * ( fcm ) * ( t 0 ) = 1.89 * 2.925 * 0.488 = 2.70

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Es
e =
E cm
MEqp
1 + (, t 0 ) *
MEcar

Defined earlier:
38,75 * 5,80
MEcar = = 162,94kN.m
8

685
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

24,75 * 5,80
MEqp = = 104,07kN.m
8
This gives:

200000
e = = 17.32
31476
104.07
1 + 2.70 *
162.94

5.83.2.3 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit
Due to exposure class XD1, we will verify the section having non-compressed steel reinforcement, determining the
reduced moment limit, using the formula defined by Jeans Roux in his book Practice of EC2:

This value can be determined by the next formula if f ck < 50MPa valid for a constitutive law to horizontal plateau:
fck
luc = K( e ) *
( 4.69 1.70 * ) * fck + (159.90 76.20 * )

(
K ( e ) = 10 4 * a + b * e + c * e 2 )
The values of the coefficients "a", "b" and "c" are defined in the following table:

Diagram for inclined tier Diagram for horizontal plateau

a 75,3 * f ck 189,8 71,2 * f ck + 108


b 5,6 * f ck + 874,5 5,2 * f ck + 847,4
c 0,04 * f ck 13 0,03 * f ck 12,5

This gives us:

a = 71,2 * 25 + 108 = 1888


b = 5,2 * 25 + 847,4 = 717.4
c = 0,03 * 25 12,5 = 11.75
K ( e ) = 104 (1888 + 717.4 * 17.27 11.75 * 17.27 ) = 1.079
Then:

232,58
= = 1,43
162,94
f ck
luc = K ( e ). = 0.2504
( 4.69 1.70 * ) * f ck + (159.90 76.20 * )

Reference reinforcement calculation at SLU:


The calculation of the reinforcement is detailed below:
Effective height: d=0.9*h=0.53m
Calculation of reduced moment:

686
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

M Ed 0,233
cu = = = 0,207
bw * d * f cd 0,25 * 0,519 * 16,67

Calculation of the lever arm zc:


zc = d * (1 0,4 * u ) = 0,519 * (1 0,4 * 0,294) = 0,458m
Calculation of the reinforcement area:

Reference reinforcement calculation at SLS:


We will also conduct a SLS design to ensure that we do not get an upper section of longitudinal reinforcement.
We must determine the position of the neutral axis by calculating (position corresponding to the state of maximum
stress on the concrete and reinforcement).

e * c 17.32 * 15
1 = = = 0,394
e * c + s 17.32 * 15 + 400

M ser , cq = 163kNm < M rb there in no compressed steel reinforcement. This confirms what we previously

found by determining the critical moment limit depending on the coefficient of equivalence and .
Then we calculate the reinforcement resulted from the SLS efforts (assuming the maximum constrain is reached on
steel and concrete):

Neutral axes position :


1 = 0,394
0.394
Lever arm :zc = d * 1 1 = 0.519 * 1 = 0.451m
3 3
M Ecq 0.163
Reinforcement section : As1, ser = = = 9.03cm
zc * s 0.451 * 400
This shows that the tensile reinforcement obtained in SLS are not dimensioning compared to SLU.

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area


The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

fct,eff
0.26 * * bw * d
A s,min = Max f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:
fct,eff = fctm = 2.56MPa from cracking conditions

Therefore:

2.56
0.26 * * 0.25 * 0.519 = 1.73 * 10 4 m
A s,min = max 500 = 1.73cm
0.0013 * 0.25 * 0.519 = 1.70 * 10 4 m

687
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS and SLS load combinations(kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 232.59kNm)

SLS (reference value: 162.94kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 11.68cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 1.73cm2)

688
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.83.2.4 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
My,ULS My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 232.59 kNm
My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 162.94 kNm
2
Az Theoretical reinforcement area [cm ] 11.68 cm2
2
Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm ] 1.73 cm2

5.83.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My My USL -232.578 kN*m 0.0052 %
My My SLS -162.936 kN*m 0.0025 %
Az Az -11.6779 cm 0.0180 %
Amin Amin -1.73058 cm -0.0335 %

689
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.84 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed


reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 6)

Test ID: 4979


Test status: Passed

5.84.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for the My resulted stresses for the USL load combination and
for the results of the theoretical reinforcement area Az.

5.84.2 Background
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the
defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.84.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 45 kN/m
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 37.4kN/m,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q


Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram
The objective is to verify:
The theoretical reinforcement area results

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

690
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

Beam length: 8m
Concrete cover: c=3.50 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.435 m; d=ebz=0.035m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XC1
3
Concrete density: 25kN/m
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram
f ck 25
Concrete C25/30: f cd = = = 10.67 MPa
c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

f ctm = 0.30 * f ck2 / 3 = 0.30 * 25 2 / 3 = 2.56 MPa


According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

f yk 500
Steel S500B : f yd = = = 434.78MPa
s 1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*45+1.5*37.4=116.85kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=45+34.7=79.7kN/ml
Load calculations:

691
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

116.85 * 8
M Ed = = 934.8kNm
8
5.84.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam moment
At first it will be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section only:

hf 0.15
M btu = beff * h f * d * f cd == 1.00 * 0.15 * 0.435 * 16.67 = 9kNm
2 2
Comparing Mbtu with MEd:

M btu = 900kNm < M Ed = 934.8kNm

Therefore, the concrete section is not entirely compressed;


Therefore, the calculations considering the T section are required.

5.84.2.3 Reference reinforcement calculation:

Theoretical section 2:
The moment corresponding to this section is:

hf 0.15
M Ed 2 = (beff bw ) * h f * f cd * d = (1 0.20) * 0.15 *16.67 * 0.435 =
2 2
= 720kNm
According to this value, the steel section is:

M Ed 2 0.720
A2 = = = 46.00cm
hf 0.15
d * f yd 0.435 * 347.8
2 2

Theoretical section 1:
The theoretical section 1 corresponds to a calculation for a rectangular shape beam section.

M Ed 1 = M Ed M Ed 2 = 935 720 = 215kNm


M Ed 1 0.215
cu = = = 0.341
bw * d * Fcd 0.20 * 0.435 *16.67
For a S500B reinforcement and for a XC1 exposure class, there will be a: cu > lu = 0.372 , therefore there will be no
compressed reinforcement (the compression concrete limit is not exceeded because of the exposure class)
There will be a calculation without considering compressed reinforcement:

[ ] [
u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * cu ) = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.341) = 0.544]
z c1 = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.435 * (1 0.40 * 0.544) = 0.340m
M Ed 1 0.215
A1 = = = 14.52cm
z c1 * f yd 0.340 * 347.78

Theoretical section 1:
In conclusion, the entire reinforcement steel area is A=A1+A2=46+14.52=60.52cm2

692
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
9 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS load combinations(kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


For Class B reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=60.52cm2)

5.84.2.4 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
Az (Class B) Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 60.52 cm2

5.84.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Az Az -60.5167 cm 0.0055 %

693
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.85 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed


reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 7)

Test ID: 4980


Test status: Passed

5.85.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to determine the theoretical reinforcement area Az for a T concrete beam subjected to
bending efforts at ultimate limit state (ULS).
The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

5.85.2 Background
Verifies the theoretical reinforcement area for a T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms
the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.85.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 0 kN/m (the dead load is not taken into account)
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 18.2kN/m,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q


Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram
The objective is to test:
The theoretical reinforcement area

Simply supported beam

694
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

Beam length: 8m
Concrete cover: c=3.50 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.482 m; d=ebz=0.035m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S400B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XC1
3
Concrete density: 25kN/m
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram
f ck 25
Concrete C25/30: f cd = = = 10.67 MPa
c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

f ctm = 0.30 * f ck2 / 3 = 0.30 * 25 2 / 3 = 2.56 MPa


According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

f yk 400
Steel S400B : f yd = = = 347.83MPa
s 1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:

695
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:


Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*0+1.5*18.2=27.3kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=0+18.2=18.2kN/ml
Load calculations:
27.3 * 8
M Ed = = 218.40kNm
8
18.20 * 8
M Ecq = = 145.60kNm
8
5.85.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam moment
At first it will be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section only:

hf 0.12
M btu = beff * h f * d * f cd == 1.10 * 0.12 * 0.482 *16.67 = 928kNm
2 2
Comparing Mbtu with MEd:

M Ed = 218.40kNm < M btu = 928kNm

Therefore, the concrete section is not entirely compressed; This requires a calculation considering a rectangular
section of b=110cm and d=48.2cm.

Reference longitudinal reinforcement calculation:

M Ed 1 0.218
cu = = = 0.051
bw * d * Fcd 1.10 * 0.482 *16.67

[ ] [ ]
u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * cu ) = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.051) = 0.066
z c = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.482 * (1 0.40 * 0.066) = 0.469m
M Ed 0.218
A= = = 13.38cm
z c * f yd 0.469 * 347.83

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
9 nodes,
1 linear element.

696
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

ULS load combinations(kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


For Class B reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=13.38cm2)

5.85.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
2
Az (Class B) Theoretical reinforcement area [cm ] 13.38 cm2

5.85.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Az Theoretical reinforcement area -13.3793 cm 0.0052 %

697
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.86 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam without compressed
reinforcement Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 8)

Test ID: 4981


Test status: Passed

5.86.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
The purpose of the test is to verify the results using a constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-
strain diagram.
The objective is to verify:
- The stresses results
- The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class A reinforcement steel ductility
- The minimum reinforcement percentage

5.86.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for using a constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the
inclined stress-strain diagram.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.86.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 25 kN/m (including the dead load)
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 30kN/m,


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q
Reinforcement steel: Class A
The calculation is performed considering inclined stress-strain diagram
Cracking calculation required
The objective is to verify:
The stresses results
The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to doth Class A reinforcement steel ductility
The minimum reinforcement percentage

698
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.65 m,
Width: b = 0.28 m,
Length: L = 6.40 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.182 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.50 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.806 m; d=ebz=0.045m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C30/37 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XD3
3
Concrete density: 25kN/m
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A
The calculation is performed considering inclined stress-strain diagram
Cracking calculation required
f ck 30
Concrete C25/30: f cd = = = 20 MPa
c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N

f ctm = 0.30 * f ck2 / 3 = 0.30 * 30 2 / 3 = 2.90 MPa


According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
0.3 0.3
f +8 30 + 8
E cm = 22000 * ck = 22000 * = 32837MPa
10 10
f yk 500
Steel S500 : f yd = = = 434,78MPa
s 1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

699
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 6.40) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(25)+1.5*30=78.75kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=25+30=55kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q=25+0.6*30=43kNm
Load calculations:
78.75 * 6.40
M Ed = = 403.20kNm
8
55 * 6.40
M Ecq = = 281.60kNm
8
43 * 6.40
M Eqp = = 220.16kNm
8
5.86.2.2 Reference results in calculating the equivalent coefficient
To determine the equivalence coefficient, we must first estimate the creep coefficient, related to elastic deformation at
28 days and 50% humidity:

(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.2

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.4

at t0=28 days
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.5

700
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The value of the RH coefficient depends of the concrete quality:

RH
1
= 1 + 100 * 1 * 2
RH
0. 1 * 3 h
0

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.3a

1 = 2 = 1 if fCM = 35MPa

0.7 0.2
35 35
If not: 1 =
and 2 =

fcm fcm
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.8c

In this case, fcm = fck + 8Mpa = 38Mpa

0.7 0.7
35 35
1 =
= = 0.944
fcm 38

0.2 0.2
35 35
2 =
= = 0.984
fcm 38

50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 280 * 650 100 * 0.984 = 1.78
h0 = = = 195.7mm RH = 1+
u 2 * ( 280 + 650) 0.1 * 3 195.7


According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.6

(, t 0 ) = RH * ( fcm ) * ( t 0 ) = 1.78 * 2.73 * 0.488 = 2.37

The coefficient of equivalence is determined using the following formula:

Es 200000
e = = = 17.40
E cm 32837
MEqp 220.16
1 + (, t 0 ) * 1 + 2.37 *
MEcar 281.60

5.86.2.3 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit
Due to exposure class XD3, we will verify the section having non-compressed steel reinforcement, determining the
reduced moment limit, using the formula defined by Jeans Roux in his book Practice of EC2:

This value can be determined by the next formula if f ck < 50 MPa and valid for a constitutive law considering
inclined stress-strain diagram:

f ck
luc = K ( e ) *
(4.62 1.66 * ) * f ck + (165.69 79.62 * )

(
K ( e ) = 104 * a + b * e + c * e
2
)
The values of the coefficients "a", "b" and "c" are defined in the following table:

Diagram for inclined stress-strain diagram Diagram for bilinear stress-strain diagram

a 75,3 * f ck 189,8 71,2 * f ck + 108


b 5,6 * f ck + 874,5 5,2 * f ck + 847,4
c 0,04 * f ck 13 0,03 * f ck 12,5

701
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

This gives us:


a = 75.3 * 25 + 189.8 = 2069.2
b = 5,2 * 30 + 874.5 = 706.5

c = 0,04 * 30 13 = 11.8

K ( e ) = 10 4 (2069.2 + 706.5 * 17.60 11.80 * 17.60 ) = 1.087


Then:

437.76
= = 1,425
307.2
f ck
luc = K ( e ). = 0.272
( 4.62 1.66 * ) * f ck + (165.69 79.62 * )
Calculation of reduced moment:

M Ed 0.403 *10 3 Nm
cu = = = 0,225
bw * d * f cd 0,50m * 0.566 m 2 * 20MPa
cu = 0.225 < luc = 0.272 therefore, there is no compressed reinforcement

Reference reinforcement calculation at SLS:


The calculation of the reinforcement is detailed below:
Effective height: d = 0.566m
Calculation of reduced moment:
cu = 0.225

Calculation of the lever arm zc:


z c = d * (1 0,4 * u ) = 0,566 * (1 0,4 * 0,323) = 0,493m
Calculation of the reinforcement area:
M Ed 0,233
Au = = = 11,68 * 10 4 m = 11,68cm
zc * f yd 0,458 * 434,78
Calculation of the stresses from the tensioned reinforcement:
Reinforcement steel elongation:

1u 1 0,323
su = * cu 2 = * 3.5 = 7.35
u 0,323
Tensioned reinforcement efforts:

su = 432,71 + 952,38 * su = 432,71 + 952,38 * 0.00735 = 439.71MPa 454MPa

702
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Reinforcement section calculation:


M Ed 0.403
Au = = = 18.60 *10 4 m = 18.60cm
z c * f yd 0.493 * 439.71

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area


The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

fct,eff
0.26 * * bw * d
A s,min = Max f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:
fct, eff = fctm = 2.90MPa from cracking conditions

Therefore:

2.90
0.26 * * 0.28 * 0.566 = 2.39 * 10 4 m
As ,min = max 500 = 2.39cm
0.0013 * 0.28 * 0.566 = 2.06 * 10 4 m

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 403.20kNm)

SLS (reference value: 281.60kNm)

703
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


For Class A reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=18.60cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 2.39cm2)

5.86.2.4 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
My,ULS My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 403.20 kNm
My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 281.60 kNm
Az (Class A) Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 18.60 cm2
2
Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm ] 2.39 cm2

5.86.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My My USL -403.2 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My SLS -281.6 kN*m 0.0000 %
Az Az -18.6006 cm 0.0000 %
Amin Amin -2.38697 cm 0.0000 %

704
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.87 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal
force of traction - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class X0) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France -
ref. Test 46 I)

Test ID: 5232


Test status: Passed

5.87.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section beam made of concrete C20/25 subjected to a normal force of traction - Inclined
stress-strain diagram (Class X0).
Determines the necessary reinforcement of a reinforced concrete tie, subjected to a normal force of traction.
Ultimate limit state load combinations are used.
The tie member is fixed at one end, and blocked in translation along Z axis at the other end.

5.87.2 Background
Tie sizing
Bilinear stress-strain diagram / Inclined stress-strain diagram
Verifies the armature of a pulling reinforced concrete, C20/25, subjected to a normal force of traction.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.87.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane workspace);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: Fx,G = 233.33 kN
The dead load is neglected
Exploitation loadings (category A): Fx,Q = 56.67kN
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.15 m,
Width: b = 0.15 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.0225 m ,
Concrete cover: c=3cm

705
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Reinforcement S400, Class: B, ss=400MPa


Fck=20MPa
The load combinations will produce the following efforts:
NEd=1.35*233.3+1.5+56.67=400kN

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection,
Support at end point (x = 5.00) translation along the Z axis is blocked
Inner: None.

5.87.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam


There will be two successive calculations, considering a bilinear stress-strain diagram constitutive law and then a
inclined stress-strain diagram constitutive law.

Calculations according a bilinear stress-strain diagram

N Ed 0.400
As ,U = = 11,50 * 10 4 m = 11,50cm
s ,U 400
1.15
2
It will be used a 4HA20=A=12.57cm

Calculations according a inclined stress-strain diagram

S 400 ClassB s ,U = 373MPa

N Ed 0.400
As ,U = = 10,72 * 10 4 m = 10,70cm
s ,U 373
It can be seen that the gain is not negligible (about 7%).

Checking the condition of non-fragility:

f ctm
As Ac *
f yk

f ctm = 0.30 * f ck2 / 3 = 0.30 * 202 / 3 = 2,21MPa

Ac = 0.15 * 0.15 = 0.0225m


f ctm 2.21
As Ac * = 0.0225 * = 1.24cm
f yk 400

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.

706
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

ULS load combinations (kNm)


In case of using the bilinear stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az=11.50cm2=2*5.75 cm2)

In case of using the inclined stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az=10.70cm2=2*5.35 cm2)

5.87.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
Az,1 Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the bilinear stress-strain 5.75 cm2
diagram [cm2]
Az,2 Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the inclined stress-strain 5.37 cm2
diagram [cm2]

5.87.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Az As,U - longitudinal reinforcement area when inclined -5.36526 cm -0.0981 %
stress-strain diagram is used

707
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.88 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to


uniformly distributed load, with compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 3)

Test ID: 4976


Test status: Passed

5.88.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
The objective is to verify:
- The stresses results
- The longitudinal reinforcement
- The verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage

5.88.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

5.88.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combinations are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 70 kN/m,
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 80kN/m,


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
The objective is to verify:
The stresses results
The longitudinal reinforcement
The verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage

708
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 1.25 m,
Width: b = 0.65 m,
Length: L = 14 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.8125 m ,
Concrete cover: c = 4.50 cm
Effective height: d = h-(0.6*h+ebz) = 1.130 m; d = ebz = 0.045m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
Concrete density: 25kN/m3
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Cracking calculation required
fck 25
Concrete C25/30: fcd = = = 16,67MPa
c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N
2/3
fctm = 0.30 * fck = 0.30 * 25 2 / 3 = 2.56MPa
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
f yk 500
Steel S500 : f yd = = = 434,78MPa
s 1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2
0.3 0.3
f +8 25 + 8
E cm = 22000 * ck = 22000 * = 31476MPa
10 10
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 14) restrained in translation along Z.
Inner: None.

709
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
3
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*70+1.5*80=214.5*10 N/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=70+80=150*103 N/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=70+0.3*80=94*103 N/ml
Load calculations:
214.5 * 14
MEd = = 5.255 * 10 6 Nm
8

150 * 14
MEcq = 150 = 3.675 * 10 6 Nm
8

94 * 14
MEqp = = 2.303 * 10 6 Nm
8

5.88.2.2 Reference results in calculating the equivalent coefficient


To determine the equivalence coefficient, we must first estimate the creep coefficient, related to elastic deformation at
28 days and 50% humidity:

(, t 0 ) = RH * ( fcm ) * ( t 0 )
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.2
16.8 16.8
( fcm ) = = = 2.925
fcm 25 + 8
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.4
1 1
( t 0 ) = = = 0.488 at t0=28 days
0.1 + t 00.20 0.1 + 28 0.20
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.5
The value of the RH coefficient depends of the concrete quality:

RH
1
= 1 + 100 * *
RH 1
0. 1 * 3 h 2
0

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.3a

1 = 2 = 1 if fcm 35MPa
0.7 0.2
35 35
If not: 1 =
and 2 =

fcm fcm
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.8c

In our case we have: f cm = f ck + 8Mpa = 33Mpa 1 = 2 = 1


50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 650 * 1250 100
h0 = = = 427.63mm RH = 1+ = 1.66
u 2 * (650 + 1250) 0.1 * 3 427.63
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.6

(, t 0 ) = RH * ( fcm ) * ( t 0 ) = 1.66 * 2.925 * 0.488 = 2.375

710
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:

Es
e =
E cm
MEqp
1 + (, t 0 ) *
MEcar
Defined earlier:

M Ecar = 3675 * 103 Nm

M Eqp = 2303 * 103 Nm


This gives:
200000
e = = 15.82
31476
2303 * 10 3
1 + 2.70 *
3975 * 10 3

5.88.2.3 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit
For the calculation of steel ULS, we consider the moment reduced limit of lu = 0.372 for a steel grade 500Mpa.

Therefore, make sure to enable the option "limit (0.372 / S 500) " in Advance Design.

Reference reinforcement calculation at SLU:


The calculation of the reinforcement is detailed below:
Effective height: d=0.9*h=1.125 m
Calculation of reduced moment:

M Ed 5255.25 * 103 Nm
cu = = = 0,383
bw * d * f cd 0,65m * 1.125 m 2 * 16,67 MPa
cu = 0.383 < lu = 0.372 therefore the compressed reinforced must be resized and then the concrete section
must be adjusted.

Calculation of the tension steel section (Section A1):

The calculation of tensioned steel section must be conducted with the corresponding moment of :

M Ed 1 = lu * bw * d * f cd = 0.372 * 0.65 * 1.125 * 16.67 = 5.10 * 106 Nm

[ ] [ ]
The value: lu = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * lu ) = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.372) = 0.618

Calculation of the lever arm zc: z lu = d * (1 0.4 * lu ) = 1.130 * (1 0.4 * 0.618) = 0.851m
Calculation of the reinforcement area:

M Ed 1 5.10 * 106 Nm
A1 = = = 137.35cm
zlu . f yd 0.851m * 434.78MPa

711
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Compressed steel reinforcement reduction (Section As2):


Reduction coefficient:

3,5 3.5
sc = ( lu * d d ' ) = (0.618 *1.130 0.045) = 0.00327
1000 * lu * d 1000 * 0.618 * 1.130
sc = 0.00327 > yd = 0.00217 sc = f yd = 434.78MPa
Compressed reinforcement calculation:

M Ed M Ed 1 5.255 5.15
As 2 = = = 2.32cm
(d d ' ) sc (1.130 0.045) 434.78
The steel reinforcement condition:

sc
A2 = As 2 . = 2.32cm
f yd

Total area to be implemented:


In the lower part: As1=A1+A2=142.42 cm2
In the top part: As2=2.32 cm2

Reference reinforcement calculation at SLS:


The concrete beam design at SLS will be made considering a limitation of the characteristic compressive cylinder
strength of concrete at 28 days, at 0.6*fck
The assumptions are:
150 * 14
The SLS moment: MEcq = 150 = 3.675 * 10 6 Nm
8
The equivalence coefficient: e = 15.82
The stress on the concrete will be limited at 0.6*fck=15Mpa and the stress on steel at 0.8*fyk, or 400MPa
Calculation of the resistance moment MRd for detecting the presence of the compressed reinforcement:

e * c 15.82 * 15
x1 = .d = 1.125 = 0.419m
e * c + s 15.82 * 15 + 400

1 1
Fc = * b w * x1 * c = * 0.65 * 0.419 15 = 2.04 * 10 6 N
2 2

x1 0.419
zc = d = 1.125 = 0.985m
3 3

Mrb = Fc * z c = 2.04 * 10 6 * 0.985 = 2.01 * 10 6 Nm

Therefore the compressed reinforced established earlier was correct.

712
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Theoretical section 1 (tensioned reinforcement only)

M 1 = M rb = 2.01 * 106 Nm

x1 0.419
1 = = = 0.372
d 1.125
x1 0.419
zc = d = 1.125 = 0.985m
3 3
M1 2.01
A1 = = = 51.01cm
zc s 0.985 400

Theoretical section 2 (compressed reinforcement and complementary tensioned reinforcement)

M 2 = M ser , cq M rb = (3.675 2.01) * 106 = 1.665 * 106 Nm


Compressed reinforcement stresses:

1 * d d '
sc = e * c *
1 * d
0.372 * 1.125 0.045
sc = 15.82 *15 * = 211.78MPa
0.372 * 1.125
Compressed reinforcement area:

M2 1.645
A' = = = 71.92cm
(d d ' ) * sc (1.125 0.045) * 211.78
Complementary tensioned reinforcement area:

sc 211.78
As = A' * = 71.92 * = 38.08cm
s 400

Section area:
Tensioned reinforcement: 51.01+38.08=89.09 cm2
Compressed reinforcement: 71.92 cm2
Considering an envelope calculation of ULS and SLS, it will be obtained:
Tensioned reinforcement ULS: A=141.42cm2
Compressed reinforcement SLS: A=71.92cm2
To optimize the reinforcement area, it is preferable a third iteration by recalculating with SLS as a baseline amount of
2
tensioned reinforcement (after ULS: Au=141.44cm )

713
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Reference reinforcement additional iteration for calculation at SLS:


For this iteration the calculation will be started from the section of the tensioned reinforcement found when calculating
the SLS: Au=141.44cm2.
For this particular value, it will be calculated the resistance obtained for tensioned reinforcement:

AELS 89.18
s = s = 400 = 252 MPa
AELU 141.42
This is a SLS calculation, considering this limitation:
Calculating the moment resistance MRb for detecting the presence of compressed steel reinforcement:

e * c 15.82 * 15
x1 = *d = * 1.130 = 0.55m
e * c + s 15.82 * 15 + 252
1 1
Fc = * bw * x1 * c = * 0.65 * 0.55 *15 = 2.67 *106 N
2 2
x1 0.55
zc = d = 1.125 = 0.94m
3 3
1 x 1 0.55
M rb = Fc * zc = * bw * x1 * c * d 1 = * 0.65 * 0.55 * 15 * 1.125 6
= 2.52 * 10 Nm
2 3 2 3
According to the calculation above Mser,cq is grater then Mrb the compressed steel reinforcement is set.

Theoretical section 1 (tensioned reinforcement only)

M 1 = M rb = 2.52 * 106 Nm

x1 0.55
1 = = = 0.488
d 1.125
x1 0.548
zc = d = 1.125 = 0.94m
3 3
M1 2.52
A1 = = = 106.38cm
zc s 0.94 252

Theoretical section 2 (compressed reinforcement and complementary tensioned reinforcement)

M 2 = M ser , cq M rb = (3.675 2.52) * 106 = 1.155 * 106 Nm


Compressed reinforcement stresses:

1 *d d '
sc = e * c *
1 *d
0.485 * 1.125 0.045
sc = 15.82 *15 * = 217.73MPa
0.485 * 1.125

714
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Compressed reinforcement area:

M2 1.155
A' = = = 49.12cm
(d d ' ) * sc (1.125 0.045) * 217.73
Complementary tensioned reinforcement area:

sc 217.73
As = A' * = 49.12 * = 42.44cm
s 252

Section area:
Tensioned reinforcement: 106.38+42.44=148.82 cm2
Compressed reinforcement: 49.12 cm2

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area


The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
As , min = Max f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:

f ct ,eff = f ctm = 2.56 MPa


from cracking conditions
Therefore:

2.56
0.26 * * 0.65 * 1.125 = 9.73 * 10 4 m
As , min = max 500 = 9.73cm
0.0013 * 0.65 * 1.125 = 9.51 * 10 4 m

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
15 nodes,
1 linear element.

715
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

ULS and SLS load combinations(kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 5255kNm)

SLS Characteristic (reference value: 3675kNm)

SLS Quasi-permanent (reference value: 2303kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: A=148.82cm2 A=49.12cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 9.73cm2)

716
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.88.2.4 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
My,ULS My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 5255 kNm
My,SLS,c My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 3675 kNm
My,SLS,q My corresponding to the 103 combination (SLS) [kNm] 2303 kNm
2
Az (A) Tensioned theoretical reinforcement area [cm ] 148.82 cm2
Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm2] 9.73 cm2

5.88.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My My USL -5255.25 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My SLS cq -3675 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My SLS pq -2303 kN*m 0.0000 %
Az Az -147.617 cm -0.0590 %
Amin Amin 9.79662 cm 0.1699 %

717
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.89 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot A
efforts Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 4 I)

Test ID: 4977


Test status: Passed

5.89.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for Pivot A efforts. For these tests, the constitutive law for
reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied.
The objective is to verify:
- The stresses results
- The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class A reinforcement steel ductility
- The minimum reinforcement percentage

5.89.2 Background
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
This test performs the verification of the value (hence the position of the neutral axis) to determine the Pivot efforts
(A or B) to be considered for the calculations.
The distinction between the Pivot A and Pivot B efforts is from the following diagram:

xu cu 2 cu 2
= = x u = .d = .d
d ud + cu 2 ud + cu 2
The limit for depends of the ductility class:

For a Class A steel: ud = 22.50 u = 0.1346



For a Class B steel: ud = 45 u = 0.072

For a Class C steel: ud = 67.50 u = 0.049

The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for Pivot A efforts. For these tests, it will be used the
constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram.

S 500 A su = 432,71 + 952,38. su 454 MPa

S 500 B su = 432,71 + 727,27. su 466 MPa

S 500C su = 432,71 + 895,52. su 493MPa


The Pivot efforts types are described below:
Pivot A: Simple traction and simple bending or combined
Pivot B: Simple or combined bending

718
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Pivot C: Combined bending with compression and simple compression

5.89.2.1 Model description


Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 25 kN/m+ dead load,
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 50kN/m,

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
There will be considered a Class A reinforcement steel
The calculation will be made considering inclined stress-strain diagram
The objective is to verify:
The stresses results
The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class A reinforcement steel ductility
The minimum reinforcement percentage

719
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.90 m,
Width: b = 0.50 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.45 m ,
Concrete cover: c = 4.00 cm
Effective height: d = h - (0.6 * h + ebz)=0.806 m; d = ebz = 0.040 m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XC1
3
Concrete density: 25kN/m
There will be considered a Class A reinforcement steel ductility
The calculation will be made considering inclined stress-strain diagram
Cracking calculation required
fck 25
Concrete C25/30: fcd = = = 16,67MPa
c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N
2/3
fctm = 0.30 * fck = 0.30 * 25 2 / 3 = 2.56MPa
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
f yk 500
Steel S500 : f yd = = = 434,78MPa
s 1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.8) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.

720
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Dead load:
G=0.9*0.5*2.5=11.25 kN/ml
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(25+11.25)+1.5*50=123.94 kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=25+11.25+50=86.25kN/ml
Load calculations:
123.94 * 5.80
M Ed = = 521.16kNm
8
86.25 * 5.80
M Ecq = = 362.68kNm
8
5.89.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit
For a S500B reinforcement steel, we have lu = 0.372 (since we consider no limit on the compression concrete to
SLS).

Reference reinforcement calculation:


The calculation of the reinforcement is detailed below:
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.806 m
Calculation of reduced moment:

M Ed 0.52116 * 103 Nm
cu = = = 0,096
bw * d * f cd 0,50m * 0.806 m 2 * 16,67 MPa

The value:
The condition: cu < u = 0.1346 is satisfied, therefore the Pivot A effort conditions are true
There will be a design in simple bending, by considering an extension on the reinforced steel tension equal to
ud = 22.50 , which gives the following available stress:

S500 A su = 432,71 + 952,38 0.0225 = 454MPa

721
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The calculation of the concrete shortening:

cu 0.127
cu = su * = 22.50 * = 3.27
1 cu 1 0.127

It is therefore quite correct to consider a design stress of concrete equal to f cd .

zc = d * (1 0,4 * cu ) = 0.806 * (1 0.4 * 0.127) = 0.765m


M Ed 0.52116
Au = = = 15.00cm
z c * f yd 0.765 * 454

Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area


The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:

f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
As , min = Max f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2


Where:

f ct ,eff = f ctm = 2.56 MPa


from cracking conditions
Therefore:

2.56
0.26 * * 0.50 * 0.806 = 5.38 * 10 4 m
As , min = max 500 = 5.38cm
0.0013 * 0.50 * 0.806 = 5.24 * 10 4 m

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.

ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)

Simply supported beam subjected to bending

ULS (reference value: 521.16kNm)

722
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

SLS (reference value: 362.68kNm)

Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)


For Class A reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=15.00cm2)

Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)


(reference value: 5.38cm2)

5.89.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
My,ULS My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 521.16 kNm
My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 362.68 kNm
Az Theoretical reinforcement area (Class A) [cm2] 15.00 cm2
Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm2] 5.38 cm2

5.89.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My My USL -521.125 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My SLS -362.657 kN*m 0.0000 %
Az Az Class A -14.9973 cm 0.0000 %
Az Az Class B -14.9973 cm 0.7491 %
Amin Amin -5.37514 cm 0.0000 %

723
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.90 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1 - France: Reinforcement calculation on intermediate support on a


continuous beam

Test ID: 6277


Test status: Passed

5.90.1 Description
The purpose on this test is to calculate longitudinal and transversal reinforcement on intermediate support on a 2
spans beam.

5.90.2 Background
Verifies the reinforcement values on intermediate support for a continuous beam.

5.90.2.1 Model description


Analysis type: static linear (plane workspace);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 20 kN/m + self weight
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q1 = 30 kN on the first span and Q2 = 30 kN/m on the second span.
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q1 + 1.5 x Q2

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.70 m,
Width: b = 0.25 m,
Length: L = 12.00 m,
Concrete cover: cnom=3 cm
Reinforcement S500, Class: B, ss=500 MPa Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Fck=25 MPa

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0 m) hinged connection,
Support at end point (x=12 m) hinged connection,
Inner: Hinged support at x = 6 m.

724
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.90.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam

Calculations of top longitudinal reinforcement area

Calculations of transversal reinforcement area

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
3 supports,
13 nodes,
1 linear element.

5.90.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
Az Top longitudinal reinforcement [cm2] 14.3 cm2

Atz Transversal reinforcement [cm] 11.8 cm

5.90.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Az Top longitudinal reinforcement bars 14.4252 cm 0.8755 %
Atz Transversal reinforcement 11.8481 cm 0.4076 %

725
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.91 EC3 / CSN EN 1992-1-1 - Czech Republic: Verification of stresses in steel and concrete on
simply supported beam

Test ID: 6309


Test status: Passed

5.91.1 Description
The objective of this test is to verify design conditions of stress limitation in reinforcement concrete beam.

5.91.2 Background
Verification of stresses in compressed concrete and steel reinforcement.
Verifies values of stresses in compressed concrete for quasi-permanent combination and steel reinforcement for
characteristic combination on simple supported beam made of concrete C20/25 with defined reinforcement 516mm
of steel B500B. The beam is in environment exposure class XC1.
Bilinear stress-strain diagram for reinforcement.

5.91.2.1 Model description


Reference: Manually calculated example
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem)
Element type: linear.
Loading and combinations:
Characteristic value of dead load (including self weight): g = 7.0 kN/m,
Characteristic value of long-term live load: qk = 5.0 kN/m,
Characteristic value of leading live load: qk1 = 14.5 kN/m,
Characteristic value of accompanying live load: qk2 = 5.0 kN/m,
Quasi-permanent combination:
qQP = 1.0*g + 2*qk = 7.0 + 0.8*5.0 = 11.0 kN/m
Characteristic combination:
qCQ = 1.0*g +qk1 + 0*qk2 = 7.0 + 14.5 + 0.7*7.0 = 26.4 kN/m
Humidity RH = 50%; t0 = 28 days

726
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 450 mm,
Width: b = 250 mm,
Length: L = 6000 mm,
3 2
Section area: AC = 112.5*10 mm ,
Considered reinforcement: 5*16mm; As = 1006*10-6,
Reinforcement center of gravity position: d = 38 mm,
Effective height: d = 412 mm

Materials properties
Concrete: C20/25
3
Weight: 2500 kg/m ,
fck = 20 MPa,
fctm = 2,2 MPa,
fcm = 28 MPa,
= 30.0

Reinforcement: B500B
fyk = 500 MPa
Es = 200 GPa

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (Z=0), hinged connection,
Support at end point (Z = 6.0) hinged connection restrained to rotate around Z
Inner: none

Design loads
In the calculation following design load are considered:
1 1
= 2 = 11.0 62 = 0.0495
8 8
1 1
= 2 = 26.4 62 = 0.1188
8 8

727
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.91.2.2 Calculation of concrete creep coefficient


16.8 16.8
( ) = = = 3.18
28
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter B.1(1), Formula (B.4)
1 1
(0 ) = = = 0.488
0.1 + 00.20 0.1 + 280.20
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter B.1(1), Formula (B.5)

2 2 0.45 0.25
0 = = = 0.1607 = 160.7
2 (0.45 + 0.25)
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter B.1(1), Formula (B.6)
= 28 < 35.0
1 /100 1 0.5
= 1 + 3
=1+ 3 = 1.92
0.1 0 0.1 160.7
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter B.1(1), Formula (B.3a)
(, 0 ) = ( ) (0 ) = 1.92 3.18 0.488 = 2.98
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter B.1(1), Formula (B.2)
30
, = = = 7.54
1 + (, 0 ) 1 + 2.98
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 7.4.3(3), Formula (7.20)
200
= = = 26.53
, 7.54

Neutral axis position

+ 2 2 + 2
=

26.53 1005 106 + 26.532 (1005 106 )2 + 2 0.25 26.53 0.412 1005 106
= = 0.2084
0.25
1 1
= 3 + ( )2 = 0.25 0.20843 + 1005 106 26.57 (0.412 0.2084)2 = 0.00186 4
3 3

728
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.91.2.3 Verification of stresses

Verification of stresses in compressed concrete


For quasi-permanent combination:
0.45 = 0.45 20 = 9.0
0.0495
= = 0.2084 = 5.54 < 9.0
0.00186
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 7.2(3)

Verification of stresses in reinforcement steel


For characteristic combination:
0.8 = 0.8 500 = 400
0.1188
= ( ) = 26.53 (0.412 0.2084) = 334.62
0.00186
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 7.2(5)

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.

FEM Results

Bending moment for Serviceability Limit State - Quasi-permanent combination (reference value 49.5 kNm)

Bending moment for Serviceability Limit State - Characteristic combination (reference value 118.8 kNm)

Concrete design results

Stress in compressed concrete for Quasi-permanent combination (reference value 5.54 MPa)

729
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Stress in reinforcement steel for Characteristic combination (reference value 344.62 MPa)

5.91.2.4 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
My Bending moment for Quasi-permanent combination [kNm] 49.5 kNm
My Bending moment for Characteristic combination [kNm] 118.8 kNm
SCqp Stress in compressed concrete for QP combination [MPa] 5.54 MPa
SScq Stress in reinforcement for CQ combination [MPa] 344.62 MPa

5.91.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


My Bending moment for quasi-permanent combination -49.5 kN*m 0.0000 %
My Bending moment for characteristic combination -118.8 kN*m 0.0000 %
Sc z QP Stresses in concrete for quasi-permanent combination 5.68905 MPa 2.6904 %
Ss z CQ Stresses in steel for characteristic combination -337.858 MPa 1.9622 %

730
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.92 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1 - France: Tie reinforcement

Test ID: 6260


Test status: Passed

5.92.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to find the minimal and longitudinal reinfocement values on a tie element.

5.92.2 Background
Reinforcement area on tie element
Verifies the armature of a pulling reinforced concrete, C20/25, subjected to a normal force of traction.

5.92.2.1 Model description


Reference: Pratique de lEurocode 2 Jean Roux;
Analysis type: static linear (plane workspace);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: Fx,G = 100 kN
The dead load is neglected
Exploitation loadings (category A): Fx,Q = 40 kN
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Ned = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Length: L = 2.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.04 m ,
Concrete cover: cnom=3 cm
Reinforcement S500, Class: A, ss=500 MPa Inclinated stress-strain diagram
Fck=25 MPa
The load combinations will produce the following efforts:

731
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

NEd=1.35*100+1.5*40=195 kN
Nser=1*100+1*40=140 kN

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection,
Inner: None.

5.92.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column

Calculations according a inclined stress-strain diagram

S 500 ClassA s ,U = 454 MPa

N Ed 0.195
As ,U = = 4.30 *10 4 m = 4.3cm
s ,U 454

Checking the condition of non-fragility:

f ctm
As Ac *
f yk

f ctm = 0.30 * f ck2 / 3 = 0.30 * 252 / 3 = 2,56 MPa

Ac = 0.20 * 0.20 = 0.04m


f ctm 2.56
As Ac * = 0.04 * = 2.05cm
f yk 500

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: S beam,
4 nodes,
1 linear element.

732
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

ULS load combinations


Using the inclined stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Ay=2.146 cm2=2*1.073 cm2)

Using the inclined stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az=2.146 cm2=2*1.073 cm2)

So total reinforcement area is 4.292 cm.

733
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.92.2.3 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
As Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the inclined stress-strain 4.30 cm2
diagram [cm2]

5.92.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Fx Ned 195 kN 0.0000 %
Fx Nser 140 kN 0.0000 %
Amin As,min 2.05197 cm 0.0961 %
Ay Ayb -1.07346 cm 0.1433 %
Az Azb -1.07346 cm 0.1433 %

734
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.93 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with vertical
transversal reinforcement

Test ID: 6339


Test status: Passed

5.93.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram is generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max., will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement, Asw, and the theoretical reinforcement. For the calculation, the reduced shear force
values will be used

5.93.2 Background

5.93.2.1 Model description


Below are described the beam cross section properties:
Height: h = 0.70 m,
Width: b = 0.35 m,
Length: L = 5.75 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.24 m
Concrete cover: ebz = 3.50 cm
Effective height: d = h - (0.6 * h + ebz)=0.623 m; d = ehz = 0.035 m

Stirrup slope:

Strut slope:

Units
Metric System

Materials properties

Rectangular solid concrete section C25/30

The design value is given by the formula 4.1.1 according NTC2008 Chapter 4, where the safety factor is 1.5, and the
coefficient "alpha" represents the reduction factor for the long duration resistance; its value is 0.85.

735
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The steel reinforcement is B450C according NTC 2008 Chapter 11.3.2.1, with these properties:

fwyk the charateristic yelding strenght and s = 1,15 according to formula 4.1.4 from NTC 2008 Chapter 4.1.2.1.1.2

Boundary conditions
Hinged at the extremity (x = 0.00 m)
Restrained in translation on y and z axes and restrained in rotation on x axis in the end (x = 5.75 m).

Loading

The beam is stressed by the following loading condition:


Dead load G1k is represented by a linear load of 40.00 kN/m
The live load is considered from one linear load Q2k = 25 kN/m
For ULS combination we have the following load combination according NTC 2008 Chapter 2.5.3:

Fd SLU = 1.3 x 40.00 kN/m + 1.5 x 25.00 kN/m = 89.5 kN/m


Load calculation:

5.93.2.2 Reference results


The maximum shear resistance value has to be bigger than the one which stresses the beam according the 4.1.17
equivalence from NTC 2008 Chapter 4.

The maximum shear resistance is given by the formula 4.1.19 from NTC 2008 Chapter 4.

736
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Where:
d is the effective height of the section
bw is the minimum width of the section

is a coefficent defined as follow

fcd rapresents the reduced design compressive strenght (fcd = 0.5 x fcd)
The maximum shear resistance will be
VRd = 0.9 x 0.623 x 0.35 x 1 x (0.5 x 14.17) x (ctg90 + ctg45) / (1 + ctg245) = 695.19 kN
VEd = 257.31 kN < VRd = 695.19 kN
Calculation of the reduced shear force and transversal reinforcement
When the shear force curve has no discontinuities, the EC2 allows to consider, as a reduction, the shear force to a
horizontal axis where z is considered 0.9 x d = 0.560.
In the case of a member subjected to a distributed load, the equation of the shear force is:

Therefore:

So the transversal reinforcement area will be (alpha = 90):

Result name Result description Reference value


Fz Shear force 257.31 kN

Atz Transversal reinforcement area on z axes 9.40 cm2

5.93.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Fz Shear force -257.312 kN -0.0008 %
Atz Transversal reinforcement area 9.38222 cm -0.1891 %

737
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.94 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed
load

Test ID: 6311


Test status: Passed

5.94.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage

5.94.2 Background

5.94.2.1 Model description


Below are described the beam cross section properties:
Height: h = 0.90 m,
Width: b = 0.50 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
Section area: A = 0.45 m2
Concrete cover: c = 4.00 cm (for the concrete cover of the bottom / top external fiber measured along the local
z axis, Advance Design is having the following notation: ebz = 4.00 cm; ehz = 4.00 cm
Effective height: d = h - (0.06* h + ebz)=0.810 m; d = ehz= 0.040 m

Units
Metric System

Materials properties
Concrete class C25/30 is used. Design compressive strength value is given by the formula 4.1.1 according
NTC2008 Chapter 4 where the safety factor is 1.5, and the coefficient "alpha" represents the reduction factor for the
long duration resistance, its value is 0.85.

738
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The steel reinforcement is B450C according NTC 2008 Chapter 11.3.2.1 with these properties:

fyk the characteristic yielding strength and s = 1,15 according formula 4.1.4 NTC 2008 Chapter 4.1.2.1.1.2

Boundary conditions
Hinged at end (x = 0.00 m)
Restrained in translation on y and z axes and restrained in rotation on x axis (x = 5.80 m).

Loading
The beam is stressed by the following loading condition:
3
Dead load G1k = 0.9 m x 0.5 m x 25 kN/m = -11.25 kN/m
Permanent load G2k = 25.00 kN/m
Live load Q3k = 13.20 kN/m
For ULS combination we have the following load combination according NTC 2008 Chapter 2.5.3:

Fd SLU = 1.3 x 11.25 kN/m + 1.5 x 25 kN/m + 1.5 x 50 kN/m = 127.12 kN/m
For SLS charateristic combination we have the following load combination according NTC 2008 Chapter 2.5.3:

Fd SLS = 1 x 11.25 kN/m + 1 x 25 kN/m + 1 x 50 kN/m = 86.25 kN/m


Load calculation:

739
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.94.2.2 Reference results


Calculation method used to obtain the reference solution

We assumed the limit reduced moment ( ) as 0.327 in the limit between the field 3 and field 4 with = 0.625
Where:
Effective height: d = h - (0.06* h + ebz) = 0.810 m

Mechanical reinforcement ratio

Reduced moment

Neutral axis position


Calculation of the reduced moment MEd = 534 kNm

In our case = 0.115 < 0.327, so we don't have to put compressed reinforcement, knowing the reduced moment
we can find the parameter which defines the mechanical tensioned reinforcement ratio following the table:

740
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

So the required reinforcement is given by the relationship

So we use 6 20 on the bottom of the beam --> As = 18.85 cm2


We calculate the new mechanical reinforcement ratio with the real reinforcement

2
= 1885 mm x 391.30 / 500 x 810 x 14.17 = 0.128

The reinforcement ratio value is 0.128 = 0.118 (found by interpolation on the table above) so the
resistance moment will be:

= 0.118 x 0.50 x 0.8102 x 14.17 = 548.51 kNm > MEd = 534.53 kNm
The minimum reinforcement area is defined by the formula (4.1.43) from NTC 2008:

Where:

Result name Result description Reference value


As Longitudinal reinforcement area on the middle point of 18.03 cm2
the beam
As,min Minimum reinforcement area 5.97 cm2

5.94.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Az Longitudinal reinforcement -18.0679 cm -0.2102 %
Amin Minimum reinforcement area 5.97238 cm 0.0000 %

741
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.95 EC2 / CSN EN 1992-1-1 - Czech Republic: Stresses and cracks verification for simple
supported beam

Test ID: 6352


Test status: Passed

5.95.1 Description
Verifies the reinforced concrete rectangular cross-section to resist defined loads on simple bending. During this test
are verified stresses in concrete section and steel reinforcement, the maximal spacing of cracks, difference between
mean strain in concrete and steel and crack width.

5.95.2 Background
Verifies stresses and crack width on simple supported beam made of concrete C20/25, considering real longitudinal
reinforcement 5 16 mm. Profiles length is 6m, cross section dimensions are 0.25 x 0.45 m. Self weight is not taken
into account.

5.95.2.1 Model description


Reference: manually calculated reference example
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem)
Element type: linear
Load cases:
Dead load: g = 7.0 kN/m
Live load: q = 12.0 kN/m (Category E: Storages; 0 = 1.0, 2 = 0.8)

Units
Metric System

Geometry
Below are described beams cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.45 m
Width: b = 0.25 m
Section area: Ac = 0.1125 m2
Length: l = 6.0 m
-6 2
Reinforcement 5 16 mm, As = 1005*10 m
Concrete cover: c = 0.03 m
Effective height: d = 0.038 m

742
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Concrete C20/25 and reinforcement steel B500A are used. Following characteristics are used in relation to these
material(s):
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck = 20 MPa
Mean axial tensile strength: fctm = 2.2 MPa
Mean secant modulus of elasticity of concrete: Ecm = 30000 MPa
Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: fyk = 500 MPa
Youngs modulus of reinforcement: Es = 200000 MPa
Exposure class: XD1
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Concrete age: t0 = 28 days
Relative humidity: RH = 50 %

Boundary conditions
Boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Hinge at start point (X = 0); restrained translation along X, Y and Z axis
Hinge at end point (X = 6.0 m); restrained in translation along Y and Z, in rotation around X axis
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations and actions:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
CSTR = 1.35 * g + 1.5 * q = 1.35 * 7.0 kN/m + 1.5 * 12.0 kN/m = 27.45 kN/m
1 1
MSTR = C * l 2 = 27.45 * 6 2 = 123.53 kNm
8 STR 8
The serviceability limit state (SLS) quasi-permanent combination is:
CQP = 1 * g + 2 * q = 1 * 7.0 kN/m + 0.8 * 12.0kN/m = 10.0 kN/m
1 1
MQP = C * l 2 = 10.0 * 6 2 = 74.70 kNm
8 QP 8
The serviceability limit state (SLS) characteristic combination is:
CCQ = 1 * g + 0 * q = 1 * 7.0 kN/m + 1 * 12.0kN/m = 19.0 kN/m
1 1
MCQ = C CQ * l 2 = 19.0 * 6 2 = 85.50 kNm
8 8

5.95.2.2 Concrete final value of creep coefficient


16.8 16.8
( fcm ) = = = 3.17 MPa
fcm 28

According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter B.1(1), Formula (B.4)


fcm = fck + 8 = 20 + 8 = 28 MPa
1 1
( t 0 ) = = = 0.488
0.1 + t 00.20 0.1 + 28 0.20
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter B.1(1), Formula (B.5)
Fcm = 28 MPa < 35.0 MPa
RH 50
1- 1-
100 100
RH = 1+ = 1+ = 1.92
0 .1 * 3 h 0 0.1 * 3 160.71
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter B.1(1), Formula (B.3a)

743
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

2 * A c 2 * 0.25 * 0.45
h0 = = = 160.71 mm
u 2(0.25 + 0.45 )
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter B.1(1), Formula (B.6)
( , t 0 ) = RH * ( fcm ) * ( t 0 ) = 1.92 * 3.17 * 0.488 = 2.97
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter B.1(1), Formula (B.2)
Es 200000
e = = = 26.47
E cm 30000
1+ ( , t 0 ) 1+ 2.97

5.95.2.3 Geometric characteristics of non-cracked cross-section

Ideal cross-section calculation


Ideal cross-section area:

A i = A c + e * A s = 0.1125 + 26.47 * 1005 * 10 -6 = 0.1391 m 2

Ideal cross-section centre of gravity distance from bottom surface:

A c * a c + e * A s * d 0.1125 * 0.45 * 0.225 + 26.47 * 1005 * 10 -6 * 0.412


a gi = = = 0.2310 m
Ai 0.1391

Ideal cross-section moment of inertia to its center of gravity:

Ii = Ic + A c (a gi - a c ) 2 + e * A s (d - a gi ) 2

1
Ii = 0.25 * 0.45 3 + 0.1125 (0.231 - 0.225) 2 + 26.47 * 1005 * 10 - 6 (0.412 - 0.231) 2 = 0.0067 m 4
12

Bending moment for cracks verification


Ii 0.0067
Mcr,lt = fctm * = 2 .2 * = 67.5 kNm < MQP = 74.7 kNm => cracks are expected
h - a gi 0.45 - 0.231

5.95.2.4 Geometric characteristics cracked cross-section


Distance of neutral axis from compressed surface

e 2 * b * As * d 26.47 2 * 0.25 * 1005 * 10 -6 * 0.412


x= A s (-1+ 1+ )= 1005 * 10 - 6 [-1+ 1+ ] = 0.208 m
b e * A s 0.25 26.47 * (1005 * 10 - 6 ) 2

Moment of inertia of cracked cross/section


1 1
Iu = b * x 3 + e * A s (d - x)2 = 0.25 * 0.208 3 + 26.47 * 1005 * 10 - 6 (0.412 - 0.208) 2 = 0.001857 m 4
3 3

5.95.2.5 Reference results in calculating stresses in concrete and reinforcement

Verification of stress in compressed concrete for quasi-permanent combination

MQP 0.0704
c = = = 8.37 MPa < 0.45 * fck = 0.45 * 20 = 9.0 MPa
Iu 0.001857

According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 7.2(3)


Verification of stress in reinforcement steel for characteristic combination
MCQ 0.0855
s = e (d - x ) = 26.47 (0.412 - 0.208 ) = 248.62 MPa < 0.8 * f yk = 0.8 * 500 = 400.0 MPa
Iu 0.001857
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 7.2(5)

744
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

5.95.2.6 Reference results in calculating crack width

Calculation of maximal spacing of cracks


Longitudinal bottom reinforcement is 5 16 mm, As = 1005*10-6 m2.

2.5 * (h - d) 2.5 * (0.45 - 0.412) = 0.095 m


(h - x) (0.45 - 0.412)
A c,eff = b * min = 0.25 * min = 0.087 m = 0.25 * 0.087 = 0.020167 m 2
3 3
0.5 * h 0.5 * 0.45 = 0.225 m

According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 7.3.2(3)


-6
As 1005 * 10
p,eff = = = 0.0498
A c,eff 0.020167

According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 7.3.4(2), Formula (7.10)


Concrete cover c = 0.036 m (considering stirrups 6 mm).
k1 = 0.8; k2 = 0.5; k3 = 3.4; k4 = 0.425; kT = 0.4
k 4 * k1 * k 2 * 0.425 * 0.8 * 0.5 * 0.016
s r,max = k 3 * c + = 3.4 * 0.036 + = 0.1770 m
p,eff 0.0498

According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 7.3.4(3), Formula (7.11)

Calculation of average strain


Reinforcement stress for quasi-permanent combination:
MQP 0.0747
s = e (d - x ) = 26.47 (0.412 - 0.208 ) = 217.22 MPa
Iu 0.001857

Es 200
e = = = 6.67
E cm 30

fct,eff 2.2
s - kt (1+ e * p,eff ) 217.22 - 0.4 (1+ 6.67 * 0.0498)
p,eff 0.0498
sm - cm = = = 9.68 * 10 -4
Es 200 * 10 3

According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 7.3.4(2), Formula (7.9)

Calculation of crack width

w k = s r,max ( sm - cm ) = 0.1770 * 9.68 * 10 -4 = 0.1716 mm

According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 7.3.4(1), Formula (7.8)

According to CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 7.3.1(5), Table 7.1N, for exposure class XD1 the value of crack width
must be smaller than 0.3 mm.

745
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements modeling


Linear element: Beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.

FEM calculation bending moment results


ULS combination (reference value: MSTR = 123.53 kNm)

SLS quasi-permanent combination (reference value: MQP = 74.70 kNm)

SLS characteristic combination (reference value: MCQ = 85.50 kNm)

Compressing stresses in concrete and reinforcement


Compressing stress in concrete for quasi-permanent combination (reference value: c =8.37 MPa)

Compressing stress in reinforcement for characteristic combination (reference value: scq =248.62 MPa)

Compressing stress in reinforcement for quasi-permanent combination (reference value: sqp =217.22 MPa)

746
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Crack calculation results


Maximal spacing of cracks (reference value: sr,max = 0.177 m)

-4
Average strain in steel and concrete (reference value: sm cm = 9.68 * 10 )

Crack width (reference value: wk = 0.1716 mm)

5.95.2.7 Reference results


Result name Result description Reference value
MySTR Bending moment from ULS load combination [kNm] 123.53 kNm
MyQP Bending moment from quasi-permanent combination [kNm] 74.70 kNm
MyCQ Bending moment from characteristic combination [kNm] 85.50 kNm
c Stress in concrete for quasi-permanent combination [MPa] 8.37 MPa
scq Stress in reinforcement for quasi-perm. combination [MPa] 248.62 MPa
sqp Stress in reinforcement for characteristic combination [MPa] 217.22 MPa
sr,max Maximal spacing of cracks [m] 0.177 m
sm cm Average strain in steel and concrete [-] 9.68 * 10-4
wk Crack width [mm] 0.1716 mm

5.95.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error


Sc z QP Concrete stress QP 8.58529 MPa 2.5722 %
Ss z CQ Steel stress CQ -250.516 MPa -0.7626 %
Sr,max z Max crack 177.306 mm 0.1729 %
sm - cm z Stresses difference 0.000982881 adim 1.5373 %
wk z Crack width -0.174271 mm -1.5565 %
My My STR -123.525 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My QP -74.7 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My CQ -85.5 kN*m 0.0000 %

747
6 General applications
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

6.1 Verifying element creation using commas for coordinates (TTAD #11141)

Test ID: 4554


Test status: Passed

6.1.1 Description
Verifies element creation using commas for coordinates in the command line.

6.2 Modifying the "Design experts" properties for concrete linear elements (TTAD #12498)

Test ID: 4542


Test status: Passed

6.2.1 Description
Defines the "Design experts" properties for a concrete (EC2) linear element in analysis model and verifies properties
from descriptive model.

6.3 Verifying the precision of linear and planar concrete covers (TTAD #12525)

Test ID: 4547


Test status: Passed

6.3.1 Description
Verifies the linear and planar concrete covers precision.

6.4 Defining the reinforced concrete design assumptions (TTAD #12354)

Test ID: 4528


Test status: Passed

6.4.1 Description
Verifies the definition of the reinforced concrete design assumptions.

6.5 Verifying 2 joined vertical elements with the clipping option enabled (TTAD #12238)

Test ID: 4480


Test status: Passed

6.5.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a model with 2 joined vertical elements with the clipping option enabled.

6.6 Creating system trees using the copy/paste commands (DEV2012 #1.5)

Test ID: 4164


Test status: Passed

6.6.1 Description
Creates system trees using the copy/paste commands in the Pilot. The source system consists of several
subsystems. The target system is in the source system.

750
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

6.7 Generating liquid pressure on horizontal and vertical surfaces (TTAD #10724)

Test ID: 4361


Test status: Passed

6.7.1 Description
Generates liquid pressure on a concrete structure with horizontal and vertical surfaces. Generates the loadings
description report.

6.8 Changing the default material (TTAD #11870)

Test ID: 4436


Test status: Passed

6.8.1 Description
Selects a different default material for concrete elements.

6.9 Creating and updating model views and post-processing views (TTAD #11552)

Test ID: 3820


Test status: Passed

6.9.1 Description
Creates and updates the model view and the post-processing views for a simple steel frame.

6.10 Importing a cross section from the Advance Steel profiles library (TTAD #11487)

Test ID: 3719


Test status: Passed

6.10.1 Description
Imports the Canam Z 203x10.0 section from the Advance Steel Profiles library in the Advance Design list of available
cross sections.

6.11 Verifying the synthetic table by type of connection (TTAD #11422)

Test ID: 3646


Test status: Passed

6.11.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation on a structure with four types of connections.
Generates the "Synthetic table by type of connection" report.
The structure consists of linear steel elements (S275) with CE505, IPE450, IPE140 and IPE500 cross section. The
model connections: columns base plates, beam - column fixed connections, beam - beam fixed connections and
gusset plate. Live loads, snow loads and wind loads are applied.

751
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

6.12 Verifying mesh, CAD and climatic forces - LPM meeting

Test ID: 4079


Test status: Passed

6.12.1 Description
Generates the "Description of climatic loads" report for a model consisting of a concrete structure with dead loads,
wind loads, snow loads and seism loads. Performs the model verification, meshing and finite elements calculation.
Generates the "Displacements of linear elements by element" report.

6.13 Verifying the appearance of the local x orientation legend (TTAD #11737)

Test ID: 4109


Test status: Passed

6.13.1 Description
Verifies the color legend display. On a model with a planar element, the color legend is enabled; it displays the
elements by the local x orientation color.

6.14 Creating system trees using the copy/paste commands (DEV2012 #1.5)

Test ID: 4162


Test status: Passed

6.14.1 Description
Creates system trees using the copy/paste commands in the Pilot. The source system consists of several
subsystems. The target system is on the same level as the source system.

6.15 Verifying the objects rename function (TTAD #12162)

Test ID: 4229


Test status: Passed

6.15.1 Description
Verifies the renaming function from the properties list of a linear element. The name contains the "_" character.

6.16 Launching the verification of a model containing steel connections (TTAD #12100)

Test ID: 4096


Test status: Passed

6.16.1 Description
Launches the verification function for a model containing a beam-column steel connection.

752
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

6.17 Creating a new Advance Design file using the "New" command from the "Standard" toolbar
(TTAD #12102)

Test ID: 4095


Test status: Passed

6.17.1 Description
Creates a new .fto file using the "New" command from the "Standard" toolbar. Creates a rigid punctual support and
tests the CAD coordinates.

6.18 Verifying geometry properties of elements with compound cross sections (TTAD #11601)

Test ID: 3546


Test status: Passed

6.18.1 Description
Verifies the geometry properties of a steel structure with elements which have compound cross sections (CS4
IPE330 UPN240). Generates the geometrical data report.

6.19 Verifying material properties for C25/30 (TTAD #11617)

Test ID: 3571


Test status: Passed

6.19.1 Description
Verifies the material properties on a model with a concrete (C25/30) bar. Generates the material description report.

6.20 Verifying the overlapping when a planar element is built in a hole (TTAD #13772)

Test ID: 6214


Test status: Passed

6.20.1 Description
Verifies that when a planar element is built in a hole of another planar element by checking the mesh.

753
7 Import / Export
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

7.1 Verifying the export of a linear element to GTC (TTAD #10932, TTAD #11952)

Test ID: 3628


Test status: Passed

7.1.1 Description
Exports a linear element to GTC.

7.2 Exporting an Advance Design model to DO4 format (DEV2012 #1.10)

Test ID: 4101


Test status: Passed

7.2.1 Description
Launches the "Export > Text file" command and saves the current project as a .do4 archive file.
The model contains all types of structural elements, loads and geometric objects.

7.3 Importing GTC files containing elements with haunches from SuperSTRESS (TTAD #12172)

Test ID: 4297


Test status: Passed

7.3.1 Description
Imports a GTC file from SuperSTRESS. The file contains steel linear elements with haunch sections.

7.4 Exporting an analysis model to ADA (through GTC) (DEV2012 #1.3)

Test ID: 4195


Test status: Passed

7.4.1 Description
Exports the analysis model to ADA (through GTC) with:
- Export results: disabled
- Export meshed model: enabled

7.5 Exporting an analysis model to ADA (through GTC) (DEV2012 #1.3)

Test ID: 4193


Test status: Passed

7.5.1 Description
Exports the analysis model to ADA (through GTC) with:
- Export results: enabled
- Export meshed model: disabled

756
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

7.6 Importing GTC files containing elements with circular hollow sections, from SuperSTRESS
(TTAD #12197)

Test ID: 4388


Test status: Passed

7.6.1 Description
Imports a GTC file from SuperSTRESS. The file contains elements with circular hollow section. Verifies if the cross
sections are imported from the attached "UK Steel Sections" database.

7.7 System stability when importing AE files with invalid geometry (TTAD #12232)

Test ID: 4479


Test status: Passed

7.7.1 Description
Imports a complex model containing elements with invalid geometry.

7.8 Importing GTC files containing elements with circular hollow sections, from SuperSTRESS
(TTAD #12197)

Test ID: 4389


Test status: Passed

7.8.1 Description
Imports a GTC file from SuperSTRESS when the "UK Steel Sections" database is not attached. The file contains
elements with circular hollow section. Verifies the cross sections definition.

7.9 Verifying the GTC files exchange between Advance Design and SuperSTRESS (DEV2012 #1.9)

Test ID: 4445


Test status: Passed

7.9.1 Description
Verifies the GTC files exchange (import/export) between Advance Design and SuperSTRESS.

7.10 Exporting linear elements to IFC format (TTAD #10561)

Test ID: 4530


Test status: Passed

7.10.1 Description
Exports to IFC format a model containing linear elements having sections of type "I symmetric" and "I asymmetric".

757
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

7.11 Verifying the load case properties from models imported as GTC files (TTAD #12306)

Test ID: 4515


Test status: Passed

7.11.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a model with dead load cases and exports the model to GTC. Imports the
GTC file to verify the load case properties.

7.12 Importing IFC files containing continuous foundations (TTAD #12410)

Test ID: 4531


Test status: Passed

7.12.1 Description
Imports an IFC file containing a continuous foundation (linear support) and verifies the element display.

7.13 Verifying the releases option of the planar elements edges after the model was exported and
imported via GTC format (TTAD #12137)

Test ID: 4506


Test status: Passed

7.13.1 Description
Exports to GTC a model with planar elements on which the edges releases were defined. Imports the GTC file to
verify the planar elements releases option.

7.14 Importing GTC files containing "PH.RDC" system (TTAD #12055)

Test ID: 4548


Test status: Passed

7.14.1 Description
Imports a GTC file exported from Advance Design. The file contains the automatically created system "PH.RDC".

7.15 Exporting a meshed model to GTC (TTAD #12550)

Test ID: 4552


Test status: Passed

7.15.1 Description
Exports a meshed model to GTC. The meshed planar element from the model contains a triangular mesh.

758
8 Joint design
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

8.1 Deleting a welded tube connection - 1 gusset bar (TTAD #12630)

Test ID: 4561


Test status: Passed

8.1.1 Description
Deletes a welded tube connection - 1 gusset bar after the joint was exported to ADSC.

8.2 Creating connections groups (TTAD #11797)

Test ID: 4250


Test status: Passed

8.2.1 Description
Verifies the connections groups function.

760
031617-0409-0907

You might also like